Provided by: mpv_0.27.2-1ubuntu1_amd64 bug

NAME

       mpv - a media player

SYNOPSIS

       mpv [options] [file|URL|PLAYLIST|-]
       mpv [options] files

DESCRIPTION

       mpv  is  a  media player based on MPlayer and mplayer2. It supports a wide variety of video file formats,
       audio and video codecs, and subtitle types. Special input URL types are available to read  input  from  a
       variety  of  sources other than disk files. Depending on platform, a variety of different video and audio
       output methods are supported.

       Usage examples to get you started quickly can be found at the end of this man page.

INTERACTIVE CONTROL

       mpv has a fully configurable, command-driven  control  layer  which  allows  you  to  control  mpv  using
       keyboard,  mouse,  or  remote  control  (there  is  no  LIRC support - configure remotes as input devices
       instead).

       See the --input- options for ways to customize it.

       The following listings are not necessarily complete. See etc/input.conf for a list of  default  bindings.
       User input.conf files and Lua scripts can define additional key bindings.

   Keyboard Control
       LEFT and RIGHT
              Seek backward/forward 5 seconds. Shift+arrow does a 1 second exact seek (see --hr-seek).

       UP and DOWN
              Seek forward/backward 1 minute. Shift+arrow does a 5 second exact seek (see --hr-seek).

       Ctrl+LEFT and Ctrl+RIGHT
              Seek  to  the  previous/next subtitle. Subject to some restrictions and might not always work; see
              sub-seek command.

       [ and ]
              Decrease/increase current playback speed by 10%.

       { and }
              Halve/double current playback speed.

       BACKSPACE
              Reset playback speed to normal.

       < and >
              Go backward/forward in the playlist.

       ENTER  Go forward in the playlist.

       p / SPACE
              Pause (pressing again unpauses).

       .      Step forward. Pressing once will pause, every consecutive press will play one frame  and  then  go
              into pause mode again.

       ,      Step  backward.  Pressing  once will pause, every consecutive press will play one frame in reverse
              and then go into pause mode again.

       q      Stop playing and quit.

       Q      Like q, but store the current playback position. Playing the same file later will  resume  at  the
              old playback position if possible.

       / and *
              Decrease/increase volume.

       9 and 0
              Decrease/increase volume.

       m      Mute sound.

       _      Cycle through the available video tracks.

       #      Cycle through the available audio tracks.

       f      Toggle fullscreen (see also --fs).

       ESC    Exit fullscreen mode.

       T      Toggle stay-on-top (see also --ontop).

       w and e
              Decrease/increase pan-and-scan range.

       o (also P)
              Show progression bar, elapsed time and total duration on the OSD.

       O      Toggle OSD states between normal and playback time/duration.

       v      Toggle subtitle visibility.

       j and J
              Cycle through the available subtitles.

       x and z
              Adjust subtitle delay by +/- 0.1 seconds.

       l      Set/clear A-B loop points. See ab-loop command for details.

       L      Toggle infinite looping.

       Ctrl + and Ctrl -
              Adjust audio delay (A/V sync) by +/- 0.1 seconds.

       u      Switch  between  applying  no  style  overrides  to  SSA/ASS subtitles, and overriding them almost
              completely with the normal subtitle style. See --sub-ass-override for more info.

       V      Toggle subtitle VSFilter aspect compatibility mode. See --sub-ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat for  more
              info.

       r and t
              Move subtitles up/down.

       s      Take a screenshot.

       S      Take a screenshot, without subtitles. (Whether this works depends on VO driver support.)

       Ctrl s Take a screenshot, as the window shows it (with subtitles, OSD, and scaled video).

       PGUP and PGDWN
              Seek  to the beginning of the previous/next chapter. In most cases, "previous" will actually go to
              the beginning of the current chapter; see --chapter-seek-threshold.

       Shift+PGUP and Shift+PGDWN
              Seek backward or forward by 10 minutes. (This used to be mapped to PGUP/PGDWN without Shift.)

       d      Activate/deactivate deinterlacer.

       A      Cycle aspect ratio override.

       (The following keys are valid only when using a video output that supports the corresponding  adjustment,
       or the software equalizer (--vf=eq).)

       1 and 2
              Adjust contrast.

       3 and 4
              Adjust brightness.

       5 and 6
              Adjust gamma.

       7 and 8
              Adjust saturation.

       Alt+0 (and command+0 on OSX)
              Resize video window to half its original size.

       Alt+1 (and command+1 on OSX)
              Resize video window to its original size.

       Alt+2 (and command+2 on OSX)
              Resize video window to double its original size.

       command + f (OSX only)
              Toggle fullscreen (see also --fs).

       (The following keys are valid if you have a keyboard with multimedia keys.)

       PAUSE  Pause.

       STOP   Stop playing and quit.

       PREVIOUS and NEXT
              Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

       If you miss some older key bindings, look at etc/restore-old-bindings.conf in the mpv git repository.

   Mouse Control
       button 3 and button 4
              Seek backward/forward 1 minute.

       button 5 and button 6
              Decrease/increase volume.

USAGE

       Command  line arguments starting with - are interpreted as options, everything else as filenames or URLs.
       All options except flag options (or choice options which include yes) require a  parameter  in  the  form
       --option=value.

       One  exception  is  the  lone  - (without anything else), which means media data will be read from stdin.
       Also, -- (without anything else) will make the player interpret all  following  arguments  as  filenames,
       even if they start with -. (To play a file named -, you need to use ./-.)

       Every flag option has a no-flag counterpart, e.g. the opposite of the --fs option is --no-fs. --fs=yes is
       same as --fs, --fs=no is the same as --no-fs.

       If an option is marked as (XXX only), it will only work in combination with the XXX option or if  XXX  is
       compiled in.

   Legacy option syntax
       The  --option=value  syntax is not strictly enforced, and the alternative legacy syntax -option value and
       --option value will also work. This is mostly  for compatibility with  MPlayer.  Using  these  should  be
       avoided. Their semantics can change any time in the future.

       For example, the alternative syntax will consider an argument following the option a filename. mpv -fs no
       will attempt to play a file named no, because --fs is a flag option that requires  no  parameter.  If  an
       option  changes and its parameter becomes optional, then a command line using the alternative syntax will
       break.

       Currently, the parser makes no difference whether an option starts with -- or a single -. This might also
       change  in  the  future,  and  --option value might always interpret value as filename in order to reduce
       ambiguities.

   Escaping spaces and other special characters
       Keep in mind that the shell will partially parse and mangle the arguments you pass to mpv.  For  example,
       you might need to quote or escape options and filenames:
          mpv "filename with spaces.mkv" --title="window title"

       It  gets  more complicated if the suboption parser is involved. The suboption parser puts several options
       into a single string, and passes them to a component at once, instead of using multiple  options  on  the
       level of the command line.

       The  suboption  parser  can  quote  strings  with  " and [...].  Additionally, there is a special form of
       quoting with %n% described below.

       For example, assume the hypothetical foo filter can take multiple options:
          mpv test.mkv --vf=foo:option1=value1:option2:option3=value3,bar

       This passes option1 and option3 to the foo filter, with option2 as  flag  (implicitly  option2=yes),  and
       adds  a  bar filter after that. If an option contains spaces or characters like , or :, you need to quote
       them:
          mpv '--vf=foo:option1="option value with spaces",bar'

       Shells may actually strip some quotes from the string passed to the commandline, so  the  example  quotes
       the string twice, ensuring that mpv receives the " quotes.

       The  [...]  form of quotes wraps everything between [ and ]. It's useful with shells that don't interpret
       these characters in the middle of an argument (like bash). These quotes are balanced (since  mpv  0.9.0):
       the  [  and ] nest, and the quote terminates on the last ] that has no matching [ within the string. (For
       example, [a[b]c] results in a[b]c.)

       The fixed-length quoting syntax is intended for use with external scripts and programs.

       It is started with % and has the following format:

          %n%string_of_length_n

          Examples

                 mpv '--vf=foo:option1=%11%quoted text' test.avi

                 Or in a script:

                 mpv --vf=foo:option1=%`expr length "$NAME"`%"$NAME" test.avi

       Suboptions passed to the client API are  also  subject  to  escaping.  Using  mpv_set_option_string()  is
       exactly  like  passing --name=data to the command line (but without shell processing of the string). Some
       options support passing values in a more structured way instead  of  flat  strings,  and  can  avoid  the
       suboption  parsing  mess. For example, --vf supports MPV_FORMAT_NODE, which lets you pass suboptions as a
       nested data structure of maps and arrays.

   Paths
       Some care must be taken when passing arbitrary paths and filenames to mpv. For  example,  paths  starting
       with  -  will be interpreted as options. Likewise, if a path contains the sequence ://, the string before
       that might be interpreted as protocol prefix, even though :// can be part of a legal UNIX path. To  avoid
       problems  with  arbitrary  paths,  you should be sure that absolute paths passed to mpv start with /, and
       prefix relative paths with ./.

       Using the file:// pseudo-protocol is discouraged, because it involves strange URL unescaping rules.

       The name - itself is interpreted as stdin, and will cause mpv to disable console controls.  (Which  makes
       it suitable for playing data piped to stdin.)

       The special argument -- can be used to stop mpv from interpreting the following arguments as options.

       When  using  the client API, you should strictly avoid using mpv_command_string for invoking the loadfile
       command, and instead prefer e.g. mpv_command to avoid the need for filename escaping.

       For paths passed to suboptions, the situation is further  complicated  by  the  need  to  escape  special
       characters.  To  work  this around, the path can be additionally wrapped in the fixed-length syntax, e.g.
       %n%string_of_length_n (see above).

       Some mpv options interpret paths  starting  with  ~.  Currently,  the  prefix  ~~/  expands  to  the  mpv
       configuration directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/).  ~/ expands to the user's home directory. (The trailing
       / is always required.) There are the following paths as well:

                                ┌─────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                │Name         │ Meaning                               │
                                ├─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                │~~home/      │ same as ~~/                           │
                                ├─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                │~~global/    │ the global config path, if  available │
                                │             │ (not on win32)                        │
                                ├─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                │~~osxbundle/ │ the  OSX  bundle  resource  path (OSX │
                                │             │ only)                                 │
                                ├─────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                │~~desktop/   │ the path to the desktop (win32, OSX)  │
                                └─────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

   Per-File Options
       When playing multiple files, any option given on the command line usually affects all files. Example:

          mpv --a file1.mkv --b file2.mkv --c

                                             ┌──────────┬────────────────┐
                                             │File      │ Active options │
                                             ├──────────┼────────────────┤
                                             │file1.mkv │ --a --b --c    │
                                             ├──────────┼────────────────┤
                                             │file2.mkv │ --a --b --c    │
                                             └──────────┴────────────────┘

       (This is different from MPlayer and mplayer2.)

       Also, if any option is changed at runtime (via input commands), they are not reset when  a  new  file  is
       played.

       Sometimes,  it  is useful to change options per-file. This can be achieved by adding the special per-file
       markers --{ and --}. (Note that you must escape these on some shells.) Example:

          mpv --a file1.mkv --b --\{ --c file2.mkv --d file3.mkv --e --\} file4.mkv --f

                                         ┌──────────┬─────────────────────────┐
                                         │File      │ Active options          │
                                         ├──────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                         │file1.mkv │ --a --b --f             │
                                         ├──────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                         │file2.mkv │ --a --b --f --c --d --e │
                                         ├──────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                         │file3.mkv │ --a --b --f --c --d --e │
                                         ├──────────┼─────────────────────────┤
                                         │file4.mkv │ --a --b --f             │
                                         └──────────┴─────────────────────────┘

       Additionally, any file-local option changed at runtime is reset when the current file stops  playing.  If
       option  --c  is  changed during playback of file2.mkv, it is reset when advancing to file3.mkv. This only
       affects file-local options. The option --a is never reset here.

   List Options
       Some options which store lists of option values can have action suffixes. For  example,  you  can  set  a
       ,-separated list of filters with --vf, but the option also allows you to append filters with --vf-append.

       Options for filenames do not use , as separator, but : (Unix) or ; (Windows).

                                   ┌────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                   │Suffix  │ Meaning                               │
                                   ├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │-add    │ Append  1  or  more items (may become │
                                   │        │ alias for -append)                    │
                                   ├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │-append │ Append single item (avoids  need  for │
                                   │        │ escaping)                             │
                                   ├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │-clr    │ Clear the option                      │
                                   ├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │-del    │ Delete  an  existing  item by integer │
                                   │        │ index                                 │
                                   ├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │-pre    │ Prepend 1 or more items               │
                                   ├────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │-set    │ Set a list of items                   │
                                   └────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

       Although some operations allow specifying multiple ,-separated items, using this is strongly  discouraged
       and deprecated, except for -set.

       Without suffix, the action taken is normally -set.

       Some  options  (like  --sub-file,  --audio-file,  --opengl-shader) are aliases for the proper option with
       -append action. For example, --sub-file is an alias for --sub-files-append.

   Playing DVDs
       DVDs can be played with the dvd://[title] syntax. The optional title specifier is a number which  selects
       between  separate  video  streams  on  the  DVD.  If no title is given (dvd://) then the longest title is
       selected automatically by the library. This is usually what you want. mpv does not support DVD menus.

       DVDs which have been copied on to a hard drive or other mounted filesystem (by e.g. the  dvdbackup  tool)
       are accommodated by specifying the path to the local copy: --dvd-device=PATH.  Alternatively, running mpv
       PATH should auto-detect a DVD directory tree and play the longest title.

       NOTE:
          DVD library choices

          mpv uses a different default DVD library than MPlayer. MPlayer uses libdvdread  by  default,  and  mpv
          uses  libdvdnav  by  default.   Both libraries are developed in parallel, but libdvdnav is intended to
          support more sophisticated DVD features such as menus and multi-angle playback. mpv uses libdvdnav for
          files  specified  as  either dvd://... or dvdnav://.... To use libdvdread, which will produce behavior
          more like MPlayer, specify dvdread://... instead. Some users  have  experienced  problems  when  using
          libdvdnav,  in  which playback gets stuck in a DVD menu stream. These problems are reported to go away
          when  auto-selecting  the  title  (dvd://  rather  than  dvd://1)  or  when  using  libdvdread   (e.g.
          dvdread://0).  There  are  also outstanding bugs in libdvdnav with seeking backwards and forwards in a
          video stream. Specify dvdread://... to fix such problems.

       NOTE:
          DVD subtitles

          DVDs use image-based subtitles. Image subtitles are implemented as a bitmap video stream which can  be
          superimposed  over  the  main  movie.  mpv's  subtitle  styling  and  positioning options and keyboard
          shortcuts generally  do  not  work  with  image-based  subtitles.   Exceptions  include  options  like
          --stretch-dvd-subs and --stretch-image-subs-to-screen.

CONFIGURATION FILES

   Location and Syntax
       You  can  put  all  of  the  options in configuration files which will be read every time mpv is run. The
       system-wide  configuration  file  'mpv.conf'  is  in  your  configuration  directory  (e.g.  /etc/mpv  or
       /usr/local/etc/mpv),  the user-specific one is ~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf. For details and platform specifics
       (in particular Windows paths) see the FILES section.

       User-specific options override system-wide options and options given on the command line override either.
       The  syntax  of  the  configuration  files is option=value. Everything after a # is considered a comment.
       Options that work without values can be enabled by setting them to yes and disabled by  setting  them  to
       no. Even suboptions can be specified in this way.

          Example configuration file

              # Use opengl video output by default.
              vo=opengl
              # Use quotes for text that can contain spaces:
              status-msg="Time: ${time-pos}"

   Escaping spaces and special characters
       This is done like with command line options. The shell is not involved here, but option values still need
       to be quoted as a whole if it contains certain characters like spaces. A config entry can be quoted  with
       ",  as  well  as  with  the  fixed-length  syntax  (%n%) mentioned before. This is like passing the exact
       contents of the quoted string as command line option. C-style escapes are currently _not_ interpreted  on
       this  level,  although  some  options do this manually. (This is a mess and should probably be changed at
       some point.)

   Putting Command Line Options into the Configuration File
       Almost all command line options can be put into the configuration file. Here is a small guide:

                                    ┌──────────────────┬──────────────────────────┐
                                    │Option            │ Configuration file entry │
                                    ├──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
                                    │--flagflag                     │
                                    ├──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
                                    │-opt valopt=val                  │
                                    ├──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
                                    │--opt=valopt=val                  │
                                    ├──────────────────┼──────────────────────────┤
                                    │-opt "has spaces"opt="has spaces"         │
                                    └──────────────────┴──────────────────────────┘

   File-specific Configuration Files
       You can also write file-specific configuration files. If you wish to have a configuration file for a file
       called  'video.avi', create a file named 'video.avi.conf' with the file-specific options in it and put it
       in ~/.config/mpv/. You can also put the configuration file in the  same  directory  as  the  file  to  be
       played.  Both  require  you  to  set the --use-filedir-conf option (either on the command line or in your
       global config file).  If  a  file-specific  configuration  file  is  found  in  the  same  directory,  no
       file-specific  configuration  is  loaded  from  ~/.config/mpv. In addition, the --use-filedir-conf option
       enables directory-specific configuration files.  For this, mpv first tries to load a  mpv.conf  from  the
       same directory as the file played and then tries to load any file-specific configuration.

   Profiles
       To  ease  working  with  different  configurations, profiles can be defined in the configuration files. A
       profile starts with its name in square brackets, e.g. [my-profile]. All following options will be part of
       the  profile. A description (shown by --profile=help) can be defined with the profile-desc option. To end
       the profile, start another one or use the profile name default to continue with normal options.

          Example mpv config file with profiles

              # normal top-level option
              fullscreen=yes

              # a profile that can be enabled with --profile=big-cache
              [big-cache]
              cache=123400
              demuxer-readahead-secs=20

              [slow]
              profile-desc="some profile name"
              # reference a builtin profile
              profile=opengl-hq

              [fast]
              vo=vdpau

              # using a profile again extends it
              [slow]
              framedrop=no
              # you can also include other profiles
              profile=big-cache

   Auto profiles
       Some profiles are loaded automatically. The following example demonstrates this:

          Auto profile loading

              [protocol.dvd]
              profile-desc="profile for dvd:// streams"
              alang=en

              [extension.flv]
              profile-desc="profile for .flv files"
              vf=flip

       The profile name follows the schema type.name, where type can be protocol for the  input/output  protocol
       in  use  (see --list-protocols), and extension for the extension of the path of the currently played file
       (not the file format).

       This feature is very limited, and there are no other auto profiles.

TAKING SCREENSHOTS

       Screenshots of the currently played file can be taken using the 'screenshot' input mode command, which is
       by default bound to the s key. Files named mpv-shotNNNN.jpg will be saved in the working directory, using
       the first available number - no files will be overwritten. In pseudo-GUI mode,  the  screenshot  will  be
       saved somewhere else. See PSEUDO GUI MODE.

       A  screenshot  will  usually contain the unscaled video contents at the end of the video filter chain and
       subtitles. By default, S takes screenshots without subtitles, while s includes subtitles.

       Unlike with MPlayer, the screenshot video filter is not required. This filter was never required in  mpv,
       and has been removed.

TERMINAL STATUS LINE

       During playback, mpv shows the playback status on the terminal. It looks like something like this:
          AV: 00:03:12 / 00:24:25 (13%) A-V: -0.000

       The status line can be overridden with the --term-status-msg option.

       The following is a list of things that can show up in the status line. Input properties, that can be used
       to get the same information manually, are also listed.

       • AV: or V: (video only) or A: (audio only)

       • The current time position in HH:MM:SS format (playback-time property)

       • The total file duration (absent if unknown) (length property)

       • Playback speed, e.g. `` x2.0``. Only visible if the speed is not normal.  This  is  the  user-requested
         speed, and not the actual speed  (usually they should be the same, unless playback is too slow). (speed
         property.)

       • Playback percentage, e.g. (13%). How much of the file has been  played.   Normally  calculated  out  of
         playback position and duration, but can fallback to other methods (like byte position) if these are not
         available.  (percent-pos property.)

       • The audio/video sync as A-V:  0.000. This is the difference between audio and video time.  Normally  it
         should be 0 or close to 0. If it's growing, it might indicate a playback problem. (avsync property.)

       • Total A/V sync change, e.g. ct: -0.417. Normally invisible. Can show up if there is audio "missing", or
         not enough frames can be dropped. Usually this will indicate a problem. (total-avsync-change property.)

       • Encoding state in {...}, only shown in encoding mode.

       • Display sync state. If display sync is active (display-sync-active property), this shows DS:  2.500/13,
         where  the  first number is average number of vsyncs per video frame (e.g. 2.5 when playing 24Hz videos
         on 60Hz screens), which might jitter if the ratio doesn't round  off,  or  there  are  mistimed  frames
         (vsync-ratio),   and   the   second   number  of  estimated  number  of  vsyncs  which  took  too  long
         (vo-delayed-frame-count property). The latter is  a  heuristic,  as  it's  generally  not  possible  to
         determine this with certainty.

       • Dropped  frames,  e.g. Dropped: 4. Shows up only if the count is not 0. Can grow if the video framerate
         is higher than that of the display, or if video rendering is too  slow.  May  also  be  incremented  on
         "hiccups"  and  when the video frame couldn't be displayed on time. (vo-drop-frame-count property.)  If
         the decoder drops frames, the number of decoder-dropped frames is appended  to  the  display  as  well,
         e.g.:  Dropped:  4/34.  This  happens  only  if  decoder frame dropping is enabled with the --framedrop
         options.  (drop-frame-count property.)

       • Cache state, e.g. Cache:  2s+134KB. Visible if the stream cache is enabled.  The first value shows  the
         amount  of video buffered in the demuxer in seconds, the second value shows additional data buffered in
         the stream cache in kilobytes. (demuxer-cache-duration and cache-used properties.)

PROTOCOLS

       http://..., https://, ...
          Many network protocols are supported, but the protocol prefix must always be specified. mpv will never
          attempt  to  guess  whether  a  filename  is  actually  a network address. A protocol prefix is always
          required.

          Note that not all prefixes are documented here. Undocumented prefixes are either aliases to documented
          protocols, or are just redirections to protocols implemented and documented in FFmpeg.

          data:  is  supported  in FFmpeg (not in Libav), but needs to be in the format data://. This is done to
          avoid ambiguity with filenames. You can also prefix it with lavf:// or ffmpeg://.

       ytdl://...
          By default, the youtube-dl hook script (enabled by default for mpv  CLI)  only  looks  at  http  URLs.
          Prefixing an URL with ytdl:// forces it to be always processed by the script. This can also be used to
          invoke special youtube-dl functionality like playing a video by ID or invoking search.

          Keep in mind that you can't pass youtube-dl command  line  options  by  this,  and  you  have  to  use
          --ytdl-raw-options instead.

       -
          Play data from stdin.

       smb://PATH
          Play a path from  Samba share.

       bd://[title][/device] --bluray-device=PATH
          Play  a  Blu-ray disc. Currently, this does not accept ISO files. Instead, you must mount the ISO file
          as filesystem, and point --bluray-device to the mounted directory directly.

          title can be: longest or first (selects the default playlist);  mpls/<number>  (selects  <number>.mpls
          playlist);  <number>  (select playlist with the same index). You can list the available playlists with
          --msg-level=bd=v.

       dvd://[title|[starttitle]-endtitle][/device] --dvd-device=PATH
          Play a DVD. DVD menus are not supported. If no title is given, the longest title is auto-selected.

          dvdnav:// is an old alias for dvd:// and does exactly the same thing.

       dvdread://...:
          Play a DVD using the old libdvdread code. This is what MPlayer and older mpv versions use for  dvd://.
          Use  is  discouraged.  It's  provided  only  for  compatibility and for transition, and to work around
          outstanding dvdnav bugs (see "DVD library choices" above).

       tv://[channel][/input_id] --tv-...
          Analogue TV via V4L. Also useful for webcams. (Linux only.)

       pvr:// --pvr-...
          PVR. (Linux only.)

       dvb://[cardnumber@]channel --dvbin-...
          Digital TV via DVB. (Linux only.)

       mf://[filemask|@listfile] --mf-...
          Play a series of images as video.

       cdda://[device] --cdrom-device=PATH --cdda-...
          Play CD.

       lavf://...
          Access any FFmpeg/Libav libavformat protocol. Basically, this passed the string after the //  directly
          to libavformat.

       av://type:options
          This  is  intended  for using libavdevice inputs. type is the libavdevice demuxer name, and options is
          the (pseudo-)filename passed to the demuxer.

          For example, mpv av://lavfi:mandelbrot makes use of the libavfilter wrapper included  in  libavdevice,
          and will use the mandelbrot source filter to generate input data.

          avdevice:// is an alias.

       file://PATH
          A  local  path  as  URL. Might be useful in some special use-cases. Note that PATH itself should start
          with a third / to make the path an absolute path.

       fd://123
          Read data from the given file descriptor (for example 123). This is similar to piping  data  to  stdin
          via -, but can use an arbitrary file descriptor.

       fdclose://123
          Like  fd://,  but the file descriptor is closed after use. When using this you need to ensure that the
          same fd URL will only be used once.

       edl://[edl specification as in edl-mpv.rst]
          Stitch together parts of multiple files and play them.

       null://
          Simulate an empty file. If opened for writing, it will  discard  all  data.   The  null  demuxer  will
          specifically pass autoprobing if this protocol is used (while it's not automatically invoked for empty
          files).

       memory://data
          Use the data part as source data.

       hex://data
          Like memory://, but the string is interpreted as hexdump.

PSEUDO GUI MODE

       mpv has no official GUI, other than the OSC (ON SCREEN CONTROLLER), which is not a full GUI  and  is  not
       meant  to  be. However, to compensate for the lack of expected GUI behavior, mpv will in some cases start
       with some settings changed to behave slightly more like a GUI mode.

       Currently this happens only in the following cases:

       • if started using the mpv.desktop file on Linux (e.g. started from menus or file  associations  provided
         by desktop environments)

       • if  started  from  explorer.exe  on  Windows (technically, if it was started on Windows, and all of the
         stdout/stderr/stdin handles are unset)

       • started out of the bundle on OSX

       • if you manually use --player-operation-mode=pseudo-gui on the command line

       This mode applies options from the builtin profile builtin-pseudo-gui, but only if these haven't been set
       in  the  user's  config  file  or  on  the command line.  Also, for compatibility with the old pseudo-gui
       behavior, the options in the pseudo-gui profile are applied unconditionally.  In  addition,  the  profile
       makes  sure to enable the pseudo-GUI mode, so that --profile=pseudo-gui works like in older mpv releases.
       The profiles are currently defined as follows:

          [builtin-pseudo-gui]
          terminal=no
          force-window=yes
          idle=once
          screenshot-directory=~~desktop/
          [pseudo-gui]
          player-operation-mode=pseudo-gui

       WARNING:
          Currently, you can extend the  pseudo-gui  profile  in  the  config  file  the  normal  way.  This  is
          deprecated. In future mpv releases, the behavior might change, and not apply your additional settings,
          and/or use a different profile name.

OPTIONS

   Track Selection
       --alang=<languagecode[,languagecode,...]>
              Specify a priority list of audio languages to use. Different container  formats  employ  different
              language  codes.  DVDs  use ISO 639-1 two-letter language codes, Matroska, MPEG-TS and NUT use ISO
              639-2 three-letter language codes, while OGM uses a free-form identifier. See also --aid.

                 Examples

                 • mpv dvd://1 --alang=hu,en chooses the Hungarian language track on a DVD  and  falls  back  on
                   English if Hungarian is not available.

                 • mpv --alang=jpn example.mkv plays a Matroska file with Japanese audio.

       --slang=<languagecode[,languagecode,...]>
              Specify a priority list of subtitle languages to use. Different container formats employ different
              language codes. DVDs use ISO 639-1 two letter language codes, Matroska uses ISO 639-2 three letter
              language codes while OGM uses a free-form identifier. See also --sid.

                 Examples

                 • mpv  dvd://1  --slang=hu,en  chooses  the Hungarian subtitle track on a DVD and falls back on
                   English if Hungarian is not available.

                 • mpv --slang=jpn example.mkv plays a Matroska file with Japanese subtitles.

       --aid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select audio track. auto selects the default, no disables audio.  See also --alang.  mpv  normally
              prints available audio tracks on the terminal when starting playback of a file.

              --audio is an alias for --aid.

              --aid=no  or  --audio=no or --no-audio disables audio playback.  (The latter variant does not work
              with the client API.)

       --sid=<ID|auto|no>
              Display the subtitle stream specified by <ID>. auto selects the default, no disables subtitles.

              --sub is an alias for --sid.

              --sid=no or --sub=no or --no-sub disables subtitle decoding.  (The latter variant  does  not  work
              with the client API.)

       --vid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select video channel. auto selects the default, no disables video.

              --video is an alias for --vid.

              --vid=no  or  --video=no or --no-video disables video playback.  (The latter variant does not work
              with the client API.)

              If video is disabled, mpv will  try  to  download  the  audio  only  if  media  is  streamed  with
              youtube-dl,   because   it   saves   bandwidth.  This  is  done  by  setting  the  ytdl_format  to
              "bestaudio/best" in the ytdl_hook.lua script.

       --ff-aid=<ID|auto|no>, --ff-sid=<ID|auto|no>, --ff-vid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select audio/subtitle/video streams by the  FFmpeg  stream  index.  The  FFmpeg  stream  index  is
              relatively  arbitrary,  but  useful  when  interacting  with other software using FFmpeg (consider
              ffprobe).

              Note that with external tracks (added with --sub-files and similar options), there will be streams
              with duplicate IDs. In this case, the first stream in order is selected.

       --edition=<ID|auto>
              (Matroska  files  only) Specify the edition (set of chapters) to use, where 0 is the first. If set
              to auto (the default), mpv will choose the first edition declared as a default, or if there is  no
              default, the first edition defined.

       --track-auto-selection=<yes|no>
              Enable  the default track auto-selection (default: yes). Enabling this will make the player select
              streams according to --aid, --alang, and others. If it is disabled, no  tracks  are  selected.  In
              addition,  the player will not exit if no tracks are selected, and wait instead (this wait mode is
              similar to pausing, but the pause option is not set).

              This is useful with --lavfi-complex: you can start playback in this  mode,  and  then  set  select
              tracks  at  runtime  by  setting  the  filter  graph.   Note that if --lavfi-complex is set before
              playback is started, the referenced tracks are always selected.

   Playback Control
       --start=<relative time>
              Seek to given time position.

              The general format for absolute times is [[hh:]mm:]ss[.ms]. If the time is given with a prefix  of
              +  or -, the seek is relative from the start or end of the file. (Since mpv 0.14, the start of the
              file is always considered 0.)

              pp% seeks to percent position pp (0-100).

              #c seeks to chapter number c. (Chapters start from 1.)

                 Examples

                 --start=+56, --start=+00:56
                        Seeks to the start time + 56 seconds.

                 --start=-56, --start=-00:56
                        Seeks to the end time - 56 seconds.

                 --start=01:10:00
                        Seeks to 1 hour 10 min.

                 --start=50%
                        Seeks to the middle of the file.

                 --start=30 --end=40
                        Seeks to 30 seconds, plays 10 seconds, and exits.

                 --start=-3:20 --length=10
                        Seeks to 3 minutes and 20 seconds before the end of the  file,  plays  10  seconds,  and
                        exits.

                 --start='#2' --end='#4'
                        Plays chapters 2 and 3, and exits.

       --end=<time>
              Stop  at  given absolute time. Use --length if the time should be relative to --start. See --start
              for valid option values and examples.

       --length=<relative time>
              Stop after a given time relative to the start time.  See  --start  for  valid  option  values  and
              examples.

       --rebase-start-time=<yes|no>
              Whether  to  move  the  file start time to 00:00:00 (default: yes). This is less awkward for files
              which start at a random timestamp, such as transport streams. On the  other  hand,  if  there  are
              timestamp resets, the resulting behavior can be rather weird. For this reason, and in case you are
              actually interested in the real timestamps, this behavior can be disabled with no.

       --speed=<0.01-100>
              Slow down or speed up playback by the factor given as parameter.

              If --audio-pitch-correction (on by default) is used, playing  with  a  speed  higher  than  normal
              automatically inserts the scaletempo audio filter.

       --pause
              Start the player in paused state.

       --shuffle
              Play files in random order.

       --chapter=<start[-end]>
              Specify which chapter to start playing at. Optionally specify which chapter to end playing at.

              See also: --start.

       --playlist-start=<auto|index>
              Set  which  file  on the internal playlist to start playback with. The index is an integer, with 0
              meaning the first file. The value auto means that the selection of the entry to play  is  left  to
              the  playback  resume  mechanism  (default).  If  an entry with the given index doesn't exist, the
              behavior is unspecified and might change in future mpv versions. The same applies if the  playlist
              contains  further playlists (don't expect any reasonable behavior). Passing a playlist file to mpv
              should work with this option, though. E.g. mpv  playlist.m3u  --playlist-start=123  will  work  as
              expected, as long as playlist.m3u does not link to further playlists.

              The value no is a deprecated alias for auto.

       --playlist=<filename>
              Play  files  according to a playlist file (Supports some common formats. If no format is detected,
              it will be treated as list of files, separated by  newline  characters.  Note  that  XML  playlist
              formats are not supported.)

              You  can  play  playlists  directly  and  without  this  option, however, this option disables any
              security mechanisms that might be in place. You may also need this option to load plaintext  files
              as playlist.

              WARNING:
                 The  way  mpv  uses  playlist  files via --playlist is not safe against maliciously constructed
                 files. Such files may trigger harmful actions.  This has been the case for all mpv and  MPlayer
                 versions,  but  unfortunately  this  fact was not well documented earlier, and some people have
                 even misguidedly recommended use of --playlist with untrusted sources. Do  NOT  use  --playlist
                 with random internet sources or files you do not trust!

                 Playlist  can  contain  entries using other protocols, such as local files, or (most severely),
                 special protocols like avdevice://, which are inherently unsafe.

       --chapter-merge-threshold=<number>
              Threshold for merging almost consecutive ordered chapter parts  in  milliseconds  (default:  100).
              Some  Matroska files with ordered chapters have inaccurate chapter end timestamps, causing a small
              gap between the end of one chapter and the start of the next one when they should match.   If  the
              end of one playback part is less than the given threshold away from the start of the next one then
              keep playing video normally over the chapter change instead of doing a seek.

       --chapter-seek-threshold=<seconds>
              Distance in seconds from the beginning of a chapter within which a backward chapter seek  will  go
              to  the  previous  chapter (default: 5.0). Past this threshold, a backward chapter seek will go to
              the beginning of the current chapter instead. A  negative  value  means  always  go  back  to  the
              previous chapter.

       --hr-seek=<no|absolute|yes>
              Select  when  to  use precise seeks that are not limited to keyframes. Such seeks require decoding
              video from the previous keyframe up to the target position and so can take some time depending  on
              decoding  performance. For some video formats, precise seeks are disabled. This option selects the
              default choice to use for seeks; it is  possible  to  explicitly  override  that  default  in  the
              definition of key bindings and in input commands.

              no     Never use precise seeks.

              absolute
                     Use  precise  seeks  if  the seek is to an absolute position in the file, such as a chapter
                     seek, but not for relative seeks like the default behavior of arrow keys (default).

              yes    Use precise seeks whenever possible.

              always Same as yes (for compatibility).

       --hr-seek-demuxer-offset=<seconds>
              This option exists to work around failures to do precise seeks (as in --hr-seek) caused by bugs or
              limitations in the demuxers for some file formats. Some demuxers fail to seek to a keyframe before
              the given target position, going to a  later  position  instead.  The  value  of  this  option  is
              subtracted  from  the time stamp given to the demuxer. Thus, if you set this option to 1.5 and try
              to do a precise seek to 60 seconds, the demuxer is told to seek  to  time  58.5,  which  hopefully
              reduces  the  chance  that it erroneously goes to some time later than 60 seconds. The downside of
              setting this option is that precise seeks become slower, as  video  between  the  earlier  demuxer
              position and the real target may be unnecessarily decoded.

       --hr-seek-framedrop=<yes|no>
              Allow the video decoder to drop frames during seek, if these frames are before the seek target. If
              this is enabled, precise seeking can be faster, but if you're using  video  filters  which  modify
              timestamps  or add new frames, it can lead to precise seeking skipping the target frame. This e.g.
              can break frame backstepping when deinterlacing is enabled.

              Default: yes

       --index=<mode>
              Controls how to seek in files. Note that if the index is missing from a file, it will be built  on
              the fly by default, so you don't need to change this. But it might help with some broken files.

              default
                     use an index if the file has one, or build it if missing

              recreate
                     don't read or use the file's index

              NOTE:
                 This  option  only  works  if the underlying media supports seeking (i.e. not with stdin, pipe,
                 etc).

       --load-unsafe-playlists
              Load URLs from playlists  which  are  considered  unsafe  (default:  no).  This  includes  special
              protocols  and  anything  that  doesn't  refer to normal files.  Local files and HTTP links on the
              other hand are always considered safe.

              Note that --playlist always loads all entries, so you use that instead if you really have the need
              for this functionality.

       --access-references=<yes|no>
              Follow  any  references  in the file being opened (default: yes). Disabling this is helpful if the
              file is automatically scanned (e.g. thumbnail generation). If the thumbnail  scanner  for  example
              encounters  a  playlist  file, which contains network URLs, and the scanner should not open these,
              enabling this option will prevent it. This option also disables ordered  chapters,  mov  reference
              files, opening of archives, and a number of other features.

              On older FFmpeg versions, this will not work in some cases. Some FFmpeg demuxers might not respect
              this option.

              This option does not prevent opening of paired subtitle files and such. Use --autoload-files=no to
              prevent this.

              This  option  does  not always work if you open non-files (for example using dvd://directory would
              open a whole bunch of files in the given directory). Prefixing the filename with ./ if it  doesn't
              start with a / will avoid this.

       --loop-playlist=<N|inf|force|no>, --loop-playlist
              Loops  playback  N  times.  A  value of 1 plays it one time (default), 2 two times, etc. inf means
              forever. no is the same as 1 and disables looping. If several files are specified on command line,
              the entire playlist is looped. --loop-playlist is the same as --loop-playlist=inf.

              The  force mode is like inf, but does not skip playlist entries which have been marked as failing.
              This means the player might waste CPU time trying to loop a file that doesn't exist. But it  might
              be useful for playing webradios under very bad network conditions.

       --loop-file=<N|inf|no>, --loop=<N|inf|no>
              Loop  a  single  file  N  times.  inf  means forever, no means normal playback. For compatibility,
              --loop-file and --loop-file=yes are also accepted, and are the same as --loop-file=inf.

              The difference to --loop-playlist is that this doesn't loop the playlist, just the file itself. If
              the  playlist  contains  only  a  single  file, the difference between the two option is that this
              option performs a seek on loop, instead of reloading the file.

              --loop is an alias for this option.

       --ab-loop-a=<time>, --ab-loop-b=<time>
              Set loop points. If playback passes the b timestamp, it will seek to the a timestamp. Seeking past
              the b point doesn't loop (this is intentional).

              If  both  options are set to no, looping is disabled. Otherwise, the start/end of the file is used
              if one of the options is set to no.

              The loop-points can be adjusted at runtime with the corresponding  properties.  See  also  ab-loop
              command.

       --ordered-chapters, --no-ordered-chapters
              Enabled  by  default.   Disable support for Matroska ordered chapters. mpv will not load or search
              for video segments from other files, and will also ignore any chapter order specified for the main
              file.

       --ordered-chapters-files=<playlist-file>
              Loads  the  given  file as playlist, and tries to use the files contained in it as reference files
              when opening a Matroska file that uses ordered chapters. This overrides the normal  mechanism  for
              loading referenced files by scanning the same directory the main file is located in.

              Useful  for  loading ordered chapter files that are not located on the local filesystem, or if the
              referenced files are in different directories.

              Note: a playlist can be as simple as a text file containing filenames separated by newlines.

       --chapters-file=<filename>
              Load chapters from this file, instead of using the chapter metadata found in the main file.

              This accepts a media file (like mkv) or even a pseudo-format like ffmetadata and uses its chapters
              to replace the current file's chapters. This doesn't work with OGM or XML chapters directly.

       --sstep=<sec>
              Skip <sec> seconds after every frame.

              NOTE:
                 Without --hr-seek, skipping will snap to keyframes.

       --stop-playback-on-init-failure=<yes|no>
              Stop  playback if either audio or video fails to initialize. Currently, the default behavior is no
              for the command line player, but yes for libmpv. With no, playback will continue in video-only  or
              audio-only  mode  if  one  of them fails. This doesn't affect playback of audio-only or video-only
              files.

   Program Behavior
       --help, --h
              Show short summary of options.

              You can also pass a string to this option, which will list all top-level options which contain the
              string in the name, e.g. --h=scale for all options that contain the word scale. The special string
              * lists all top-level options.

       -v     Increment verbosity level, one level for each -v found on the command line.

       --version, -V
              Print version string and exit.

       --no-config
              Do not load default configuration  files.  This  prevents  loading  of  both  the  user-level  and
              system-wide  mpv.conf and input.conf files. Other configuration files are blocked as well, such as
              resume playback files.

              NOTE:
                 Files explicitly requested by command line options, like --include or --use-filedir-conf,  will
                 still be loaded.

              See also: --config-dir.

       --list-options
              Prints all available options.

       --list-properties
              Print a list of the available properties.

       --list-protocols
              Print a list of the supported protocols.

       --log-file=<path>
              Opens  the given path for writing, and print log messages to it. Existing files will be truncated.
              The log level always corresponds to -v, regardless of terminal verbosity levels.

       --config-dir=<path>
              Force a different configuration directory. If this is set, the given directory  is  used  to  load
              configuration  files,  and  all other configuration directories are ignored. This means the global
              mpv configuration directory as well as per-user directories are  ignored,  and  overrides  through
              environment variables (MPV_HOME) are also ignored.

              Note that the --no-config option takes precedence over this option.

       --save-position-on-quit
              Always  save  the  current  playback  position  on quit. When this file is played again later, the
              player will seek to the old playback position on start. This does not happen if playback of a file
              is  stopped  in  any  other way than quitting. For example, going to the next file in the playlist
              will not save the position, and start playback at beginning the next time the file is played.

              This behavior is disabled by default, but is  always  available  when  quitting  the  player  with
              Shift+Q.

       --watch-later-directory=<path>
          The directory in which to store the "watch later" temporary files.

          The   default  is  a  subdirectory  named  "watch_later"  underneath  the  config  directory  (usually
          ~/.config/mpv/).

       --dump-stats=<filename>
              Write certain statistics to the given file. The file  is  truncated  on  opening.  The  file  will
              contain  raw  samples,  each  with  a  timestamp.  To  make  this file into a readable, the script
              TOOLS/stats-conv.py can be used (which currently displays it as a graph).

              This option is useful for debugging only.

       --idle=<no|yes|once>
              Makes mpv wait idly instead of quitting when there is no file to play.   Mostly  useful  in  input
              mode, where mpv can be controlled through input commands.

              once will only idle at start and let the player close once the first playlist has finished playing
              back.

       --include=<configuration-file>
              Specify configuration file to be parsed after the default ones.

       --load-scripts=<yes|no>
              If set to no, don't  auto-load  scripts  from  the  scripts  configuration  subdirectory  (usually
              ~/.config/mpv/scripts/).  (Default: yes)

       --script=<filename>
              Load a Lua script. You can load multiple scripts by separating them with commas (,).

       --script-opts=key1=value1,key2=value2,...
              Set  options  for  scripts.  A  script  can  query an option by key. If an option is used and what
              semantics the option value has depends entirely on the loaded scripts. Values not claimed  by  any
              scripts are ignored.

       --merge-files
              Pretend  that  all  files  passed  to  mpv  are  concatenated  into  a single, big file. This uses
              timeline/EDL support internally.

       --no-resume-playback
              Do not  restore  playback  position  from  the  watch_later  configuration  subdirectory  (usually
              ~/.config/mpv/watch_later/).  See quit-watch-later input command.

       --profile=<profile1,profile2,...>
              Use the given profile(s), --profile=help displays a list of the defined profiles.

       --reset-on-next-file=<all|option1,option2,...>
              Normally,  mpv  will  try to keep all settings when playing the next file on the playlist, even if
              they were changed by the user during playback. (This behavior is the opposite of MPlayer's,  which
              tries to reset all settings when starting next file.)

              Default: Do not reset anything.

              This  can  be changed with this option. It accepts a list of options, and mpv will reset the value
              of these options on playback start to the initial value. The initial value is either  the  default
              value, or as set by the config file or command line.

              In  some cases, this might not work as expected. For example, --volume will only be reset if it is
              explicitly set in the config file or the command line.

              The special name all resets as many options as possible.

                 Examples

                 • --reset-on-next-file=pause Reset pause mode when switching to the next file.

                 • --reset-on-next-file=fullscreen,speed Reset fullscreen and playback speed  settings  if  they
                   were changed during playback.

                 • --reset-on-next-file=all Try to reset all settings that were changed during playback.

       --write-filename-in-watch-later-config
              Prepend  the  watch  later  config  files  with the name of the file they refer to. This is simply
              written as comment on the top of the file.

              WARNING:
                 This option may expose privacy-sensitive information and is thus disabled by default.

       --ignore-path-in-watch-later-config
              Ignore path (i.e. use filename only) when using watch later feature.

       --show-profile=<profile>
              Show the description and content of a profile.

       --use-filedir-conf
              Look for a file-specific configuration file in the same  directory  as  the  file  that  is  being
              played. See File-specific Configuration Files.

              WARNING:
                 May be dangerous if playing from untrusted media.

       --ytdl, --no-ytdl
              Enable  the youtube-dl hook-script. It will look at the input URL, and will play the video located
              on the website. This works with many streaming sites, not just the one that the  script  is  named
              after.  This  requires  a  recent version of youtube-dl to be installed on the system. (Enabled by
              default, except when the client API / libmpv is used.)

              If the script can't do anything with an URL, it will do nothing.

              The exclude script option accepts a |-separated list of URL patterns which mpv should not use with
              youtube-dl. The patterns are matched after the http(s):// part of the URL.

              ^  matches  the  beginning  of  the URL, $ matches its end, and you should use % before any of the
              characters ^$()%|,.[]*+-? to match that character.

                 Examples

                 • --script-opts=ytdl_hook-exclude='^youtube%.com'  will  exclude  any  URL  that  starts   with
                   http://youtube.com or https://youtube.com.

                 • --script-opts=ytdl_hook-exclude='%.mkv$|%.mp4$'  will  exclude any URL that ends with .mkv or
                   .mp4.

              See more lua patterns here: https://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1

       --ytdl-format=<best|worst|mp4|webm|...>
              Video format/quality that is directly passed to youtube-dl. The possible values  are  specific  to
              the  website  and  the  video, for a given url the available formats can be found with the command
              youtube-dl --list-formats URL. See youtube-dl's documentation for  available  aliases.   (Default:
              youtube-dl's default, currently bestvideo+bestaudio/best)

       --ytdl-raw-options=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass arbitrary options to youtube-dl. Parameter and argument should be passed as a key-value pair.
              Options without argument must include =.

              There is no sanity checking so it's possible to break things (i.e.  passing invalid parameters  to
              youtube-dl).

                 Example

                 • --ytdl-raw-options=username=user,password=pass--ytdl-raw-options=force-ipv6=

       --player-operation-mode=<cplayer|pseudo-gui>
              For  enabling  "pseudo GUI mode", which means that the defaults for some options are changed. This
              option should not normally be used directly, but only by mpv internally, or mpv-provided  scripts,
              config files, or .desktop files.

   Video
       --vo=<driver>
              Specify the video output backend to be used. See VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS for details and descriptions
              of available drivers.

       --vd=<...>
              Specify a priority list of video decoders to be used, according to their family and name. See --ad
              for  further details. Both of these options use the same syntax and semantics; the only difference
              is that they operate on different codec lists.

              NOTE:
                 See --vd=help for a full list of available decoders.

       --vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Specify a list of video filters to apply to the video stream. See VIDEO FILTERS  for  details  and
              descriptions  of  the  available  filters.   The  option variants --vf-add, --vf-pre, --vf-del and
              --vf-clr exist to modify a previously specified list, but you should not need  these  for  typical
              use.

       --untimed
              Do not sleep when outputting video frames. Useful for benchmarks when used with --no-audio.

       --framedrop=<mode>
              Skip  displaying some frames to maintain A/V sync on slow systems, or playing high framerate video
              on video outputs that have an upper framerate limit.

              The argument selects the drop methods, and can be one of the following:

              <no>   Disable any framedropping.

              <vo>   Drop late frames on video output (default). This still decodes and filters all frames,  but
                     doesn't  render them on the VO. It tries to query the display FPS (X11 only, not correct on
                     multi-monitor systems), or assumes infinite display FPS if that fails. Drops are  indicated
                     in  the  terminal  status line as Dropped: field. If the decoder is too slow, in theory all
                     frames would have to be dropped (because all frames are too late) - to  avoid  this,  frame
                     dropping stops if the effective framerate is below 10 FPS.

              <decoder>
                     Old,  decoder-based  framedrop  mode. (This is the same as --framedrop=yes in mpv 0.5.x and
                     before.) This tells the decoder to skip frames (unless they are  needed  to  decode  future
                     frames).  May  help  with  slow systems, but can produce unwatchable choppy output, or even
                     freeze the display completely. Not recommended.  The  --vd-lavc-framedrop  option  controls
                     what frames to drop.

              <decoder+vo>
                     Enable both modes. Not recommended.

              NOTE:
                 --vo=vdpau  has  its  own  code  for the vo framedrop mode. Slight differences to other VOs are
                 possible.

       --display-fps=<fps>
              Set the display FPS used with the --video-sync=display-* modes. By default, a  detected  value  is
              used.  Keep  in  mind  that setting an incorrect value (even if slightly incorrect) can ruin video
              playback. On multi-monitor systems, there is a chance that the detected value is  from  the  wrong
              monitor.

              Set this option only if you have reason to believe the automatically determined value is wrong.

       --hwdec=<api>
              Specify  the  hardware  video  decoding  API  that  should  be used if possible.  Whether hardware
              decoding is actually done depends on the video codec. If hardware decoding is  not  possible,  mpv
              will fall back on software decoding.

              <api> can be one of the following:

              no     always use software decoding (default)

              auto   enable best hw decoder (see below)

              yes    exactly the same as auto

              auto-copy
                     enable best hw decoder with copy-back (see below)

              vdpau  requires --vo=vdpau or --vo=opengl (Linux only)

              vdpau-copy
                     copies video back into system RAM (Linux with some GPUs only)

              vaapi  requires --vo=opengl or --vo=vaapi (Linux only)

              vaapi-copy
                     copies video back into system RAM (Linux with Intel GPUs only)

              videotoolbox
                     requires --vo=opengl (OS X 10.8 and up), or --vo=opengl-cb (iOS 9.0 and up)

              videotoolbox-copy
                     copies video back into system RAM (OS X 10.8 or iOS 9.0 and up)

              dxva2  requires  --vo=opengl  with  --opengl-backend=angle  or --opengl-backend=dxinterop (Windows
                     only)

              dxva2-copy
                     copies video back to system RAM (Windows only)

              d3d11va
                     requires --vo=opengl with --opengl-backend=angle (Windows 8+ only)

              d3d11va-copy
                     copies video back to system RAM (Windows 8+ only)

              mediacodec
                     copies video back to system RAM (Android only)

              rpi    requires --vo=opengl (Raspberry Pi only - default if available)

              rpi-copy
                     copies video back to system RAM (Raspberry Pi only)

              cuda   requires --vo=opengl (Any platform CUDA is available)

              cuda-copy
                     copies video back to system RAM (Any platform CUDA is available)

              crystalhd
                     copies video back to system RAM (Any platform supported by hardware)

              auto tries to automatically enable hardware decoding using the first available method. This  still
              depends  what VO you are using. For example, if you are not using --vo=vdpau or --vo=opengl, vdpau
              decoding will never be enabled. Also note that if the first found method doesn't actually work, it
              will  always  fall  back  to software decoding, instead of trying the next method (might matter on
              some Linux systems).

              auto-copy selects only modes that copy the video  data  back  to  system  memory  after  decoding.
              Currently,  this  selects  only  one of the following modes: vaapi-copy, dxva2-copy, d3d11va-copy,
              mediacodec.  If none of these work, hardware decoding is disabled. This mode is always  guaranteed
              to  incur  no  additional  loss  compared to software decoding, and will allow CPU processing with
              video filters.

              The vaapi mode, if used with --vo=opengl, requires Mesa 11 and most likely works with  Intel  GPUs
              only.  It also requires the opengl EGL backend (automatically used if available). You can also try
              the old GLX backend by forcing it with --opengl-backend=x11, but the vaapi/GLX interop is said  to
              be slower than vaapi-copy.

              The  cuda and cuda-copy modes provides deinterlacing in the decoder which is useful as there is no
              other deinterlacing mechanism in the opengl output path. To use this deinterlacing you  must  pass
              the  option:  vd-lavc-o=deint=[weave|bob|adaptive].  Pass weave (or leave the option unset) to not
              attempt any deinterlacing. cuda should always be preferred unless the opengl vo is not being  used
              or filters are required.

              Most  video  filters will not work with hardware decoding as they are primarily implemented on the
              CPU. Some exceptions are vdpaupp, vdpaurb and vavpp. See VIDEO FILTERS for more details.

              The ...-copy modes (e.g. dxva2-copy) allow you to use hardware decoding with any  VO,  backend  or
              filter.  Because  these  copy  the decoded video back to system RAM, they're likely less efficient
              than the direct modes (like e.g. dxva2), and probably not more efficient  than  software  decoding
              except for some codecs (e.g. HEVC).

              NOTE:
                 When   using  this  switch,  hardware  decoding  is  still  only  done  for  some  codecs.  See
                 --hwdec-codecs to enable hardware decoding for more codecs.

                 Quality reduction with hardware decoding

                        In theory, hardware decoding does not reduce video quality (at least for the codecs h264
                        and  HEVC).  However,  due  to restrictions in video output APIs, as well as bugs in the
                        actual hardware decoders, there can be some loss, or even blatantly incorrect results.

                        In some cases, RGB conversion is forced, which means the RGB conversion is performed  by
                        the  hardware  decoding  API, instead of the OpenGL code used by --vo=opengl. This means
                        certain colorspaces may not display correctly, and certain filtering (such as debanding)
                        cannot  be  applied in an ideal way. This will also usually force the use of low quality
                        chroma scalers instead of the one  specified  by  --cscale.  In  other  cases,  hardware
                        decoding can also reduce the bit depth of the decoded image, which can introduce banding
                        or precision loss for 10-bit files.

                        vdpau is usually safe. If deinterlacing enabled (or the vdpaupp video filter  is  active
                        in  general),  it  forces  RGB  conversion.  The latter currently does not treat certain
                        colorspaces like BT.2020 correctly (which is mostly  a  mpv-specific  restriction).  The
                        vdpauprb  video  filter  retrieves  image  data  without RGB conversion and is safe (but
                        precludes use of vdpau postprocessing).

                        vaapi is safe if the vaapi-egl backend  is  indicated  in  the  logs.  If  vaapi-glx  is
                        indicated,  and  the  video colorspace is either BT.601 or BT.709, a forced, low-quality
                        but correct  RGB  conversion  is  performed.  Otherwise,  the  result  will  be  totally
                        incorrect.

                        d3d11va  is  usually  safe (if used with ANGLE builds that support EGL_KHR_stream path -
                        otherwise, it converts to RGB), except that 10 bit input (HEVC main 10 profiles) will be
                        rounded down to 8 bits, which results in reduced quality.

                        dxva2 is not safe. It appears to always use BT.601 for forced RGB conversion, but actual
                        behavior depends on the GPU drivers. Some drivers appear to  convert  to  limited  range
                        RGB,  which  gives  a faded appearance.  In addition to driver-specific behavior, global
                        system settings might affect this additionally. This can  give  incorrect  results  even
                        with completely ordinary video sources.

                        rpi always uses the hardware overlay renderer, even with --vo=opengl.

                        cuda  should  be  safe,  but  it  has  been  reported  to corrupt the timestamps causing
                        glitched, flashing frames on some files. It can also sometimes cause massive  framedrops
                        for unknown reasons. Caution is advised.

                        crystalhd is not safe. It always converts to 4:2:2 YUV, which may be lossy, depending on
                        how chroma sub-sampling is done during conversion. It also discards the top  left  pixel
                        of each frame for some reason.

                        All  other  methods,  in  particular the copy-back methods (like dxva2-copy etc.) should
                        hopefully be safe, although they can still cause random decoding  issues.  At  the  very
                        least, they shouldn't affect the colors of the image.

                        In particular, auto-copy will only select "safe" modes (although potentially slower than
                        other methods), but there's still no guarantee the chosen hardware decoder will actually
                        work correctly.

                        In  general,  it's  very  strongly  advised to avoid hardware decoding unless absolutely
                        necessary, i.e. if your CPU is insufficient to decode the file in questions. If you  run
                        into  any  weird  decoding issues, frame glitches or discoloration, and you have --hwdec
                        turned on, the first thing you should try is disabling it.

       --opengl-hwdec-interop=<name>
              This is useful for the opengl and opengl-cb VOs for creating the hardware decoding OpenGL  interop
              context, but without actually enabling hardware decoding itself (like --hwdec does).

              If set to an empty string (default), the --hwdec option is used.

              For opengl, if set, do not create the interop context on demand, but when the VO is created.

              For  opengl-cb,  if  set, load the interop context as soon as the OpenGL context is created. Since
              opengl-cb has no on-demand loading, this allows enabling hardware  decoding  at  runtime  at  all,
              without  having to temporarily set the hwdec option just during OpenGL context initialization with
              mpv_opengl_cb_init_gl().

              See --opengl-hwdec-interop=help for accepted values. This lists  the  interop  backend,  with  the
              --hwdec alias after it in [...]. Consider all values except the proper interop backend name, auto,
              and no as silently deprecated and subject to change. Also, if you use  this  in  application  code
              (e.g. via libmpv), any value other than auto and no should be avoided, as backends can change.

              Currently the option sets a single value. It is possible that the option type changes to a list in
              the future.

              The old alias --hwdec-preload has different behavior if the option value is no.

       --videotoolbox-format=<name>
              Set the internal pixel format used by --hwdec=videotoolbox on OSX. The choice of  the  format  can
              influence  performance  considerably.  On the other hand, there doesn't appear to be a good way to
              detect the best format for the given hardware. nv12, the default, works better on modern hardware,
              while  uyvy422 appears to be better for old hardware. yuv420p also works.  Since mpv 0.25.0, no is
              an accepted value, which lets the decoder pick the format on newer FFmpeg versions (will use  nv12
              on older versions).

       --panscan=<0.0-1.0>
              Enables  pan-and-scan  functionality (cropping the sides of e.g. a 16:9 video to make it fit a 4:3
              display without black bands). The range controls how much of the image is cropped.  May  not  work
              with all video output drivers.

              This option has no effect if --video-unscaled option is used.

       --video-aspect=<ratio|no>
              Override  video aspect ratio, in case aspect information is incorrect or missing in the file being
              played. See also --no-video-aspect.

              These values have special meaning:

              0      disable aspect ratio handling, pretend the video has square pixels

              no     same as 0

              -1     use the video stream or container aspect (default)

              But note that handling of these special values might change in the future.

                 Examples

                 • --video-aspect=4:3  or --video-aspect=1.3333--video-aspect=16:9 or --video-aspect=1.7777--no-video-aspect or --video-aspect=no

       --video-aspect-method=<bitstream|container>
              This sets the default video aspect determination method (if the aspect is _not_ overridden by  the
              user with --video-aspect or others).

              container
                     Strictly  prefer  the  container aspect ratio. This is apparently the default behavior with
                     VLC, at least with Matroska. Note that if the  container  has  no  aspect  ratio  set,  the
                     behavior is the same as with bitstream.

              bitstream
                     Strictly  prefer  the bitstream aspect ratio, unless the bitstream aspect ratio is not set.
                     This is apparently the default behavior with XBMC/kodi, at least with Matroska.

              The current default for mpv is container.

              Normally you should not set this. Try the various choices if you  encounter  video  that  has  the
              wrong aspect ratio in mpv, but seems to be correct in other players.

       --video-unscaled=<no|yes|downscale-big>
              Disable  scaling  of  the  video.  If  the  window is larger than the video, black bars are added.
              Otherwise, the video is cropped, unless the option is set to  downscale-big,  in  which  case  the
              video  is  fit to window. The video still can be influenced by the other --video-... options. This
              option disables the effect of --panscan.

              Note that the scaler algorithm may still be used, even if the video  isn't  scaled.  For  example,
              this  can influence chroma conversion. The video will also still be scaled in one dimension if the
              source uses non-square pixels (e.g. anamorphic widescreen DVDs).

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-pan-x=<value>, --video-pan-y=<value>
              Moves the displayed video rectangle by the given value in the X or Y direction.  The  unit  is  in
              fractions  of  the  size  of  the  scaled video (the full size, even if parts of the video are not
              visible due to panscan or other options).

              For example, displaying a 1280x720 video fullscreen on a 1680x1050 screen with  --video-pan-x=-0.1
              would move the video 168 pixels to the left (making 128 pixels of the source video invisible).

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-rotate=<0-359|no>
              Rotate  the  video  clockwise, in degrees. Currently supports 90° steps only.  If no is given, the
              video is never rotated, even if the file has rotation metadata. (The rotation value  is  added  to
              the  rotation  metadata,  which means the value 0 would rotate the video according to the rotation
              metadata.)

       --video-stereo-mode=<no|mode>
              Set the stereo 3D output mode (default: mono). This is done by inserting the  stereo3d  conversion
              filter.

              The pseudo-mode no disables automatic conversion completely.

              The  mode mono is an alias to ml, which refers to the left frame in 2D. This is the default, which
              means mpv will try to show 3D movies in 2D, instead of the  mangled  3D  image  not  intended  for
              consumption (such as showing the left and right frame side by side, etc.).

              Use  --video-stereo-mode=help  to  list  all  available  modes.  Check  with  the  stereo3d filter
              documentation to see what the names mean. Note that some names refer to  modes  not  supported  by
              stereo3d - these modes can appear in files, but can't be handled properly by mpv.

       --video-zoom=<value>
              Adjust  the  video  display  scale  factor  by  the given value. The parameter is given log 2. For
              example, --video-zoom=0 is unscaled, --video-zoom=1 is twice  the  size,  --video-zoom=-2  is  one
              fourth of the size, and so on.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --video-align-x=<-1-1>, --video-align-y=<-1-1>
              Moves  the  video  rectangle within the black borders, which are usually added to pad the video to
              screen if video and screen aspect ratios are different.  --video-align-y=-1 would move  the  video
              to the top of the screen (leaving a border only on the bottom), a value of 0 centers it (default),
              and a value of 1 would put the video at the bottom of the screen.

              If video and screen aspect match perfectly, these options do nothing.

              This option is disabled if the --no-keepaspect option is used.

       --correct-pts, --no-correct-pts
              --no-correct-pts switches mpv to a mode where video timing is determined using a  fixed  framerate
              value  (either  using  the  --fps  option,  or using file information). Sometimes, files with very
              broken timestamps can be played somewhat well in this mode.  Note  that  video  filters,  subtitle
              rendering and audio synchronization can be completely broken in this mode.

       --fps=<float>
              Override video framerate. Useful if the original value is wrong or missing.

              NOTE:
                 Works in --no-correct-pts mode only.

       --deinterlace=<yes|no>
              Enable  or  disable  interlacing  (default: no).  Interlaced video shows ugly comb-like artifacts,
              which are visible on fast movement. Enabling this typically inserts  the  yadif  video  filter  in
              order to deinterlace the video, or lets the video output apply deinterlacing if supported.

              This behaves exactly like the deinterlace input property (usually mapped to d).

              Keep in mind that this will conflict with manually inserted deinterlacing filters, unless you take
              care. (Since mpv 0.27.0, even the hardware deinterlace filters  will  conflict.  Also  since  that
              version, --deinterlace=auto was removed, which used to mean that the default interlacing option of
              possibly inserted video filters was used.)

       --frames=<number>
              Play/convert only first <number> video frames, then quit.

              --frames=0 loads the file, but immediately quits before initializing playback.  (Might  be  useful
              for scripts which just want to determine some file properties.)

              For  audio-only  playback,  any  value  greater  than  0  will  quit  playback  immediately  after
              initialization. The value 0 works as with video.

       --video-output-levels=<outputlevels>
              RGB color levels used with YUV to RGB conversion. Normally, output devices such as PC monitors use
              full  range color levels. However, some TVs and video monitors expect studio RGB levels. Providing
              full range output to a device expecting studio level input results in crushed blacks  and  whites,
              the reverse in dim gray blacks and dim whites.

              Not all VOs support this option. Some will silently ignore it.

              Available color ranges are:

              auto   automatic selection (equals to full range) (default)

              limited
                     limited range (16-235 per component), studio levels

              full   full range (0-255 per component), PC levels

              NOTE:
                 It is advisable to use your graphics driver's color range option instead, if available.

       --hwdec-codecs=<codec1,codec2,...|all>
              Allow  hardware  decoding for a given list of codecs only. The special value all always allows all
              codecs.

              You can get the list of allowed codecs with mpv --vd=help. Remove  the  prefix,  e.g.  instead  of
              lavc:h264 use h264.

              By  default, this is set to h264,vc1,wmv3,hevc,mpeg2video,vp9. Note that the hardware acceleration
              special codecs like h264_vdpau are not relevant anymore, and in fact have been removed from  Libav
              in this form.

              This is usually only needed with broken GPUs, where a codec is reported as supported, but decoding
              causes more problems than it solves.

                 Example

                 mpv --hwdec=vdpau --vo=vdpau --hwdec-codecs=h264,mpeg2video
                        Enable vdpau decoding for h264 and mpeg2 only.

       --vd-lavc-check-hw-profile=<yes|no>
              Check hardware decoder profile (default: yes). If no is set, the highest profile of  the  hardware
              decoder  is  unconditionally  selected, and decoding is forced even if the profile of the video is
              higher than that.  The result is most likely broken decoding, but may also help if the detected or
              reported profiles are somehow incorrect.

       --vd-lavc-software-fallback=<yes|no|N>
              Fallback to software decoding if the hardware-accelerated decoder fails (default: 3). If this is a
              number, then fallback will be triggered if N frames fail to decode in a row. 1  is  equivalent  to
              yes.

       --vd-lavc-dr=<yes|no>
              Enable  direct  rendering (default: no). If this is set to yes, the video will be decoded directly
              to GPU video memory (or staging buffers).  This can speed up video upload, and may help with large
              resolutions or slow hardware. This works only with the following VOs:

                 • opengl: requires at least OpenGL 4.4.

              (In particular, this can't be made work with opengl-cb.)

              Using  video  filters  of any kind that write to the image data (or output newly allocated frames)
              will silently disable the DR code path.

              There are some corner cases that will result in undefined  behavior  (crashes  and  other  strange
              behavior)  if  this  option  is enabled. These are pending towards being fixed properly at a later
              point.

       --vd-lavc-bitexact
              Only use bit-exact algorithms in all decoding steps (for codec testing).

       --vd-lavc-fast (MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and H.264 only)
              Enable optimizations which do not comply with  the  format  specification  and  potentially  cause
              problems,  like  simpler  dequantization, simpler motion compensation, assuming use of the default
              quantization matrix, assuming YUV 4:2:0 and skipping a few checks to detect damaged bitstreams.

       --vd-lavc-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass  all  unknown
              options  through  the  AVOption  system  is  welcome. A full list of AVOptions can be found in the
              FFmpeg manual.

              Some options which used to be direct options can be set with this mechanism, like bug, gray, idct,
              ec, vismv, skip_top (was st), skip_bottom (was sb), debug.

                 Example

                        --vd-lavc-o=debug=pict

       --vd-lavc-show-all=<yes|no>
              Show  even  broken/corrupt  frames  (default:  no).  If this option is set to no, libavcodec won't
              output frames that were either decoded before an initial keyframe was decoded, or frames that  are
              recognized as corrupted.

       --vd-lavc-skiploopfilter=<skipvalue> (H.264 only)
              Skips the loop filter (AKA deblocking) during H.264 decoding. Since the filtered frame is supposed
              to be used as reference for decoding dependent frames, this has a worse effect on quality than not
              doing  deblocking  on  e.g.  MPEG-2 video. But at least for high bitrate HDTV, this provides a big
              speedup with little visible quality loss.

              <skipvalue> can be one of the following:

              none   Never skip.

              default
                     Skip useless processing steps (e.g. 0 size packets in AVI).

              nonref Skip frames that are not referenced (i.e. not used for decoding  other  frames,  the  error
                     cannot "build up").

              bidir  Skip B-Frames.

              nonkey Skip all frames except keyframes.

              all    Skip all frames.

       --vd-lavc-skipidct=<skipvalue> (MPEG-1/2 only)
              Skips  the  IDCT  step.  This  degrades  quality a lot in almost all cases (see skiploopfilter for
              available skip values).

       --vd-lavc-skipframe=<skipvalue>
              Skips decoding of frames completely. Big speedup, but jerky motion  and  sometimes  bad  artifacts
              (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

       --vd-lavc-framedrop=<skipvalue>
              Set framedropping mode used with --framedrop (see skiploopfilter for available skip values).

       --vd-lavc-threads=<N>
              Number  of  threads  to use for decoding. Whether threading is actually supported depends on codec
              (default: 0). 0 means autodetect number of cores on the machine and use that, up to the maximum of
              16. You can set more than 16 threads manually.

   Audio
       --audio-pitch-correction=<yes|no>
              If this is enabled (default), playing with a speed different from normal automatically inserts the
              scaletempo audio filter. For details, see audio filter section.

       --audio-device=<name>
              Use the given audio device. This consists of the audio output name, e.g.   alsa,  followed  by  /,
              followed  by  the  audio  output  specific device name. The default value for this option is auto,
              which tries every audio output in preference order with the default device.

              You can list audio devices with --audio-device=help. This  outputs  the  device  name  in  quotes,
              followed  by a description. The device name is what you have to pass to the --audio-device option.
              The list of audio devices can be retrieved by API by using the audio-device-list property.

              While the option normally takes one of the strings as indicated by the methods above, you can also
              force  the device for most AOs by building it manually. For example name/foobar forces the AO name
              to use the device foobar.

                 Example for ALSA

                        MPlayer and mplayer2 required you to replace any ',' with '.' and any ':'  with  '='  in
                        the ALSA device name. For example, to use the device named dmix:default, you had to do:
                     -ao alsa:device=dmix=default

                 In mpv you could instead use:
                     --audio-device=alsa/dmix:default

       --audio-exclusive=<yes|no>
              Enable exclusive output mode. In this mode, the system is usually locked out, and only mpv will be
              able to output audio.

              This only works for some audio outputs, such as wasapi and coreaudio. Other audio outputs silently
              ignore  this  options.  They  either  have  no  concept  of exclusive mode, or the mpv side of the
              implementation is missing.

       --audio-fallback-to-null=<yes|no>
              If no audio device can be opened, behave as if --ao=null was given. This is useful in  combination
              with --audio-device: instead of causing an error if the selected device does not exist, the client
              API user (or a Lua script) could let playback continue normally,  and  check  the  current-ao  and
              audio-device-list properties to make high-level decisions about how to continue.

       --ao=<driver>
              Specify the audio output drivers to be used. See AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS for details and descriptions
              of available drivers.

       --af=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Specify a list of audio filters to apply to the audio stream. See AUDIO FILTERS  for  details  and
              descriptions  of  the  available  filters.   The  option variants --af-add, --af-pre, --af-del and
              --af-clr exist to modify a previously specified list, but you should not need  these  for  typical
              use.

       --audio-spdif=<codecs>
              List  of codecs for which compressed audio passthrough should be used. This works for both classic
              S/PDIF and HDMI.

              Possible codecs are ac3, dts, dts-hd. Multiple codecs can be specified by separating them with  ,.
              dts  refers  to  low  bitrate  DTS  core,  while  dts-hd refers to DTS MA (receiver and OS support
              varies).  If both dts and dts-hd are specified, it behaves equivalent to specifying dts-hd only.

              In earlier mpv versions you could use --ad to  force  the  spdif  wrapper.   This  does  not  work
              anymore.

                 Warning

                        There  is  not much reason to use this. HDMI supports uncompressed multichannel PCM, and
                        mpv supports lossless DTS-HD decoding via FFmpeg's new DCA decoder (based on libdcadec).

       --ad=<decoder1,decoder2,...[-]>
              Specify a priority list of audio decoders to be  used,  according  to  their  decoder  name.  When
              determining  which decoder to use, the first decoder that matches the audio format is selected. If
              that is unavailable, the next decoder is used. Finally, it tries all other decoders that  are  not
              explicitly selected or rejected by the option.

              -  at  the end of the list suppresses fallback on other available decoders not on the --ad list. +
              in front of an entry forces the decoder. Both of these should not normally be used,  because  they
              break normal decoder auto-selection! Both of these methods are deprecated.

                 Examples

                 --ad=mp3float
                        Prefer the FFmpeg/Libav mp3float decoder over all other MP3 decoders.

                 --ad=help
                        List all available decoders.

                 Warning

                        Enabling  compressed  audio passthrough (AC3 and DTS via SPDIF/HDMI) with this option is
                        not possible. Use --audio-spdif instead.

       --volume=<value>
              Set the startup volume. 0 means silence, 100 means no volume reduction or amplification.  Negative
              values can be passed for compatibility, but are treated as 0.

              Since mpv 0.18.1, this always controls the internal mixer (aka "softvol").

       --replaygain=<no|track|album>
              Adjust  volume  gain according to the track-gain or album-gain replaygain value stored in the file
              metadata (default: no replaygain).

       --replaygain-preamp=<db>
              Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain (default: 0).

       --replaygain-clip=<yes|no>
              Prevent  clipping  caused  by  replaygain  by  automatically  lowering  the  gain  (default).  Use
              --replaygain-clip=no to disable this.

       --replaygain-fallback=<db>
              Gain  in  dB  to  apply  if the file has no replay gain tags. This option is always applied if the
              replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this is applied, no other replaygain options are applied.

       --balance=<value>
              How much left/right channels contribute to the audio.  (The  implementation  of  this  feature  is
              rather odd. It doesn't change the volumes of each channel, but instead sets up a pan matrix to mix
              the left and right channels.)

              Deprecated.

       --audio-delay=<sec>
              Audio delay in seconds (positive or negative float value). Positive values delay  the  audio,  and
              negative values delay the video.

       --mute=<yes|no|auto>
              Set startup audio mute status (default: no).

              auto is a deprecated possible value that is equivalent to no.

              See also: --volume.

       --softvol=<no|yes|auto>
              Deprecated/unfunctional.  Before  mpv  0.18.1,  this  used  to  control  whether to use the volume
              controls of the audio output driver or the internal mpv volume filter.

              The current behavior is that softvol is always enabled, i.e. as if this option is set to yes.  The
              other  behaviors  are not available anymore, although auto almost matches current behavior in most
              cases.

              The no behavior is still partially available through the ao-volume  and  ao-mute  properties.  But
              there are no options to reset these.

       --audio-demuxer=<[+]name>
              Use  this  audio demuxer type when using --audio-file. Use a '+' before the name to force it; this
              will skip some checks. Give the demuxer name as printed by --audio-demuxer=help.

       --ad-lavc-ac3drc=<level>
              Select the Dynamic Range Compression level for AC-3 audio  streams.   <level>  is  a  float  value
              ranging  from  0  to  1,  where  0  means  no  compression (which is the default) and 1 means full
              compression (make loud passages more silent and vice versa). Values up to 6 are also accepted, but
              are purely experimental. This option only shows an effect if the AC-3 stream contains the required
              range compression information.

              The standard mandates that DRC is enabled by default, but mpv (and some other players) ignore this
              for the sake of better audio quality.

       --ad-lavc-downmix=<yes|no>
              Whether  to request audio channel downmixing from the decoder (default: yes).  Some decoders, like
              AC-3, AAC and DTS, can remix audio on decoding. The requested number of  output  channels  is  set
              with the --audio-channels option.  Useful for playing surround audio on a stereo system.

       --ad-lavc-threads=<0-16>
              Number  of  threads to use for decoding. Whether threading is actually supported depends on codec.
              As of this writing, it's supported for some lossless codecs only. 0  means  autodetect  number  of
              cores on the machine and use that, up to the maximum of 16 (default: 1).

       --ad-lavc-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass  AVOptions  to libavcodec decoder. Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all unknown
              options through the AVOption system is welcome. A full list of  AVOptions  can  be  found  in  the
              FFmpeg manual.

       --ad-spdif-dtshd=<yes|no>, --dtshd, --no-dtshd
              If DTS is passed through, use DTS-HD.

                 Warning

                        This   and   enabling   passthrough   via   --ad   are  deprecated  in  favor  of  using
                        --audio-spdif=dts-hd.

       --audio-channels=<auto-safe|auto|layouts>
              Control which audio channels are output (e.g.  surround  vs.  stereo).  There  are  the  following
              possibilities:

              •

                --audio-channels=auto-safe
                       Use  the  system's  preferred  channel layout. If there is none (such as when accessing a
                       hardware device instead of the system mixer), force  stereo.  Some  audio  outputs  might
                       simply accept any layout and do downmixing on their own.

                       This is the default.

              •

                --audio-channels=auto
                       Send  the  audio  device  whatever  it  accepts,  preferring the audio's original channel
                       layout. Can cause issues with HDMI (see the warning below).

              •

                --audio-channels=layout1,layout2,...
                       List of ,-separated channel layouts which should  be  allowed.   Technically,  this  only
                       adjusts  the  filter chain output to the best matching layout in the list, and passes the
                       result to the audio API.  It's possible that  the  audio  API  will  select  a  different
                       channel layout.

                       Using this mode is recommended for direct hardware output, especially over HDMI (see HDMI
                       warning below).

              •

                --audio-channels=stereo
                       Force  a plain stereo downmix.  This  is  a  special-case  of  the  previous  item.  (See
                       paragraphs below for implications.)

              If a list of layouts is given, each item can be either an explicit channel layout name (like 5.1),
              or a channel number. Channel numbers refer to default layouts, e.g. 2 channels refer to stereo,  6
              refers to 5.1.

              See --audio-channels=help output for defined default layouts. This also lists speaker names, which
              can be used to express arbitrary channel layouts (e.g. fl-fr-lfe is 2.1).

              If the list of channel layouts has only 1 item, the decoder is asked to produce according  output.
              This  sometimes  triggers  decoder-downmix,  which might be different from the normal mpv downmix.
              (Only  some  decoders  support  remixing  audio,  like   AC-3,   AAC   or   DTS.   You   can   use
              --ad-lavc-downmix=no to make the decoder always output its native layout.) One consequence is that
              --audio-channels=stereo triggers decoder downmix, while auto or auto-safe never will, even if they
              end  up selecting stereo. This happens because the decision whether to use decoder downmix happens
              long before the audio device is opened.

              If the channel layout of the media file (i.e. the decoder)  and  the  AO's  channel  layout  don't
              match, mpv will attempt to insert a conversion filter.

                 Warning

                        Using auto can cause issues when using audio over HDMI. The OS will typically report all
                        channel layouts that _can_ go over HDMI, even if the receiver does not support them.  If
                        a  receiver  gets  an  unsupported  channel  layout,  random  things can happen, such as
                        dropping the additional channels, or adding noise.

                        You are recommended to set an explicit whitelist of the layouts you want.  For  example,
                        most  A/V  receivers  connected  via  HDMI  and  that  can  do  7.1 would  be served by:
                        --audio-channels=7.1,5.1,stereo

       --audio-normalize-downmix=<yes|no>
              Enable/disable normalization if surround audio is downmixed to stereo (default: no).  If  this  is
              disabled,  downmix can cause clipping. If it's enabled, the output might be too silent. It depends
              on the source audio.

              Technically, this changes the normalize suboption of the lavrresample audio filter, which performs
              the downmixing.

              If downmix happens outside of mpv for some reason, this has no effect.

       --audio-display=<no|attachment>
              Setting  this option to attachment (default) will display image attachments (e.g. album cover art)
              when playing audio files. It will display  the  first  image  found,  and  additional  images  are
              available as video tracks.

              Setting this option to no disables display of video entirely when playing audio files.

              This option has no influence on files with normal video tracks.

       --audio-files=<files>
              Play audio from an external file while viewing a video.

              This is a list option. See List Options for details.

       --audio-file=<file>
              CLI/config  file only alias for --audio-files-append. Each use of this option will add a new audio
              track. The details are similar to how --sub-file works.

       --audio-format=<format>
              Select the sample format used for output from the audio filter layer to the sound card. The values
              that <format> can adopt are listed below in the description of the format audio filter.

       --audio-samplerate=<Hz>
              Select  the  output  sample  rate  to  be used (of course sound cards have limits on this). If the
              sample frequency selected is different from that of the  current  media,  the  lavrresample  audio
              filter will be inserted into the audio filter layer to compensate for the difference.

       --gapless-audio=<no|yes|weak>
              Try  to  play  consecutive  audio files with no silence or disruption at the point of file change.
              Default: weak.

              no     Disable gapless audio.

              yes    The audio device is opened using parameters chosen for the first file played  and  is  then
                     kept  open  for  gapless  playback. This means that if the first file for example has a low
                     sample rate, then the following files may get  resampled  to  the  same  low  sample  rate,
                     resulting  in  reduced sound quality. If you play files with different parameters, consider
                     using options such as --audio-samplerate and --audio-format to explicitly select  what  the
                     shared output format will be.

              weak   Normally,  the  audio device is kept open (using the format it was first initialized with).
                     If the audio format the decoder output changes, the audio device is  closed  and  reopened.
                     This  means that you will normally get gapless audio with files that were encoded using the
                     same settings, but might not be gapless in other cases.  (Unlike with yes, you  don't  have
                     to  worry  about corner cases like the first file setting a very low quality output format,
                     and ruining the playback of higher quality files that follow.)

              NOTE:
                 This feature is implemented in a simple manner and relies on audio output device  buffering  to
                 continue  playback  while  moving  from one file to another. If playback of the new file starts
                 slowly, for example because it is played from a remote network location  or  because  you  have
                 specified  cache settings that require time for the initial cache fill, then the buffered audio
                 may run out before playback of the new file can start.

       --initial-audio-sync, --no-initial-audio-sync
              When starting a video file or after events such as seeking, mpv will by default modify  the  audio
              stream to make it start from the same timestamp as video, by either inserting silence at the start
              or cutting away the first samples. Disabling this option makes the player behave  like  older  mpv
              versions  did: video and audio are both started immediately even if their start timestamps differ,
              and then video timing is gradually adjusted if necessary to reach correct synchronization later.

       --volume-max=<100.0-1000.0>, --softvol-max=<...>
              Set the maximum amplification level in percent (default: 130). A value of 130 will  allow  you  to
              adjust the volume up to about double the normal level.

              --softvol-max is a deprecated alias and should not be used.

       --audio-file-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>, --no-audio-file-auto
              Load  additional  audio  files  matching  the video filename. The parameter specifies how external
              audio files are matched.

              no     Don't automatically load external audio files (default).

              exact  Load the media filename with audio file extension.

              fuzzy  Load all audio files containing media filename.

              all    Load all audio files in the current and --audio-file-paths directories.

       --audio-file-paths=<path1:path2:...>
              Equivalent to --sub-file-paths option, but for auto-loaded audio files.

       --audio-client-name=<name>
              The application name the player reports to the audio API. Can be useful if you  want  to  force  a
              different  audio  profile  (e.g.  with PulseAudio), or to set your own application name when using
              libmpv.

       --audio-buffer=<seconds>
              Set the audio output minimum buffer. The audio device might actually create a larger buffer if  it
              pleases.  If  the  device  creates a smaller buffer, additional audio is buffered in an additional
              software buffer.

              Making this larger will make soft-volume and other  filters  react  slower,  introduce  additional
              issues  on  playback  speed change, and block the player on audio format changes. A smaller buffer
              might lead to audio dropouts.

              This option should be used for testing only. If a non-default value helps significantly,  the  mpv
              developers should be contacted.

              Default: 0.2 (200 ms).

       --audio-stream-silence=<yes|no>
              Cash-grab  consumer  audio  hardware  (such as A/V receivers) often ignore initial audio sent over
              HDMI. This can happen every time audio over HDMI is stopped and resumed. In  order  to  compensate
              for  this, you can enable this option to not to stop and restart audio on seeks, and fill the gaps
              with silence. Likewise, when pausing playback, audio is not stopped, and silence is  played  while
              paused.  Note  that  if  no  audio  track  is  selected,  the  audio  device  will still be closed
              immediately.

              Not all AOs support this.

       --audio-wait-open=<secs>
              This makes sense for use with --audio-stream-silence=yes. If this option is given, the player will
              wait  for  the  given amount of seconds after opening the audio device before sending actual audio
              data to it. Useful if your expensive hardware discards the first 1 or 2 seconds of audio data sent
              to it. If --audio-stream-silence=yes is not set, this option will likely just waste time.

   Subtitles
       NOTE:
          Changing  styling  and  position  does  not  work  with  all  subtitles.  Image-based  subtitles (DVD,
          Bluray/PGS, DVB) cannot changed for fundamental reasons.  Subtitles in ASS  format  are  normally  not
          changed intentionally, but overriding them can be controlled with --sub-ass-override.

          Previously  some  options  working  on  text  subtitles  were  called --sub-text-*, they are now named
          --sub-*, and those specifically for ASS have been renamed from --ass-* to --sub-ass-*.  They  are  now
          all in this section.

       --sub-demuxer=<[+]name>
              Force   subtitle   demuxer   type   for   --sub-file.   Give   the  demuxer  name  as  printed  by
              --sub-demuxer=help.

       --sub-delay=<sec>
              Delays subtitles by <sec> seconds. Can be negative.

       --sub-files=<file-list>
              Add a subtitle file to the list of external subtitles.

              If you use --sub-file only once, this subtitle file is displayed by default.

              If --sub-file is used multiple times, the subtitle to use can be switched at  runtime  by  cycling
              subtitle  tracks.  It's  possible  to  show  two  subtitles at once: use --sid to select the first
              subtitle index, and --secondary-sid to select the second index.  (The  index  is  printed  on  the
              terminal output after the --sid= in the list of streams.)

              This is a list option. See List Options for details.

       --secondary-sid=<ID|auto|no>
              Select a secondary subtitle stream. This is similar to --sid. If a secondary subtitle is selected,
              it will be rendered as toptitle (i.e. on the top of the screen) alongside the normal subtitle, and
              provides a way to render two subtitles at once.

              There  are some caveats associated with this feature. For example, bitmap subtitles will always be
              rendered in their usual position, so selecting a bitmap subtitle as secondary subtitle will result
              in  overlapping  subtitles.   Secondary  subtitles  are  never  shown  on the terminal if video is
              disabled.

              NOTE:
                 Styling and interpretation of any formatting tags  is  disabled  for  the  secondary  subtitle.
                 Internally, the same mechanism as --no-sub-ass is used to strip the styling.

              NOTE:
                 If  the  main subtitle stream contains formatting tags which display the subtitle at the top of
                 the screen, it will overlap with the  secondary  subtitle.  To  prevent  this,  you  could  use
                 --no-sub-ass to disable styling in the main subtitle stream.

       --sub-scale=<0-100>
              Factor for the text subtitle font size (default: 1).

              NOTE:
                 This  affects  ASS  subtitles  as  well, and may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering. Use with
                 care, or use --sub-font-size instead.

       --sub-scale-by-window=<yes|no>
              Whether to scale subtitles with the window size (default: yes). If this is disabled, changing  the
              window size won't change the subtitle font size.

              Like --sub-scale, this can break ASS subtitles.

       --sub-scale-with-window=<yes|no>
              Make  the  subtitle font size relative to the window, instead of the video.  This is useful if you
              always want the same font size, even if the video doesn't cover the  window  fully,  e.g.  because
              screen aspect and window aspect mismatch (and the player adds black bars).

              Default: yes.

              This   option   is   misnamed.   The   difference  to  the  confusingly  similar  sounding  option
              --sub-scale-by-window is that --sub-scale-with-window still scales  with  the  approximate  window
              size, while the other option disables this scaling.

              Affects plain text subtitles only (or ASS if --sub-ass-override is set high enough).

       --sub-ass-scale-with-window=<yes|no>
              Like  --sub-scale-with-window,  but  affects subtitles in ASS format only.  Like --sub-scale, this
              can break ASS subtitles.

              Default: no.

       --embeddedfonts, --no-embeddedfonts
              Use fonts embedded in Matroska container files and ASS scripts (default: enabled). These fonts can
              be used for SSA/ASS subtitle rendering.

       --sub-pos=<0-100>
              Specify  the  position  of  subtitles  on  the  screen.  The value is the vertical position of the
              subtitle in % of the screen height.

              NOTE:
                 This affects ASS subtitles as well, and may lead to  incorrect  subtitle  rendering.  Use  with
                 care, or use --sub-margin-y instead.

       --sub-speed=<0.1-10.0>
              Multiply the subtitle event timestamps with the given value. Can be used to fix the playback speed
              for frame-based subtitle formats. Affects text subtitles only.

                 Example

                        --sub-speed=25/23.976 plays frame based subtitles which  have  been  loaded  assuming  a
                        framerate of 23.976 at 25 FPS.

       --sub-ass-force-style=<[Style.]Param=Value[,...]>
              Override some style or script info parameters.

                 Examples

                 • --sub-ass-force-style=FontName=Arial,Default.Bold=1--sub-ass-force-style=PlayResY=768

              NOTE:
                 Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering.

       --sub-ass-hinting=<none|light|normal|native>
              Set font hinting type. <type> can be:

              none   no hinting (default)

              light  FreeType autohinter, light mode

              normal FreeType autohinter, normal mode

              native font native hinter

                 Warning

                        Enabling hinting can lead to mispositioned text (in situations it's supposed to match up
                        video background), or reduce the smoothness of animations with some badly  authored  ASS
                        scripts. It is recommended to not use this option, unless really needed.

       --sub-ass-line-spacing=<value>
              Set line spacing value for SSA/ASS renderer.

       --sub-ass-shaper=<simple|complex>
              Set the text layout engine used by libass.

              simple uses Fribidi only, fast, doesn't render some languages correctly

              complex
                     uses HarfBuzz, slower, wider language support

              complex  is  the default. If libass hasn't been compiled against HarfBuzz, libass silently reverts
              to simple.

       --sub-ass-styles=<filename>
              Load all SSA/ASS styles found in the specified file and use them for rendering text subtitles. The
              syntax of the file is exactly like the [V4 Styles] / [V4+ Styles] section of SSA/ASS.

              NOTE:
                 Using this option may lead to incorrect subtitle rendering.

       --sub-ass-override=<yes|no|force|scale|strip>
              Control whether user style overrides should be applied. Note that all of these overrides try to be
              somewhat smart about figuring out whether or not a subtitle is considered a "sign".

              no     Render subtitles as specified by the subtitle scripts, without overrides.

              yes    Apply all the --sub-ass-* style override options. Changing the default  for  any  of  these
                     options can lead to incorrect subtitle rendering (default).

              force  Like yes, but also force all --sub-* options. Can break rendering easily.

              scale  Like yes, but also apply --sub-scale.

              strip  Radically  strip  all  ASS tags and styles from the subtitle. This is equivalent to the old
                     --no-ass / --no-sub-ass options.

       --sub-ass-force-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are available, if the subtitles
              are in the ASS format.

              Default: no.

       --sub-use-margins
              Enables placing toptitles and subtitles in black borders when they are available, if the subtitles
              are in a plain text format  (or ASS if --sub-ass-override is set high enough).

              Default: yes.

              Renamed from --sub-ass-use-margins. To place ASS subtitles in the borders too (like the old option
              did), also add --sub-ass-force-margins.

       --sub-ass-vsfilter-aspect-compat=<yes|no>
              Stretch  SSA/ASS  subtitles  when  playing  anamorphic  videos  for compatibility with traditional
              VSFilter behavior. This switch has no effect when the video is stored with square pixels.

              The renderer historically most commonly used for  the  SSA/ASS  subtitle  formats,  VSFilter,  had
              questionable  behavior  that  resulted in subtitles being stretched too if the video was stored in
              anamorphic format that required scaling for display.  This behavior  is  usually  undesirable  and
              newer  VSFilter versions may behave differently. However, many existing scripts compensate for the
              stretching by modifying things in the opposite direction.  Thus, if  such  scripts  are  displayed
              "correctly",  they will not appear as intended.  This switch enables emulation of the old VSFilter
              behavior (undesirable but expected by many existing scripts).

              Enabled by default.

       --sub-ass-vsfilter-blur-compat=<yes|no>
              Scale \blur tags by video resolution instead of script resolution (enabled by  default).  This  is
              bug in VSFilter, which according to some, can't be fixed anymore in the name of compatibility.

              Note  that this uses the actual video resolution for calculating the offset scale factor, not what
              the video filter chain or the video output use.

       --sub-ass-vsfilter-color-compat=<basic|full|force-601|no>
              Mangle colors like (xy-)vsfilter do (default: basic). Historically, VSFilter was not  color  space
              aware.  This  was  no  problem as long as the color space used for SD video (BT.601) was used. But
              when everything switched to HD (BT.709), VSFilter was  still  converting  RGB  colors  to  BT.601,
              rendered  them  into  the  video frame, and handled the frame to the video output, which would use
              BT.709 for conversion to RGB. The result were mangled subtitle colors. Later on,  bad  hacks  were
              added on top of the ASS format to control how colors are to be mangled.

              basic  Handle  only  BT.601->BT.709  mangling,  if  the  subtitles  seem  to indicate that this is
                     required (default).

              full   Handle the full YCbCr Matrix header with all video color spaces  supported  by  libass  and
                     mpv.  This  might  lead  to  bad  breakages  in corner cases and is not strictly needed for
                     compatibility (hopefully), which is why this is not default.

              force-601
                     Force BT.601->BT.709 mangling, regardless of subtitle headers or video color space.

              no     Disable color mangling completely. All colors are RGB.

              Choosing anything other than no will make the subtitle color depend on the video color space,  and
              it's  for  example  in theory not possible to reuse a subtitle script with another video file. The
              --sub-ass-override option doesn't affect how this option is interpreted.

       --stretch-dvd-subs=<yes|no>
              Stretch DVD subtitles when playing anamorphic videos for better looking fonts  on  badly  mastered
              DVDs.  This switch has no effect when the video is stored with square pixels - which for DVD input
              cannot be the case though.

              Many studios tend to use bitmap fonts designed for square pixels when authoring DVDs, causing  the
              fonts  to  look stretched on playback on DVD players. This option fixes them, however at the price
              of possibly misaligning some subtitles (e.g. sign translations).

              Disabled by default.

       --stretch-image-subs-to-screen=<yes|no>
              Stretch DVD and other image subtitles to the screen,  ignoring  the  video  margins.  This  has  a
              similar  effect  as  --sub-use-margins  for  text  subtitles,  except that the text itself will be
              stretched, not only just repositioned. (At least in general it is unavoidable, as an image  bitmap
              can  in  theory  consist  of  a single bitmap covering the whole screen, and the player won't know
              where exactly the text parts are located.)

              This option does not display subtitles correctly. Use with care.

              Disabled by default.

       --image-subs-video-resolution=<yes|no>
              Override the image subtitle resolution with the video  resolution  (default:  no).  Normally,  the
              subtitle  canvas  is  fit  into  the video canvas (e.g. letterboxed). Setting this option uses the
              video size as subtitle canvas size. Can be useful to test broken  subtitles,  which  often  happen
              when the video was trancoded, while attempting to keep the old subtitles.

       --sub-ass, --no-sub-ass
              Render ASS subtitles natively (enabled by default).

              NOTE:
                 This  has  been deprecated by --sub-ass-override=strip. You also may need --embeddedfonts=no to
                 get the same behavior. Also, using --sub-ass-override=style should give better results  without
                 breaking subtitles too much.

              If --no-sub-ass is specified, all tags and style declarations are stripped and ignored on display.
              The subtitle renderer uses the font style as specified by the --sub- options instead.

              NOTE:
                 Using --no-sub-ass may lead to incorrect or completely broken rendering of  ASS/SSA  subtitles.
                 It  can  sometimes  be  useful to forcibly override the styling of ASS subtitles, but should be
                 avoided in general.

       --sub-auto=<no|exact|fuzzy|all>, --no-sub-auto
              Load additional subtitle files matching the video filename. The parameter specifies  how  external
              subtitle files are matched. exact is enabled by default.

              no     Don't automatically load external subtitle files.

              exact  Load the media filename with subtitle file extension (default).

              fuzzy  Load all subs containing media filename.

              all    Load all subs in the current and --sub-file-paths directories.

       --sub-codepage=<codepage>
              You  can  use  this  option  to  specify the subtitle codepage. uchardet will be used to guess the
              charset. (If mpv was not compiled with uchardet, then utf-8 is the effective default.)

              The default value for this option is auto, which enables autodetection.

              The following steps are taken to determine the final codepage, in order:

              • if the specific codepage has a +, use that codepage

              • if the data looks like UTF-8, assume it is UTF-8

              • if --sub-codepage is set to a specific codepage, use that

              • run uchardet, and if successful, use that

              • otherwise, use UTF-8-BROKEN

                 Examples

                 • --sub-codepage=latin2 Use Latin 2 if input is not UTF-8.

                 • --sub-codepage=+cp1250 Always force recoding to cp1250.

              The pseudo codepage UTF-8-BROKEN is used internally. If it's set,  subtitles  are  interpreted  as
              UTF-8  with  "Latin  1"  as fallback for bytes which are not valid UTF-8 sequences. iconv is never
              involved in this mode.

              This option changed in mpv 0.23.0. Support for the old syntax was fully removed in mpv 0.24.0.

       --sub-fix-timing=<yes|no>
              Adjust subtitle timing is to remove minor gaps or overlaps between subtitles (if the difference is
              smaller than 210 ms, the gap or overlap is removed).

       --sub-forced-only
              Display only forced subtitles for the DVD subtitle stream selected by e.g.  --slang.

       --sub-fps=<rate>
              Specify the framerate of the subtitle file (default: video fps). Affects text subtitles only.

              NOTE:
                 <rate>  >  video fps speeds the subtitles up for frame-based subtitle files and slows them down
                 for time-based ones.

              See also: --sub-speed.

       --sub-gauss=<0.0-3.0>
              Apply Gaussian blur to image subtitles (default: 0). This can help to make  pixelated  DVD/Vobsubs
              look nicer. A value other than 0 also switches to software subtitle scaling. Might be slow.

              NOTE:
                 Never applied to text subtitles.

       --sub-gray
              Convert image subtitles to grayscale. Can help to make yellow DVD/Vobsubs look nicer.

              NOTE:
                 Never applied to text subtitles.

       --sub-paths=<path1:path2:...>
              Deprecated, use --sub-file-paths.

       --sub-file-paths=<path-list>
              Specify extra directories to search for subtitles matching the video.  Multiple directories can be
              separated by ":" (";" on Windows).   Paths  can  be  relative  or  absolute.  Relative  paths  are
              interpreted  relative  to video file directory.  If the file is a URL, only absolute paths and sub
              configuration subdirectory will be scanned.

                 Example

                        Assuming that /path/to/video/video.avi is played and  --sub-file-paths=sub:subtitles  is
                        specified, mpv searches for subtitle files in these directories:

                 • /path/to/video//path/to/video/sub//path/to/video/subtitles/

                 • the sub configuration subdirectory (usually ~/.config/mpv/sub/)

              This is a list option. See List Options for details.

       --sub-visibility, --no-sub-visibility
              Can be used to disable display of subtitles, but still select and decode them.

       --sub-clear-on-seek
              (Obscure,  rarely  useful.)  Can be used to play broken mkv files with duplicate ReadOrder fields.
              ReadOrder is the first field in a Matroska-style ASS subtitle packets. It should  be  unique,  and
              libass  uses  it  for  fast  elimination  of duplicates. This option disables caching of subtitles
              across seeks, so after a seek libass can't eliminate subtitle packets with the same  ReadOrder  as
              earlier packets.

       --teletext-page=<1-999>
              This works for dvb_teletext subtitle streams, and if FFmpeg has been compiled with support for it.

       --sub-font=<name>
              Specify font to use for subtitles that do not themselves specify a particular font. The default is
              sans-serif.

                 Examples

                 • --sub-font='Bitstream Vera Sans'--sub-font='Comic Sans MS'

              NOTE:
                 The --sub-font  option  (and  many  other  style  related  --sub-  options)  are  ignored  when
                 ASS-subtitles are rendered, unless the --no-sub-ass option is specified.

                 This used to support fontconfig patterns. Starting with libass 0.13.0, this stopped working.

       --sub-font-size=<size>
              Specify  the  sub  font size. The unit is the size in scaled pixels at a window height of 720. The
              actual pixel size is scaled with the window height: if the window height is larger or smaller than
              720, the actual size of the text increases or decreases as well.

              Default: 55.

       --sub-back-color=<color>
              See --sub-color. Color used for sub text background.

       --sub-blur=<0..20.0>
              Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default).

       --sub-bold=<yes|no>
              Format text on bold.

       --sub-italic=<yes|no>
              Format text on italic.

       --sub-border-color=<color>
              See --sub-color. Color used for the sub font border.

              NOTE:
                 ignored  when  --sub-back-color  is  specified (or more exactly: when that option is not set to
                 completely transparent).

       --sub-border-size=<size>
              Size of the sub font border in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size  for  details).  A  value  of  0
              disables borders.

              Default: 3.

       --sub-color=<color>
              Specify the color used for unstyled text subtitles.

              The color is specified in the form r/g/b, where each color component is specified as number in the
              range 0.0 to 1.0. It's also possible to specify the transparency by using r/g/b/a, where the alpha
              value  0  means  fully transparent, and 1.0 means opaque. If the alpha component is not given, the
              color is 100% opaque.

              Passing a single number to the option sets the sub to gray, and the form gray/a lets  you  specify
              alpha additionally.

                 Examples

                 • --sub-color=1.0/0.0/0.0 set sub to opaque red

                 • --sub-color=1.0/0.0/0.0/0.75 set sub to opaque red with 75% alpha

                 • --sub-color=0.5/0.75 set sub to 50% gray with 75% alpha

              Alternatively,  the  color  can  be specified as a RGB hex triplet in the form #RRGGBB, where each
              2-digit group expresses a color value in the range 0 (00) to 255 (FF).  For  example,  #FF0000  is
              red.  This is similar to web colors. Alpha is given with #AARRGGBB.

                 Examples

                 • --sub-color='#FF0000' set sub to opaque red

                 • --sub-color='#C0808080' set sub to 50% gray with 75% alpha

       --sub-margin-x=<size>
              Left and right screen margin for the subs in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details).

              This  option  specifies the distance of the sub to the left, as well as at which distance from the
              right border long sub text will be broken.

              Default: 25.

       --sub-margin-y=<size>
              Top and bottom screen margin for the subs in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details).

              This option specifies the vertical margins of unstyled text subtitles.  If you just want to  raise
              the vertical subtitle position, use --sub-pos.

              Default: 22.

       --sub-align-x=<left|center|right>
              Control to which corner of the screen text subtitles should be aligned to (default: center).

              Never  applied  to  ASS  subtitles,  except in --no-sub-ass mode. Likewise, this does not apply to
              image subtitles.

       --sub-align-y=<top|center|bottom>
              Vertical position (default: bottom).  Details see --sub-align-x.

       --sub-justify=<auto|left|center|right>
              Control how multi line subs are justified irrespective of where they are  aligned  (default:  auto
              which  justifies as defined by --sub-align-y).  Left justification is recommended to make the subs
              easier to read as it is easier for the eyes.

       --sub-ass-justify=<yes|no>
              Applies justification as defined by --sub-justify on ASS subtitles if  --sub-ass-override  is  not
              set to no.  Default: no.

       --sub-shadow-color=<color>
              See --sub-color. Color used for sub text shadow.

       --sub-shadow-offset=<size>
              Displacement of the sub text shadow in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details). A value of
              0 disables shadows.

              Default: 0.

       --sub-spacing=<size>
              Horizontal sub font spacing in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size  for  details).  This  value  is
              added to the normal letter spacing. Negative values are allowed.

              Default: 0.

       --sub-filter-sdh=<yes|no>
              Applies  filter  removing  subtitle  additions  for  the  deaf  or hard-of-hearing (SDH).  This is
              intended for English, but may in part work for other languages too.  The intention is that it  can
              be always enabled so may not remove all parts added.  It removes speaker labels (like MAN:), upper
              case text in parentheses and any text in brackets.

              Default: no.

       --sub-filter-sdh-harder=<yes|no>
              Do harder SDH filtering (if enabled by --sub-filter-sdh).  Will also  remove  speaker  labels  and
              text within parentheses using both lower and upper case letters.

              Default: no.

   Window
       --title=<string>
              Set  the  window  title.  This  is used for the video window, and if possible, also sets the audio
              stream title.

              Properties are expanded. (See Property Expansion.)

              WARNING:
                 There is a danger of this causing significant CPU usage,  depending  on  the  properties  used.
                 Changing  the  window  title  is  often a slow operation, and if the title changes every frame,
                 playback can be ruined.

       --screen=<default|0-32>
              In multi-monitor configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across multiple displays),  this
              option tells mpv which screen to display the video on.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option does not work properly with all window managers. In these cases, you can try
                        to use --geometry to position the window explicitly. It's also possible that the  window
                        manager  provides  native  features  to control which screens application windows should
                        use.

              See also --fs-screen.

       --fullscreen, --fs
              Fullscreen playback.

       --fs-screen=<all|current|0-32>
              In multi-monitor configurations (i.e. a single desktop that spans across multiple displays),  this
              option  tells  mpv  which screen to go fullscreen to.  If default is provided mpv will fallback on
              using the behavior depending on what the user provided with the screen option.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option does works properly only with window  managers  which  understand  the  EWMH
                        _NET_WM_FULLSCREEN_MONITORS hint.

                 Note (OS X)

                        all does not work on OS X and will behave like current.

              See also --screen.

       --keep-open=<yes|no|always>
              Do not terminate when playing or seeking beyond the end of the file, and there is not next file to
              be played (and --loop is not used).  Instead, pause the player. When trying to seek beyond end  of
              the file, the player will attempt to seek to the last frame.

              Normally, this will act like set pause yes on EOF, unless the --keep-open-pause=no option is set.

              The following arguments can be given:

              no     If the current file ends, go to the next file or terminate.  (Default.)

              yes    Don't  terminate if the current file is the last playlist entry.  Equivalent to --keep-open
                     without arguments.

              always Like yes, but also applies to files before the last playlist  entry.  This  means  playback
                     will never automatically advance to the next file.

              NOTE:
                 This  option  is not respected when using --frames. Explicitly skipping to the next file if the
                 binding uses force will terminate playback as well.

                 Also, if errors or unusual circumstances happen, the player can quit anyway.

              Since mpv 0.6.0, this doesn't pause if there is a next file in the playlist, or  the  playlist  is
              looped.  Approximately, this will pause when the player would normally exit, but in practice there
              are corner cases in which this is not the case (e.g. mpv --keep-open file.mkv /dev/null will  play
              file.mkv  normally, then fail to open /dev/null, then exit). (In mpv 0.8.0, always was introduced,
              which restores the old behavior.)

       --keep-open-pause=<yes|no>
              If set to no, instead of pausing when --keep-open is active, just stop at end of file and continue
              playing forward when you seek backwards until end where it stops again. Default: yes.

       --image-display-duration=<seconds|inf>
              If  the current file is an image, play the image for the given amount of seconds (default: 1). inf
              means the file is kept open forever (until the user stops playback manually).

              Unlike --keep-open, the player is not paused, but simply continues playback  until  the  time  has
              elapsed. (It should not use any resources during "playback".)

              This  affects image files, which are defined as having only 1 video frame and no audio. The player
              may recognize certain non-images as images, for example if --length is used to reduce  the  length
              to 1 frame, or if you seek to the last frame.

              This  option does not affect the framerate used for mf:// or --merge-files. For that, use --mf-fps
              instead.

       --force-window=<yes|no|immediate>
              Create a video output window even if there is no video. This can be useful  when  pretending  that
              mpv  is  a  GUI  application. Currently, the window always has the size 640x480, and is subject to
              --geometry, --autofit, and similar options.

              WARNING:
                 The window is created only after initialization (to make sure default  window  placement  still
                 works  if the video size is different from the --force-window default window size). This can be
                 a problem if initialization doesn't work perfectly, such as when opening URLs with bad  network
                 connection,  or opening broken video files. The immediate mode can be used to create the window
                 always on program start, but this may cause other issues.

       --taskbar-progress, --no-taskbar-progress
              (Windows only) Enable/disable playback progress rendering in taskbar (Windows 7 and above).

              Enabled by default.

       --snap-window
              (Windows only) Snap the player window to screen edges.

       --ontop
              Makes the player window stay on top of other windows.

              On Windows, if combined with  fullscreen  mode,  this  causes  mpv  to  be  treated  as  exclusive
              fullscreen window that bypasses the Desktop Window Manager.

       --ontop-level=<window|system|level>
              (OS X only) Sets the level of an ontop window (default: window).

              window On top of all other windows.

              system On top of system elements like Taskbar, Menubar and Dock.

              level  A level as integer.

       --border, --no-border
              Play  video  with  window  border and decorations. Since this is on by default, use --no-border to
              disable the standard window decorations.

       --fit-border, --no-fit-border
              (Windows only) Fit the whole window with border and decorations on the screen. Since this is on by
              default,  use  --no-fit-border  to  make mpv try to only fit client area with video on the screen.
              This behavior only applied to window/video with size exceeding size of the screen.

       --on-all-workspaces
              (X11 only) Show the video window on all virtual desktops.

       --geometry=<[W[xH]][+-x+-y]>, --geometry=<x:y>
              Adjust the initial window position or size. W and H set the window size in pixels. x and y set the
              window  position, measured in pixels from the top-left corner of the screen to the top-left corner
              of the image being displayed. If a percentage sign (%) is given after the argument, it  turns  the
              value  into a percentage of the screen size in that direction.  Positions are specified similar to
              the standard X11 --geometry option format, in which e.g. +10-50 means "place 10  pixels  from  the
              left  border and 50 pixels from the lower border" and "--20+-10" means "place 20 pixels beyond the
              right and 10 pixels beyond the top border".

              If an external window is specified using the --wid option, this option is ignored.

              The coordinates are relative to the screen given with --screen for the video output  drivers  that
              fully support --screen.

              NOTE:
                 Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding.

                 Note (X11)

                        This option does not work properly with all window managers.

                 Examples

                 50:40  Places the window at x=50, y=40.

                 50%:50%
                        Places the window in the middle of the screen.

                 100%:100%
                        Places the window at the bottom right corner of the screen.

                 50%    Sets  the window width to half the screen width. Window height is set so that the window
                        has the video aspect ratio.

                 50%x50%
                        Forces the window width and height to half the screen width and height. Will show  black
                        borders   to  compensate  for  the  video  aspect  ratio  (with  most  VOs  and  without
                        --no-keepaspect).

                 50%+10+10
                        Sets the window to half the screen widths, and positions it 10 pixels below/left of  the
                        top left corner of the screen.

              See  also --autofit and --autofit-larger for fitting the window into a given size without changing
              aspect ratio.

       --autofit=<[W[xH]]>
              Set the initial window size to a maximum size specified by  WxH,  without  changing  the  window's
              aspect ratio. The size is measured in pixels, or if a number is followed by a percentage sign (%),
              in percents of the screen size.

              This option never changes the aspect ratio of the window. If  the  aspect  ratio  mismatches,  the
              window's size is reduced until it fits into the specified size.

              Window  position  is not taken into account, nor is it modified by this option (the window manager
              still may place the window differently depending on size). Use --geometry  to  change  the  window
              position. Its effects are applied after this option.

              See --geometry for details how this is handled with multi-monitor setups.

              Use --autofit-larger instead if you just want to limit the maximum size of the window, rather than
              always forcing a window size.

              Use --geometry if you want to force both window width and height to a specific size.

              NOTE:
                 Generally only supported by GUI VOs. Ignored for encoding.

                 Examples

                 70%    Make the window width 70% of the screen size, keeping aspect ratio.

                 1000   Set the window width to 1000 pixels, keeping aspect ratio.

                 70%x60%
                        Make the window as large as possible, without being wider than 70% of the screen  width,
                        or higher than 60% of the screen height.

       --autofit-larger=<[W[xH]]>
              This  option  behaves exactly like --autofit, except the window size is only changed if the window
              would be larger than the specified size.

                 Example

                 90%x80%
                        If the video is larger than 90% of the screen width or 80% of the  screen  height,  make
                        the  window smaller until either its width is 90% of the screen, or its height is 80% of
                        the screen.

       --autofit-smaller=<[W[xH]]>
              This option behaves exactly like --autofit, except that it sets the minimum  size  of  the  window
              (just as --autofit-larger sets the maximum).

                 Example

                 500x500
                        Make  the  window  at  least 500 pixels wide and 500 pixels high (depending on the video
                        aspect ratio, the width or height will be larger than 500 in order to  keep  the  aspect
                        ratio the same).

       --window-scale=<factor>
              Resize  the  video  window  to  a multiple (or fraction) of the video size. This option is applied
              before --autofit and other options are applied (so they override this option).

              For example, --window-scale=0.5 would show the window at half the video size.

       --cursor-autohide=<number|no|always>
              Make mouse cursor automatically hide after given number of milliseconds.  no will  disable  cursor
              autohide. always means the cursor will stay hidden.

       --cursor-autohide-fs-only
              If  this  option  is given, the cursor is always visible in windowed mode. In fullscreen mode, the
              cursor is shown or hidden according to --cursor-autohide.

       --no-fixed-vo, --fixed-vo
              --no-fixed-vo  enforces  closing  and  reopening  the  video  window  for  multiple   files   (one
              (un)initialization for each file).

       --force-rgba-osd-rendering
              Change  how  some video outputs render the OSD and text subtitles. This does not change appearance
              of the subtitles and only has performance implications. For VOs which support native ASS rendering
              (like  vdpau,  opengl,  direct3d), this can be slightly faster or slower, depending on GPU drivers
              and hardware. For other VOs, this just makes rendering slower.

       --force-window-position
              Forcefully move mpv's video output window to default location whenever there is a change in  video
              parameters, video stream or file. This used to be the default behavior. Currently only affects X11
              VOs.

       --heartbeat-cmd=<command>

          WARNING:
              This option is redundant with Lua  scripting.  Further,  it  shouldn't  be  needed  for  disabling
              screensaver  anyway,  since mpv will call xdg-screensaver when using X11 backend. As a consequence
              this option has been deprecated with no direct replacement.

          Command that is executed every 30 seconds during playback via system() - i.e.  using  the  shell.  The
          time  between  the commands can be customized with the --heartbeat-interval option. The command is not
          run while playback is paused.

          NOTE:
              mpv uses this command without any checking. It is your responsibility to ensure it does not  cause
              security  problems  (e.g.  make sure to use full paths if "." is in your path like on Windows). It
              also only works when playing video (i.e. not with --no-video but works with --vo=null).

          This can be "misused" to disable screensavers  that  do  not  support  the  proper  X  API  (see  also
          --stop-screensaver).  If  you think this is too complicated, ask the author of the screensaver program
          to support the proper X APIs. Note that the --stop-screensaver does not influence the  heartbeat  code
          at all.

              Example for xscreensaver

                     mpv --heartbeat-cmd="xscreensaver-command -deactivate" file

              Example for GNOME screensaver

                     mpv --heartbeat-cmd="gnome-screensaver-command --deactivate" file

       --heartbeat-interval=<sec>
              Time between --heartbeat-cmd invocations in seconds (default: 30).

              NOTE:
                 This does not affect the normal screensaver operation in any way.

       --no-keepaspect, --keepaspect
              --no-keepaspect  will always stretch the video to window size, and will disable the window manager
              hints that force the window aspect ratio.  (Ignored in fullscreen mode.)

       --no-keepaspect-window, --keepaspect-window
              --keepaspect-window  (the  default)  will  lock   the   window   size   to   the   video   aspect.
              --no-keepaspect-window  disables  this  behavior, and will instead add black bars if window aspect
              and video aspect mismatch. Whether this actually works depends on the  VO  backend.   (Ignored  in
              fullscreen mode.)

       --monitoraspect=<ratio>
              Set  the aspect ratio of your monitor or TV screen. A value of 0 disables a previous setting (e.g.
              in the config file). Overrides the --monitorpixelaspect setting if enabled.

              See also --monitorpixelaspect and --video-aspect.

                 Examples

                 • --monitoraspect=4:3  or --monitoraspect=1.3333--monitoraspect=16:9 or --monitoraspect=1.7777

       --hidpi-window-scale, --no-hidpi-window-scale
              (OS X and X11 only) Scale the window size according to the backing scale  factor  (default:  yes).
              On  regular HiDPI resolutions the window opens with double the size but appears as having the same
              size as on none-HiDPI resolutions. This is the default OS X behavior.

       --native-fs, --no-native-fs
              (OS X only) Uses the native fullscreen mechanism of the OS (default: yes).

       --monitorpixelaspect=<ratio>
              Set the aspect of a single pixel of your monitor or TV screen (default: 1). A  value  of  1  means
              square pixels (correct for (almost?) all LCDs). See also --monitoraspect and --video-aspect.

       --stop-screensaver, --no-stop-screensaver
              Turns  off  the  screensaver (or screen blanker and similar mechanisms) at startup and turns it on
              again on exit (default: yes). The screensaver is always re-enabled when the player is paused.

              This is not supported on all video outputs or platforms. Sometimes it is implemented, but does not
              work  (known  to  happen  with GNOME). You might be able to work around this using --heartbeat-cmd
              instead.

       --wid=<ID>
              This tells mpv to attach to an existing window. If a VO is selected that supports this option,  it
              will  use  that  window for video output. mpv will scale the video to the size of this window, and
              will add black bars to compensate if the aspect ratio of the video is different.

              On X11, the ID is interpreted as a Window on X11. Unlike MPlayer/mplayer2, mpv always creates  its
              own  window,  and  sets  the  wid window as parent. The window will always be resized to cover the
              parent window fully. The value 0 is interpreted specially, and mpv will draw directly on the  root
              window.

              On  win32,  the  ID is interpreted as HWND. Pass it as value cast to intptr_t. mpv will create its
              own window, and set the wid window as parent, like with X11.

              On OSX/Cocoa, the ID is interpreted as NSView*. Pass it as value cast to intptr_t. mpv will create
              its  own  sub-view. Because OSX does not support window embedding of foreign processes, this works
              only with libmpv, and will crash when used from the command line.

       --no-window-dragging
              Don't move the window when clicking on it and moving the mouse pointer.

       --x11-name
              Set the window class name for X11-based video output methods.

       --x11-netwm=<yes|no|auto>
              (X11 only) Control the use of NetWM protocol features.

              This may or may not help with broken window managers. This provides some  functionality  that  was
              implemented  by  the  now removed --fstype option.  Actually, it is not known to the developers to
              which degree this option was needed, so feedback is welcome.

              Specifically, yes will force use of NetWM fullscreen support, even if not advertised  by  the  WM.
              This  can  be  useful  for WMs that are broken on purpose, like XMonad. (XMonad supposedly doesn't
              advertise fullscreen support, because Flash uses it. Apparently, applications which  want  to  use
              fullscreen  anyway are supposed to either ignore the NetWM support hints, or provide a workaround.
              Shame on XMonad for deliberately breaking X protocols (as if X isn't bad enough already).

              By default, NetWM support is autodetected (auto).

              This option might be removed in the future.

       --x11-bypass-compositor=<yes|no|fs-only|never>
              If set to yes, then ask the compositor to unredirect the mpv window (default: fs-only). This  uses
              the _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR hint.

              fs-only asks the window manager to disable the compositor only in fullscreen mode.

              no  sets  _NET_WM_BYPASS_COMPOSITOR  to  0,  which  is  the  default value as declared by the EWMH
              specification, i.e. no change is done.

              never asks the window manager to never disable the compositor.

   Disc Devices
       --cdrom-device=<path>
              Specify the CD-ROM device (default: /dev/cdrom).

       --dvd-device=<path>
              Specify the DVD device or .iso filename (default: /dev/dvd). You can also specify a directory that
              contains files previously copied directly from a DVD (with e.g. vobcopy).

                 Example

                        mpv dvd:// --dvd-device=/path/to/dvd/

       --bluray-device=<path>
              (Blu-ray only) Specify the Blu-ray disc location. Must be a directory with Blu-ray structure.

                 Example

                        mpv bd:// --bluray-device=/path/to/bd/

       --cdda-...
              These options can be used to tune the CD Audio reading feature of mpv.

       --cdda-speed=<value>
              Set CD spin speed.

       --cdda-paranoia=<0-2>
              Set paranoia level. Values other than 0 seem to break playback of anything but the first track.

              0      disable checking (default)

              1      overlap checking only

              2      full data correction and verification

       --cdda-sector-size=<value>
              Set atomic read size.

       --cdda-overlap=<value>
              Force minimum overlap search during verification to <value> sectors.

       --cdda-toc-bias
              Assume  that  the  beginning  offset of track 1 as reported in the TOC will be addressed as LBA 0.
              Some discs need this for getting track boundaries correctly.

       --cdda-toc-offset=<value>
              Add <value> sectors to the values reported when addressing tracks.  May be negative.

       --cdda-skip=<yes|no>
              (Never) accept imperfect data reconstruction.

       --cdda-cdtext=<yes|no>
              Print CD text. This is disabled by default, because it ruins performance with  CD-ROM  drives  for
              unknown reasons.

       --dvd-speed=<speed>
              Try  to  limit  DVD speed (default: 0, no change). DVD base speed is 1385 kB/s, so an 8x drive can
              read at speeds up to 11080 kB/s. Slower speeds make the drive more quiet. For watching DVDs,  2700
              kB/s  should  be  quiet and fast enough. mpv resets the speed to the drive default value on close.
              Values of at least 100 mean speed in kB/s. Values less than 100 mean multiples of 1385 kB/s,  i.e.
              --dvd-speed=8 selects 11080 kB/s.

              NOTE:
                 You need write access to the DVD device to change the speed.

       --dvd-angle=<ID>
              Some  DVDs  contain  scenes  that can be viewed from multiple angles.  This option tells mpv which
              angle to use (default: 1).

   Equalizer
       --brightness=<-100-100>
              Adjust the brightness of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --contrast=<-100-100>
              Adjust the contrast of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --saturation=<-100-100>
              Adjust the saturation of the video signal (default: 0). You can get  grayscale  output  with  this
              option. Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --gamma=<-100-100>
              Adjust the gamma of the video signal (default: 0). Not supported by all video output drivers.

       --hue=<-100-100>
              Adjust  the hue of the video signal (default: 0). You can get a colored negative of the image with
              this option. Not supported by all video output drivers.

   Demuxer
       --demuxer=<[+]name>
              Force demuxer type. Use a '+' before the name to force it; this will skip some  checks.  Give  the
              demuxer name as printed by --demuxer=help.

       --demuxer-lavf-analyzeduration=<value>
              Maximum length in seconds to analyze the stream properties.

       --demuxer-lavf-probe-info=<yes|no|auto>
              Whether   to  probe  stream  information  (default:  auto).  Technically,  this  controls  whether
              libavformat's avformat_find_stream_info() function is called. Usually it's safer to call  it,  but
              it can also make startup slower.

              The  auto  choice  (the default) tries to skip this for a few know-safe whitelisted formats, while
              calling it for everything else.

       --demuxer-lavf-probescore=<1-100>
              Minimum required libavformat probe score. Lower values will require less data to be loaded  (makes
              streams  start  faster),  but  makes  file  format  detection  less reliable. Can be used to force
              auto-detected libavformat demuxers, even if  libavformat  considers  the  detection  not  reliable
              enough. (Default: 26.)

       --demuxer-lavf-allow-mimetype=<yes|no>
              Allow  deriving  the format from the HTTP MIME type (default: yes). Set this to no in case playing
              things from HTTP mysteriously fails, even though the same files work from local disk.

              This is default in order to reduce latency when opening HTTP streams.

       --demuxer-lavf-format=<name>
              Force a specific libavformat demuxer.

       --demuxer-lavf-hacks=<yes|no>
              By default, some formats will be handled differently from other formats by explicitly checking for
              them.  Most of these compensate for weird or imperfect behavior from libavformat demuxers. Passing
              no disables these. For debugging and testing only.

       --demuxer-lavf-genpts-mode=<no|lavf>
              Mode for deriving missing packet PTS values from packet DTS.  lavf  enables  libavformat's  genpts
              option.  no  disables it. This used to be enabled by default, but then it was deemed as not needed
              anymore.  Enabling this might help with timestamp problems, or make them worse.

       --demuxer-lavf-o=<key>=<value>[,<key>=<value>[,...]]
              Pass AVOptions to libavformat demuxer.

              Note, a patch to make the o= unneeded and pass all unknown options through the AVOption system  is
              welcome.  A  full  list of AVOptions can be found in the FFmpeg manual. Note that some options may
              conflict with mpv options.

                 Example

                        --demuxer-lavf-o=fflags=+ignidx

       --demuxer-lavf-probesize=<value>
              Maximum amount of data to probe during the detection phase. In the  case  of  MPEG-TS  this  value
              identifies the maximum number of TS packets to scan.

       --demuxer-lavf-buffersize=<value>
              Size  of  the stream read buffer allocated for libavformat in bytes (default: 32768). Lowering the
              size could lower latency. Note that libavformat might reallocate the  buffer  internally,  or  not
              fully use all of it.

       --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll=<yes|index|no>, --mkv-subtitle-preroll
              Try  harder  to  show embedded soft subtitles when seeking somewhere. Normally, it can happen that
              the subtitle at the seek target is not shown due to how some container file formats are  designed.
              The  subtitles  appear only if seeking before or exactly to the position a subtitle first appears.
              To make this worse, subtitles are often timed to appear a very small amount before the  associated
              video  frame,  so  that  seeking  to the video frame typically does not demux the subtitle at that
              position.

              Enabling this option makes the demuxer start reading data a bit before the seek  target,  so  that
              subtitles  appear  correctly. Note that this makes seeking slower, and is not guaranteed to always
              work. It only works if the subtitle is close enough to the seek target.

              Works with the internal Matroska demuxer only. Always enabled for absolute and hr-seeks, and  this
              option changes behavior with relative or imprecise seeks only.

              You  can  use  the --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs option to specify how much data the demuxer
              should pre-read at most in order to find subtitle packets that may overlap. Setting this to 0 will
              effectively disable this preroll mechanism. Setting a very large value can make seeking very slow,
              and an extremely large value would completely reread the entire file from start to seek target  on
              every seek - seeking can become slower towards the end of the file. The details are messy, and the
              value is actually rounded down to the cluster with the previous video keyframe.

              Some files, especially files muxed with newer mkvmerge versions, have  information  embedded  that
              can  be  used  to  determine what subtitle packets overlap with a seek target. In these cases, mpv
              will reduce the amount of data read to a minimum. (Although it will still read  all  data  between
              the  cluster  that  contains  the first wanted subtitle packet, and the seek target.) If the index
              choice (which is the default) is specified, then prerolling will be done only if this  information
              is  actually  available.  If  this  method  is  used,  the  maximum  amount of data to skip can be
              additionally controlled by --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs-index (it still uses the  value  of
              the option without -index if that is higher).

              See  also  --hr-seek-demuxer-offset  option. This option can achieve a similar effect, but only if
              hr-seek is active. It works with any demuxer, but makes seeking much slower, as it has  to  decode
              audio and video data instead of just skipping over it.

              --mkv-subtitle-preroll is a deprecated alias.

       --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs=<value>
              See --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll.

       --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll-secs-index=<value>
              See --demuxer-mkv-subtitle-preroll.

       --demuxer-mkv-probe-video-duration=<yes|no|full>
              When  opening the file, seek to the end of it, and check what timestamp the last video packet has,
              and report that as file duration. This is strictly for compatibility  with  Haali  only.  In  this
              mode,  it's  possible  that  opening  will  be slower (especially when playing over http), or that
              behavior with broken files is much worse. So don't use this option.

              The yes mode merely uses the index and reads a small number of blocks from the end  of  the  file.
              The  full mode actually traverses the entire file and can make a reliable estimate even without an
              index present (such as partial files).

       --demuxer-rawaudio-channels=<value>
              Number of channels (or channel layout) if --demuxer=rawaudio is used (default: stereo).

       --demuxer-rawaudio-format=<value>
              Sample format for --demuxer=rawaudio (default: s16le).  Use --demuxer-rawaudio-format=help to  get
              a list of all formats.

       --demuxer-rawaudio-rate=<value>
              Sample rate for --demuxer=rawaudio (default: 44 kHz).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-fps=<value>
              Rate in frames per second for --demuxer=rawvideo (default: 25.0).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-w=<value>, --demuxer-rawvideo-h=<value>
              Image dimension in pixels for --demuxer=rawvideo.

                 Example

                        Play a raw YUV sample:

                     mpv sample-720x576.yuv --demuxer=rawvideo \
                     --demuxer-rawvideo-w=720 --demuxer-rawvideo-h=576

       --demuxer-rawvideo-format=<value>
              Color space (fourcc) in hex or string for --demuxer=rawvideo (default: YV12).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-mp-format=<value>
              Color space by internal video format for --demuxer=rawvideo. Use --demuxer-rawvideo-mp-format=help
              for a list of possible formats.

       --demuxer-rawvideo-codec=<value>
              Set the video codec instead of selecting the rawvideo codec when  using  --demuxer=rawvideo.  This
              uses the same values as codec names in --vd (but it does not accept decoder names).

       --demuxer-rawvideo-size=<value>
              Frame size in bytes when using --demuxer=rawvideo.

       --demuxer-max-bytes=<bytes>
              This  controls  how  much the demuxer is allowed to buffer ahead. The demuxer will normally try to
              read ahead as much as necessary, or as much is requested with --demuxer-readahead-secs. The option
              can  be  used to restrict the maximum readahead. This limits excessive readahead in case of broken
              files or desynced playback. The demuxer will stop reading additional packets as soon as one of the
              limits is reached. (The limits still can be slightly overstepped due to technical reasons.)

              Set  these limits higher if you get a packet queue overflow warning, and you think normal playback
              would be possible with a larger packet queue.

              See --list-options for defaults and value range.

       --demuxer-max-packets=<packets>
              Quite similar --demuxer-max-bytes=<bytes>. Deprecated, because the other option does basically the
              same  job.  Since mpv 0.25.0, the code tries to account for per-packet overhead, which is why this
              option becomes rather pointless.

       --demuxer-thread=<yes|no>
              Run the demuxer in a separate thread, and let it prefetch a certain amount  of  packets  (default:
              yes).  Having  this enabled may lead to smoother playback, but on the other hand can add delays to
              seeking or track switching.

       --demuxer-readahead-secs=<seconds>
              If --demuxer-thread is enabled, this controls how much the demuxer should buffer ahead in  seconds
              (default:  1).  As  long  as no packet has a timestamp difference higher than the readahead amount
              relative to the last packet returned to the decoder, the demuxer keeps reading.

              Note that the --cache-secs option will override this value if a cache is enabled, and the value is
              larger.

              (This value tends to be fuzzy, because many file formats don't store linear timestamps.)

       --prefetch-playlist=<yes|no>
              Prefetch  next  playlist  entry  while playback of the current entry is ending (default: no). This
              merely opens the URL of the next playlist entry as soon as the current URL is fully read.

              This does not work with URLs resolved by the youtube-dl wrapper, and it won't.

              This does not affect HLS (.m3u8 URLs) - HLS prefetching depends on the demuxer cache settings  and
              is on by default.

              This  can give subtly wrong results if per-file options are used, or if options are changed in the
              time window between prefetching start and next file played.

              This can occasionally make wrong prefetching decisions. For example, it can't predict whether  you
              go backwards in the playlist, and assumes you won't edit the playlist.

              Highly experimental.

       --force-seekable=<yes|no>
              If  the  player  thinks  that the media is not seekable (e.g. playing from a pipe, or it's an http
              stream with a server that doesn't support range requests), seeking will be disabled.  This  option
              can forcibly enable it.  For seeks within the cache, there's a good chance of success.

   Input
       --native-keyrepeat
              Use system settings for keyrepeat delay and rate, instead of --input-ar-delay and --input-ar-rate.
              (Whether this applies depends on the VO backend and how it handles keyboard input. Does not  apply
              to terminal input.)

       --input-ar-delay
              Delay in milliseconds before we start to autorepeat a key (0 to disable).

       --input-ar-rate
              Number of key presses to generate per second on autorepeat.

       --input-conf=<filename>
              Specify  input  configuration  file  other  than  the  default  location  in the mpv configuration
              directory (usually ~/.config/mpv/input.conf).

       --no-input-default-bindings
              Disable mpv default (built-in) key bindings.

       --input-cmdlist
              Prints all commands that can be bound to keys.

       --input-doubleclick-time=<milliseconds>
              Time in milliseconds to recognize two consecutive button presses as a double-click (default: 300).

       --input-keylist
              Prints all keys that can be bound to commands.

       --input-key-fifo-size=<2-65000>
              Specify the size of the FIFO that buffers key events (default: 7). If it is too small, some events
              may  be lost. The main disadvantage of setting it to a very large value is that if you hold down a
              key triggering some particularly slow command  then  the  player  may  be  unresponsive  while  it
              processes all the queued commands.

       --input-test
              Input  test  mode.  Instead  of  executing commands on key presses, mpv will show the keys and the
              bound commands on the OSD. Has to be used with a dummy video, and the  normal  ways  to  quit  the
              player  will  not  work  (key bindings that normally quit will be shown on OSD only, just like any
              other binding). See INPUT.CONF.

       --input-file=<filename>
              Read commands from the given file. Mostly useful with a FIFO. Since  mpv  0.7.0  also  understands
              JSON  commands  (see  JSON  IPC),  but you can't get replies or events. Use --input-ipc-server for
              something bi-directional. On MS Windows, JSON commands are not available.

              This can also specify a direct file descriptor with  fd://N  (UNIX  only).   In  this  case,  JSON
              replies will be written if the FD is writable.

              NOTE:
                 When  the  given  file  is  a  FIFO mpv opens both ends, so you can do several echo "seek 10" >
                 mp_pipe and the pipe will stay valid.

       --input-terminal, --no-input-terminal
              --no-input-terminal prevents the player from reading key events from standard input.  Useful  when
              reading  data  from  standard  input. This is automatically enabled when - is found on the command
              line. There are situations where you have to set it manually, e.g. if you open /dev/stdin (or  the
              equivalent  on your system), use stdin in a playlist or intend to read from stdin later on via the
              loadfile or loadlist input commands.

       --input-ipc-server=<filename>
              Enable the IPC support and create the listening socket at the given path.

              On Linux and Unix, the given path is a regular filesystem path. On Windows, named pipes are  used,
              so  the  path  refers to the pipe namespace (\\.\pipe\<name>). If the \\.\pipe\ prefix is missing,
              mpv will add it automatically before creating the pipe, so --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpv-socket  and
              --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\tmp\mpv-socket are equivalent for IPC on Windows.

              See JSON IPC for details.

       --input-appleremote=<yes|no>
              (OS X only) Enable/disable Apple Remote support. Enabled by default (except for libmpv).

       --input-cursor, --no-input-cursor
              Permit  mpv  to  receive  pointer events reported by the video output driver. Necessary to use the
              OSC, or to select the buttons in DVD menus.  Support depends on the VO in use.

       --input-media-keys=<yes|no>
              (OS X and Windows only) Enable/disable media keys support. Enabled by default (except for libmpv).

       --input-right-alt-gr, --no-input-right-alt-gr
              (Cocoa and Windows only) Use the right Alt key  as  Alt  Gr  to  produce  special  characters.  If
              disabled, count the right Alt as an Alt modifier key. Enabled by default.

       --input-vo-keyboard=<yes|no>
              Disable  all  keyboard  input  on  for  VOs  which  can't  participate  in  proper  keyboard input
              dispatching. May not affect all VOs. Generally useful for embedding only.

              On X11, a sub-window with input enabled grabs all keyboard input as long as it is 1. a child of  a
              focused window, and 2. the mouse is inside of the sub-window. It can steal away all keyboard input
              from the application embedding the mpv window, and on the other hand, the mpv window will  receive
              no  input  if  the  mouse is outside of the mpv window, even though mpv has focus. Modern toolkits
              work around this weird X11 behavior, but naively embedding foreign windows breaks it.

              The only way to handle this reasonably is using the XEmbed protocol, which was designed  to  solve
              these problems. GTK provides GtkSocket, which supports XEmbed. Qt doesn't seem to provide anything
              working in newer versions.

              If the embedder supports XEmbed, input should work with default  settings  and  with  this  option
              disabled. Note that input-default-bindings is disabled by default in libmpv as well - it should be
              enabled if you want the mpv default key bindings.

              (This option was renamed from --input-x11-keyboard.)

   OSD
       --osc, --no-osc
              Whether to load the on-screen-controller (default: yes).

       --no-osd-bar, --osd-bar
              Disable display of the OSD bar. This will make some things (like seeking) use  OSD  text  messages
              instead of the bar.

              You can configure this on a per-command basis in input.conf using osd- prefixes, see Input command
              prefixes. If you want to disable the OSD completely, use --osd-level=0.

       --osd-duration=<time>
              Set the duration of the OSD messages in ms (default: 1000).

       --osd-font=<name>
              Specify font to use for OSD. The default is sans-serif.

                 Examples

                 • --osd-font='Bitstream Vera Sans'--osd-font='Comic Sans MS'

       --osd-font-size=<size>
              Specify the OSD font size. See --sub-font-size for details.

              Default: 55.

       --osd-msg1=<string>
              Show this string as message on OSD with OSD level 1 (visible by default).   The  message  will  be
              visible  by  default, and as long no other message covers it, and the OSD level isn't changed (see
              --osd-level).  Expands properties; see Property Expansion.

       --osd-msg2=<string>
              Similar as --osd-msg1, but for OSD level 2. If  this  is  an  empty  string  (default),  then  the
              playback time is shown.

       --osd-msg3=<string>
              Similar  as  --osd-msg1,  but  for  OSD  level  3.  If this is an empty string (default), then the
              playback time, duration, and some more information is shown.

              This is also used for the show-progress command (by default mapped to P), or in  some  non-default
              cases when seeking.

              --osd-status-msg is a legacy equivalent (but with a minor difference).

       --osd-status-msg=<string>
              Show  a  custom  string  during  playback instead of the standard status text.  This overrides the
              status text used for --osd-level=3, when using the show-progress command (by default mapped to P),
              or in some non-default cases when seeking. Expands properties. See Property Expansion.

              This  option has been replaced with --osd-msg3. The only difference is that this option implicitly
              includes ${osd-sym-cc}. This option is ignored if --osd-msg3 is not empty.

       --osd-playing-msg=<string>
              Show a message on  OSD  when  playback  starts.  The  string  is  expanded  for  properties,  e.g.
              --osd-playing-msg='file:  ${filename}'  will  show  the  message file: followed by a space and the
              currently played filename.

              See Property Expansion.

       --osd-bar-align-x=<-1-1>
              Position of the OSD bar. -1 is far left, 0 is centered, 1 is far right.  Fractional  values  (like
              0.5) are allowed.

       --osd-bar-align-y=<-1-1>
              Position  of the OSD bar. -1 is top, 0 is centered, 1 is bottom.  Fractional values (like 0.5) are
              allowed.

       --osd-bar-w=<1-100>
              Width of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen width (default: 75).  A value of  50  means  the
              bar is half the screen wide.

       --osd-bar-h=<0.1-50>
              Height of the OSD bar, in percentage of the screen height (default: 3.125).

       --osd-back-color=<color>
              See --osd-color. Color used for OSD text background.

       --osd-blur=<0..20.0>
              Gaussian blur factor. 0 means no blur applied (default).

       --osd-bold=<yes|no>
              Format text on bold.

       --osd-italic=<yes|no>
              Format text on italic.

       --osd-border-color=<color>
              See --osd-color. Color used for the OSD font border.

              NOTE:
                 ignored  when  --osd-back-color  is  specified (or more exactly: when that option is not set to
                 completely transparent).

       --osd-border-size=<size>
              Size of the OSD font border in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size  for  details).  A  value  of  0
              disables borders.

              Default: 3.

       --osd-color=<color>
              Specify the color used for OSD.  See --sub-color for details.

       --osd-fractions
              Show  OSD  times  with  fractions  of  seconds (in millisecond precision). Useful to see the exact
              timestamp of a video frame.

       --osd-level=<0-3>
              Specifies which mode the OSD should start in.

              0      OSD completely disabled (subtitles only)

              1      enabled (shows up only on user interaction)

              2      enabled + current time visible by default

              3      enabled + --osd-status-msg (current time and status by default)

       --osd-margin-x=<size>
              Left and right screen margin for the OSD in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details).

              This option specifies the distance of the OSD to the left, as well as at which distance  from  the
              right border long OSD text will be broken.

              Default: 25.

       --osd-margin-y=<size>
              Top and bottom screen margin for the OSD in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details).

              This option specifies the vertical margins of the OSD.

              Default: 22.

       --osd-align-x=<left|center|right>
              Control to which corner of the screen OSD should be aligned to (default: left).

       --osd-align-y=<top|center|bottom>
              Vertical position (default: top).  Details see --osd-align-x.

       --osd-scale=<factor>
              OSD font size multiplier, multiplied with --osd-font-size value.

       --osd-scale-by-window=<yes|no>
              Whether to scale the OSD with the window size (default: yes). If this is disabled, --osd-font-size
              and other OSD options that use scaled pixels are always in  actual  pixels.  The  effect  is  that
              changing the window size won't change the OSD font size.

       --osd-shadow-color=<color>
              See --sub-color. Color used for OSD shadow.

       --osd-shadow-offset=<size>
              Displacement  of  the  OSD shadow in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details). A value of 0
              disables shadows.

              Default: 0.

       --osd-spacing=<size>
              Horizontal OSD/sub font spacing in scaled pixels (see --sub-font-size for details). This value  is
              added to the normal letter spacing. Negative values are allowed.

              Default: 0.

       --video-osd=<yes|no>
              Enabled  OSD  rendering  on  the video window (default: yes). This can be used in situations where
              terminal OSD is preferred. If you just want to disable all OSD rendering, use --osd-level=0.

              It does not affect subtitles or overlays created by scripts (in particular, the OSC  needs  to  be
              disabled with --no-osc).

              This option is somewhat experimental and could be replaced by another mechanism in the future.

   Screenshot
       --screenshot-format=<type>
              Set the image file type used for saving screenshots.

              Available choices:

              png    PNG

              jpg    JPEG (default)

              jpeg   JPEG (alias for jpg)

       --screenshot-tag-colorspace=<yes|no>
              Tag screenshots with the appropriate colorspace.

              Note that not all formats are supported.

              Default: no.

       --screenshot-high-bit-depth=<yes|no>
              If  possible,  write screenshots with a bit depth similar to the source video (default: yes). This
              is interesting in particular for PNG, as this sometimes triggers writing 16  bit  PNGs  with  huge
              file sizes.

       --screenshot-template=<template>
              Specify  the  filename  template  used  to  save  screenshots. The template specifies the filename
              without file extension, and can contain format specifiers, which will be substituted when taking a
              screenshot.    By   default,   the  template  is  mpv-shot%n,  which  results  in  filenames  like
              mpv-shot0012.png for example.

              The template can start with a relative or absolute path, in order to specify a directory  location
              where screenshots should be saved.

              If  the  final  screenshot  filename  points  to  an  already  existing file, the file will not be
              overwritten. The screenshot will either not be saved, or if the template contains %n, saved  using
              different, newly generated filename.

              Allowed format specifiers:

              %[#][0X]n
                     A  sequence  number,  padded with zeros to length X (default: 04). E.g.  passing the format
                     %04n will yield 0012 on the 12th screenshot.   The  number  is  incremented  every  time  a
                     screenshot  is  taken or if the file already exists. The length X must be in the range 0-9.
                     With the optional # sign, mpv will use the lowest available number.  For  example,  if  you
                     take  three  screenshots--0001,  0002,  0003--and  delete  the  first  two,  the  next  two
                     screenshots will not be 0004 and 0005, but 0001 and 0002 again.

              %f     Filename of the currently played video.

              %F     Same as %f, but strip the file extension, including the dot.

              %x     Directory path of the currently played video. If the video is not on  the  filesystem  (but
                     e.g. http://), this expand to an empty string.

              %X{fallback}
                     Same  as  %x,  but  if  the video file is not on the filesystem, return the fallback string
                     inside the {...}.

              %p     Current playback time, in the same format as used in the OSD. The result is a string of the
                     form  "HH:MM:SS".  For  example,  if  the  video  is  at the time position 5 minutes and 34
                     seconds, %p will be replaced with "00:05:34".

              %P     Similar to %p, but extended with the playback time in milliseconds.   It  is  formatted  as
                     "HH:MM:SS.mmm", with "mmm" being the millisecond part of the playback time.

                     NOTE:
                        This  is  a  simple way for getting unique per-frame timestamps. (Frame numbers would be
                        more intuitive, but are not easily implementable because container formats  usually  use
                        time stamps for identifying frames.)

              %wX    Specify  the  current playback time using the format string X.  %p is like %wH:%wM:%wS, and
                     %P is like %wH:%wM:%wS.%wT.

                     Valid format specifiers:

                            %wH    hour (padded with 0 to two digits)

                            %wh    hour (not padded)

                            %wM    minutes (00-59)

                            %wm    total minutes (includes hours, unlike %wM)

                            %wS    seconds (00-59)

                            %ws    total seconds (includes hours and minutes)

                            %wf    like %ws, but as float

                            %wT    milliseconds (000-999)

              %tX    Specify the current local date/time using the format X. This format specifier uses the UNIX
                     strftime()  function  internally,  and  inserts the result of passing "%X" to strftime. For
                     example, %tm will insert the number of the  current  month  as  number.  You  have  to  use
                     multiple %tX specifiers to build a full date/time string.

              %{prop[:fallback text]}
                     Insert  the  value of the input property 'prop'. E.g. %{filename} is the same as %f. If the
                     property does not exist or is not available, an error text is inserted, unless  a  fallback
                     is specified.

              %%     Replaced with the % character itself.

       --screenshot-directory=<path>
              Store  screenshots  in  this  directory.  This  path  is  joined  with  the  filename generated by
              --screenshot-template. If the template filename is already absolute, the directory is ignored.

              If the directory does not exist, it is created on the first screenshot. If it is not a  directory,
              an error is generated when trying to write a screenshot.

              This option is not set by default, and thus will write screenshots to the directory from which mpv
              was started. In pseudo-gui mode (see PSEUDO GUI MODE), this is set to the desktop.

       --screenshot-jpeg-quality=<0-100>
              Set the JPEG quality level. Higher means better quality. The default is 90.

       --screenshot-jpeg-source-chroma=<yes|no>
              Write JPEG files with the same chroma subsampling as the video (default: yes).  If  disabled,  the
              libjpeg default is used.

       --screenshot-png-compression=<0-9>
              Set  the PNG compression level. Higher means better compression. This will affect the file size of
              the written screenshot file and the time it takes to write  a  screenshot.  Too  high  compression
              might occupy enough CPU time to interrupt playback. The default is 7.

       --screenshot-png-filter=<0-5>
              Set the filter applied prior to PNG compression. 0 is none, 1 is "sub", 2 is "up", 3 is "average",
              4 is "Paeth", and 5 is "mixed". This affects the level of compression that can  be  achieved.  For
              most images, "mixed" achieves the best compression ratio, hence it is the default.

   Software Scaler
       --sws-scaler=<name>
              Specify  the  software scaler algorithm to be used with --vf=scale. This also affects video output
              drivers which lack hardware acceleration, e.g. x11. See also --vf=scale.

              To get a list of available scalers, run --sws-scaler=help.

              Default: bicubic.

       --sws-lgb=<0-100>
              Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (luma). See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-cgb=<0-100>
              Software scaler Gaussian blur filter (chroma). See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-ls=<-100-100>
              Software scaler sharpen filter (luma). See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-cs=<-100-100>
              Software scaler sharpen filter (chroma). See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-chs=<h>
              Software scaler chroma horizontal shifting. See --sws-scaler.

       --sws-cvs=<v>
              Software scaler chroma vertical shifting. See --sws-scaler.

   Terminal
       --quiet
              Make console output  less  verbose;  in  particular,  prevents  the  status  line  (i.e.  AV:  3.4
              (00:00:03.37) / 5320.6 ...) from being displayed.  Particularly useful on slow terminals or broken
              ones which do not properly handle carriage return (i.e. \r).

              See also: --really-quiet and --msg-level.

       --really-quiet
              Display even less output and status messages than with --quiet.

       --no-terminal, --terminal
              Disable any use of the terminal and stdin/stdout/stderr.  This  completely  silences  any  message
              output.

              Unlike --really-quiet, this disables input and terminal initialization as well.

       --no-msg-color
              Disable colorful console output on terminals.

       --msg-level=<module1=level1,module2=level2,...>
              Control  verbosity  directly  for  each  module.  The  all module changes the verbosity of all the
              modules not explicitly specified on the command line.

              Run mpv with --msg-level=all=trace to see all messages mpv outputs. You can use the  module  names
              printed in the output (prefixed to each line in [...]) to limit the output to interesting modules.

              NOTE:
                 Some  messages  are printed before the command line is parsed and are therefore not affected by
                 --msg-level. To control these messages, you have to use the MPV_VERBOSE  environment  variable;
                 see ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES for details.

              Available levels:

                 no     complete silence

                 fatal  fatal messages only

                 error  error messages

                 warn   warning messages

                 info   informational messages

                 status status messages (default)

                 v      verbose messages

                 debug  debug messages

                 trace  very noisy debug messages

                 Example

                     mpv --msg-level=ao/sndio=no

                 Completely silences the output of ao_sndio, which uses the log prefix [ao/sndio].

                     mpv --msg-level=all=warn,ao/alsa=error

                 Only show warnings or worse, and let the ao_alsa output show errors only.

       --term-osd=<auto|no|force>
              Control  whether OSD messages are shown on the console when no video output is available (default:
              auto).

              auto   use terminal OSD if no video output active

              no     disable terminal OSD

              force  use terminal OSD even if video output active

              The auto mode also enables terminal OSD if --video-osd=no was set.

       --term-osd-bar, --no-term-osd-bar
              Enable printing a progress bar under the status line on the terminal.  (Disabled by default.)

       --term-osd-bar-chars=<string>
              Customize the --term-osd-bar feature. The string is expected to consist of  5  characters  (start,
              left  space,  position indicator, right space, end). You can use Unicode characters, but note that
              double- width characters will not be treated correctly.

              Default: [-+-].

       --term-playing-msg=<string>
              Print out a  string  after  starting  playback.  The  string  is  expanded  for  properties,  e.g.
              --term-playing-msg='file:  ${filename}'  will  print  the string file: followed by a space and the
              currently played filename.

              See Property Expansion.

       --term-status-msg=<string>
              Print out a custom string during playback instead of the standard status line. Expands properties.
              See Property Expansion.

       --msg-module
              Prepend module name to each console message.

       --msg-time
              Prepend timing information to each console message.

   TV
       --tv-...
              These  options  tune  various  properties  of the TV capture module. For watching TV with mpv, use
              tv://  or  tv://<channel_number>  or  even  tv://<channel_name>  (see   option   tv-channels   for
              channel_name  below)  as  a media URL. You can also use tv:///<input_id> to start watching a video
              from a composite or S-Video input (see option input for details).

       --tv-device=<value>
              Specify TV device (default: /dev/video0).

       --tv-channel=<value>
              Set tuner to <value> channel.

       --no-tv-audio
              no sound

       --tv-automute=<0-255> (v4l and v4l2 only)
              If signal strength reported by device is less than this value, audio and video will be  muted.  In
              most cases automute=100 will be enough.  Default is 0 (automute disabled).

       --tv-driver=<value>
              See --tv=driver=help for a list of compiled-in TV input drivers.  available: dummy, v4l2 (default:
              autodetect)

       --tv-input=<value>
              Specify input (default: 0 (TV), see console output for available inputs).

       --tv-freq=<value>
              Specify the frequency to set the tuner  to  (e.g.  511.250).  Not  compatible  with  the  channels
              parameter.

       --tv-outfmt=<value>
              Specify  the  output  format  of  the tuner with a preset value supported by the V4L driver (YV12,
              UYVY, YUY2, I420) or an arbitrary format given as hex value.

       --tv-width=<value>
              output window width

       --tv-height=<value>
              output window height

       --tv-fps=<value>
              framerate at which to capture video (frames per second)

       --tv-buffersize=<value>
              maximum size of the capture buffer in megabytes (default: dynamical)

       --tv-norm=<value>
              See the console output for a list of all available norms.

              See also: --tv-normid.

       --tv-normid=<value> (v4l2 only)
              Sets the TV norm to the given numeric ID. The TV norm depends on the capture card. See the console
              output for a list of available TV norms.

       --tv-chanlist=<value>
              available:  argentina,  australia,  china-bcast, europe-east, europe-west, france, ireland, italy,
              japan-bcast, japan-cable, newzealand, russia, southafrica, us-bcast, us-cable, us-cable-hrc

       --tv-channels=<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],<chan>-<name>[=<norm>],...
              Set names for channels.

              NOTE:
                 If <chan> is an integer greater than 1000, it will be treated as frequency (in kHz) rather than
                 channel  name from frequency table.  Use _ for spaces in names (or play with quoting ;-) ). The
                 channel names will  then  be  written  using  OSD,  and  the  input  commands  tv_step_channel,
                 tv_set_channel and tv_last_channel will be usable for a remote control. Not compatible with the
                 frequency parameter.

              NOTE:
                 The channel number will then be the position in the 'channels' list, beginning with 1.

                 Examples

                        tv://1, tv://TV1, tv_set_channel 1, tv_set_channel TV1

       --tv-[brightness|contrast|hue|saturation]=<-100-100>
              Set the image equalizer on the card.

       --tv-audiorate=<value>
              Set input audio sample rate.

       --tv-forceaudio
              Capture audio even if there are no audio sources reported by v4l.

       --tv-alsa
              Capture from ALSA.

       --tv-amode=<0-3>
              Choose an audio mode:

              0      mono

              1      stereo

              2      language 1

              3      language 2

       --tv-forcechan=<1-2>
              By default, the count of recorded audio channels is determined automatically by querying the audio
              mode  from  the  TV card. This option allows forcing stereo/mono recording regardless of the amode
              option and the values returned by v4l. This can be used for troubleshooting when the  TV  card  is
              unable to report the current audio mode.

       --tv-adevice=<value>
              Set  an  audio  device.  <value>  should  be /dev/xxx for OSS and a hardware ID for ALSA. You must
              replace any ':' by a '.' in the hardware ID for ALSA.

       --tv-audioid=<value>
              Choose an audio output of the capture card, if it has more than one.

       --tv-[volume|bass|treble|balance]=<0-100>
              These options set parameters of the mixer on the video capture card.  They will have no effect, if
              your  card does not have one. For v4l2 50 maps to the default value of the control, as reported by
              the driver.

       --tv-gain=<0-100>
              Set gain control for video devices (usually webcams) to the desired value and switch off automatic
              control.  A value of 0 enables automatic control. If this option is omitted, gain control will not
              be modified.

       --tv-immediatemode=<bool>
              A value of 0 means capture and buffer audio and video together. A value of 1 (default) means to do
              video  capture  only  and  let the audio go through a loopback cable from the TV card to the sound
              card.

       --tv-mjpeg
              Use hardware MJPEG compression (if the card supports it). When using this option, you do not  need
              to  specify the width and height of the output window, because mpv will determine it automatically
              from the decimation value (see below).

       --tv-decimation=<1|2|4>
              choose the size of the picture that will be compressed by hardware MJPEG compression:

              1      full size

                     • 704x576 PAL

                     • 704x480 NTSC

              2      medium size

                     • 352x288 PAL

                     • 352x240 NTSC

              4      small size

                     • 176x144 PAL

                     • 176x120 NTSC

       --tv-quality=<0-100>
              Choose the quality of the JPEG compression (< 60 recommended for full size).

       --tv-scan-autostart
              Begin channel scanning immediately after startup (default: disabled).

       --tv-scan-period=<0.1-2.0>
              Specify delay in seconds before switching to next channel (default: 0.5). Lower values will  cause
              faster scanning, but can detect inactive TV channels as active.

       --tv-scan-threshold=<1-100>
              Threshold  value  for the signal strength (in percent), as reported by the device (default: 50). A
              signal strength higher than this value will  indicate  that  the  currently  scanning  channel  is
              active.

   Cache
       --cache=<kBytes|yes|no|auto>
              Set  the  size of the cache in kilobytes, disable it with no, or automatically enable it if needed
              with auto (default: auto).  With auto, the cache will usually  be  enabled  for  network  streams,
              using  the  size  set by --cache-default. With yes, the cache will always be enabled with the size
              set by --cache-default (unless the stream cannot be cached, or --cache-default disables caching).

              May be useful when playing files from slow media, but can also have negative  effects,  especially
              with file formats that require a lot of seeking, such as MP4.

              Note that half the cache size will be used to allow fast seeking back. This is also the reason why
              a full cache is usually not reported as 100% full.  The cache fill display does  not  include  the
              part  of  the  cache  reserved for seeking back. The actual maximum percentage will usually be the
              ratio between readahead and backbuffer sizes.

       --cache-default=<kBytes|no>
              Set the size of the cache in kilobytes (default: 75000 KB). Using no will not automatically enable
              the  cache  e.g.  when playing from a network stream. Note that using --cache will always override
              this option.

       --cache-initial=<kBytes>
              Playback will start when the cache has been filled up with this many kilobytes of  data  (default:
              0).

       --cache-seek-min=<kBytes>
              If a seek is to be made to a position within <kBytes> of the cache size from the current position,
              mpv will wait for the cache to be filled to this position rather than  performing  a  stream  seek
              (default: 500).

              This  matters  for  small  forward  seeks.  With slow streams (especially HTTP streams) there is a
              tradeoff between skipping the data between current position and seek destination, or performing an
              actual  seek.  Depending  on the situation, either of these might be slower than the other method.
              This option allows control over this.

       --cache-backbuffer=<kBytes>
              Size of the cache back buffer (default: 75000 KB). This will add to  the  total  cache  size,  and
              reserved  the  amount  for  seeking  back. The reserved amount will not be used for readahead, and
              instead preserves already read data to enable fast seeking back.

       --cache-file=<TMP|path>
              Create a cache file on the filesystem.

              There are two ways of using this:

              1. Passing a path (a filename). The file will always be overwritten. When  the  general  cache  is
                 enabled, this file cache will be used to store whatever is read from the source stream.

                 This  will  always overwrite the cache file, and you can't use an existing cache file to resume
                 playback of a stream. (Technically, mpv wouldn't even know which blocks in the file  are  valid
                 and which not.)

                 The  resulting file will not necessarily contain all data of the source stream. For example, if
                 you seek, the parts that were skipped over are never read and consequently are not  written  to
                 the cache. The skipped over parts are filled with zeros. This means that the cache file doesn't
                 necessarily correspond to a full download of the source stream.

                 Both of these issues could be improved if there is any user interest.

                 WARNING:
                    Causes random corruption when used with ordered chapters or with --audio-file.

              2. Passing the string TMP. This will not  be  interpreted  as  filename.   Instead,  an  invisible
                 temporary  file  is  created.  It depends on your C library where this file is created (usually
                 /tmp/), and whether filename is visible (the tmpfile() function  is  used).  On  some  systems,
                 automatic deletion of the cache file might not be guaranteed.

                 If  you  want  to  use a file cache, this mode is recommended, because it doesn't break ordered
                 chapters or --audio-file. These modes open multiple cache streams, and using the same file  for
                 them obviously clashes.

              See also: --cache-file-size.

       --cache-file-size=<kBytes>
              Maximum  size  of the file created with --cache-file. For read accesses above this size, the cache
              is simply not used.

              Keep in mind that some use-cases, like playing ordered chapters with cache enabled, will  actually
              create multiple cache files, each of which will use up to this much disk space.

              (Default: 1048576, 1 GB.)

       --no-cache
              Turn off input stream caching. See --cache.

       --cache-secs=<seconds>
              How  many  seconds  of  audio/video  to  prefetch  if  the  cache  is  active.  This overrides the
              --demuxer-readahead-secs option if and only if the cache is  enabled  and  the  value  is  larger.
              (Default: 10.)

       --cache-pause, --no-cache-pause
              Whether  the player should automatically pause when the cache runs low, and unpause once more data
              is available ("buffering").

   Network
       --user-agent=<string>
              Use <string> as user agent for HTTP streaming.

       --cookies, --no-cookies
              Support cookies when making HTTP requests. Disabled by default.

       --cookies-file=<filename>
              Read HTTP cookies from <filename>. The file is assumed to be in Netscape format.

       --http-header-fields=<field1,field2>
              Set custom HTTP fields when accessing HTTP stream.

                 Example

                     mpv --http-header-fields='Field1: value1','Field2: value2' \
                     http://localhost:1234

                 Will generate HTTP request:

                     GET / HTTP/1.0
                     Host: localhost:1234
                     User-Agent: MPlayer
                     Icy-MetaData: 1
                     Field1: value1
                     Field2: value2
                     Connection: close

       --tls-ca-file=<filename>
              Certificate authority database file for use with TLS. (Silently fails with older FFmpeg  or  Libav
              versions.)

       --tls-verify
              Verify  peer  certificates  when  using  TLS  (e.g. with https://...).  (Silently fails with older
              FFmpeg or Libav versions.)

       --tls-cert-file
              A file containing a certificate to use in the handshake with the peer.

       --tls-key-file
              A file containing the private key for the certificate.

       --referrer=<string>
              Specify a referrer path or URL for HTTP requests.

       --network-timeout=<seconds>
              Specify the network timeout in seconds. This affects at least HTTP. The special value 0  (default)
              uses the FFmpeg/Libav defaults. If a protocol is used which does not support timeouts, this option
              is silently ignored.

       --rtsp-transport=<lavf|udp|tcp|http>
              Select RTSP transport method (default: tcp). This selects the underlying  network  transport  when
              playing rtsp://... URLs. The value lavf leaves the decision to libavformat.

       --hls-bitrate=<no|min|max|<rate>>
              If  HLS  streams are played, this option controls what streams are selected by default. The option
              allows the following parameters:

              no     Don't do anything special. Typically, this will simply pick the first  audio/video  streams
                     it can find.

              min    Pick the streams with the lowest bitrate.

              max    Same, but highest bitrate. (Default.)

              Additionally,  if  the  option  is  a  number, the stream with the highest rate equal or below the
              option value is selected.

              The bitrate as used is sent by the server, and there's no guarantee it's actually meaningful.

   DVB
       --dvbin-card=<1-4>
              Specifies using card number 1-4 (default: 1).

       --dvbin-file=<filename>
              Instructs mpv to read the channels list from <filename>. The default is in the  mpv  configuration
              directory  (usually  ~/.config/mpv)  with  the filename channels.conf.{sat,ter,cbl,atsc} (based on
              your card type) or channels.conf as a last resort.  For DVB-S/2 cards, a VDR 1.7.x format  channel
              list  is  recommended  as it allows tuning to DVB-S2 channels, enabling subtitles and decoding the
              PMT (which largely improves the  demuxing).   Classic  mplayer  format  channel  lists  are  still
              supported  (without these improvements), and for other card types, only limited VDR format channel
              list support is implemented (patches  welcome).   For  channels  with  dynamic  PID  switching  or
              incomplete channels.conf, --dvbin-full-transponder or the magic PID 8192 are recommended.

       --dvbin-timeout=<1-30>
              Maximum number of seconds to wait when trying to tune a frequency before giving up (default: 30).

       --dvbin-full-transponder=<yes|no>
              Apply  no  filters  on  program PIDs, only tune to frequency and pass full transponder to demuxer.
              The player frontend selects the streams from the full TS in this case, so  the  program  which  is
              shown  initially  may not match the chosen channel.  Switching between the programs is possible by
              cycling the program property.  This is useful to record multiple programs on a single transponder,
              or  to  work  around issues in the channels.conf.  It is also recommended to use this for channels
              which switch PIDs on-the-fly, e.g. for regional news.

              Default: no

   ALSA audio output options
       --alsa-device=<device>
              Deprecated, use --audio-device (requires alsa/ prefix).

       --alsa-resample=yes
              Enable ALSA resampling plugin. (This is disabled by default, because some drivers report incorrect
              audio delay in some cases.)

       --alsa-mixer-device=<device>
              Set the mixer device used with ao-volume (default: default).

       --alsa-mixer-name=<name>
              Set the name of the mixer element (default: Master). This is for example PCM or Master.

       --alsa-mixer-index=<number>
              Set  the  index of the mixer channel (default: 0). Consider the output of "amixer scontrols", then
              the index is the number that follows the name of the element.

       --alsa-non-interleaved
              Allow output of non-interleaved formats  (if  the  audio  decoder  uses  this  format).  Currently
              disabled  by  default,  because  some popular ALSA plugins are utterly broken with non-interleaved
              formats.

       --alsa-ignore-chmap
              Don't read or set the channel map of the ALSA  device  -  only  request  the  required  number  of
              channels,  and then pass the audio as-is to it. This option most likely should not be used. It can
              be useful for debugging, or for static setups with a specially engineered ALSA  configuration  (in
              this  case you should always force the same layout with --audio-channels, or it will work only for
              files which use the layout implicit to your ALSA device).

   OpenGL renderer options
       The following video options are currently all specific to --vo=opengl and --vo=opengl-cb only, which  are
       the only VOs that implement them.

       --scale=<filter>
              The filter function to use when upscaling video.

              bilinear
                     Bilinear  hardware  texture  filtering (fastest, very low quality). This is the default for
                     compatibility reasons.

              spline36
                     Mid quality and speed. This is the default when using opengl-hq.

              lanczos
                     Lanczos scaling. Provides mid quality and speed. Generally  worse  than  spline36,  but  it
                     results  in  a  slightly  sharper image which is good for some content types. The number of
                     taps can be controlled with scale-radius, but is best left unchanged.

                     (This filter is an alias for sinc-windowed sinc)

              ewa_lanczos
                     Elliptic weighted average Lanczos scaling. Also known as Jinc.  Relatively slow,  but  very
                     good  quality.  The radius can be controlled with scale-radius. Increasing the radius makes
                     the filter sharper but adds more ringing.

                     (This filter is an alias for jinc-windowed jinc)

              ewa_lanczossharp
                     A slightly sharpened version of ewa_lanczos, preconfigured  to  use  an  ideal  radius  and
                     parameter. If your hardware can run it, this is probably what you should use by default.

              mitchell
                     Mitchell-Netravali.   The   B   and  C  parameters  can  be  set  with  --scale-param1  and
                     --scale-param2. This filter is very good at downscaling (see --dscale).

              oversample
                     A  version  of  nearest  neighbour  that  (naively)  oversamples  pixels,  so  that  pixels
                     overlapping  edges  get  linearly interpolated instead of rounded. This essentially removes
                     the small imperfections and judder artifacts caused by nearest-neighbour interpolation,  in
                     exchange  for  adding  some  blur.  This filter is good at temporal interpolation, and also
                     known as "smoothmotion" (see --tscale).

              linear A --tscale filter.

              There are some more filters, but most are not as useful. For a complete list, pass help as  value,
              e.g.:

                 mpv --scale=help

       --cscale=<filter>
              As  --scale, but for interpolating chroma information. If the image is not subsampled, this option
              is ignored entirely.

       --dscale=<filter>
              Like --scale, but apply these filters on downscaling instead. If this option is unset, the  filter
              implied by --scale will be applied.

       --tscale=<filter>
              The filter used for interpolating the temporal axis (frames). This is only used if --interpolation
              is  enabled.  The  only  valid  choices  for  --tscale  are  separable  convolution  filters  (use
              --tscale=help to get a list). The default is mitchell.

              Note  that the maximum supported filter radius is currently 3, due to limitations in the number of
              video textures that can be loaded simultaneously.

       --scale-param1=<value>,   --scale-param2=<value>,    --cscale-param1=<value>,    --cscale-param2=<value>,
       --dscale-param1=<value>, --dscale-param2=<value>, --tscale-param1=<value>, --tscale-param2=<value>
              Set filter parameters. Ignored if the filter is not tunable. Currently, this affects the following
              filter parameters:

              bcspline
                     Spline parameters (B and C). Defaults to 0.5 for both.

              gaussian
                     Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the result blurrier.  Defaults to 1.

              oversample
                     Minimum distance to an edge before interpolation is used. Setting this  to  0  will  always
                     interpolate  edges,  whereas  setting it to 0.5 will never interpolate, thus behaving as if
                     the regular nearest neighbour algorithm was used. Defaults to 0.0.

       --scale-blur=<value>,     --scale-wblur=<value>,      --cscale-blur=<value>,      --cscale-wblur=<value>,
       --dscale-blur=<value>, --dscale-wblur=<value>, --tscale-blur=<value>, --tscale-wblur=<value>
              Kernel/window  scaling  factor  (also  known  as  a blur factor). Decreasing this makes the result
              sharper, increasing it makes it blurrier (default 0). If set to 0,  the  kernel's  preferred  blur
              factor  is  used.  Note  that  setting this too low (eg. 0.5) leads to bad results. It's generally
              recommended to stick to values between 0.8 and 1.2.

       --scale-clamp=<0.0-1.0>, --cscale-clamp, --dscale-clamp, --tscale-clamp
              Specifies a weight bias to multiply into negative coefficients. Specifying --scale-clamp=1 has the
              effect  of  removing  negative  weights  completely,  thus effectively clamping the value range to
              [0-1]. Values between 0.0 and 1.0 can be specified  to  apply  only  a  moderate  diminishment  of
              negative  weights.  This  is  especially  useful  for --tscale, where it reduces excessive ringing
              artifacts in the temporal domain (which typically manifest themselves as short flashes or  fringes
              of  black,  mostly  around moving edges) in exchange for potentially adding more blur. The default
              for --tscale-clamp is 1.0, the others default to 0.0.

       --scale-cutoff=<value>, --cscale-cutoff=<value>, --dscale-cutoff=<value>
              Cut off the filter kernel prematurely once the value range drops below this  threshold.  Doing  so
              allows  more  aggressive  pruning of skippable coefficients by disregarding parts of the LUT which
              are effectively zeroed out by the window function. Only affects polar (EWA) filters.  The  default
              is  0.001 for each, which is perceptually transparent but provides a 10%-20% speedup, depending on
              the exact radius and filter kernel chosen.

       --scale-taper=<value>,    --scale-wtaper=<value>,    --dscale-taper=<value>,     --dscale-wtaper=<value>,
       --cscale-taper=<value>, --cscale-wtaper=<value>, --tscale-taper=<value>, --tscale-wtaper=<value>
              Kernel/window  taper factor. Increasing this flattens the filter function.  Value range is 0 to 1.
              A value of 0 (the default) means no flattening, a value of 1  makes  the  filter  completely  flat
              (equivalent  to  a  box  function).  Values in between mean that some portion will be flat and the
              actual filter function will be squeezed into the space in between.

       --scale-radius=<value>, --cscale-radius=<value>, --dscale-radius=<value>, --tscale-radius=<value>
              Set radius for tunable filters, must be a float number between  0.5  and  16.0.  Defaults  to  the
              filter's preferred radius if not specified. Doesn't work for every scaler and VO combination.

              Note  that  depending  on  filter  implementation details and video scaling ratio, the radius that
              actually being used might be different (most likely being increased a bit).

       --scale-antiring=<value>, --cscale-antiring=<value>, --dscale-antiring=<value>, --tscale-antiring=<value>
              Set the antiringing strength. This tries to eliminate ringing, but can introduce  other  artifacts
              in  the  process.  Must  be  a float number between 0.0 and 1.0. The default value of 0.0 disables
              antiringing entirely.

              Note that this doesn't affect the special filters bilinear and bicubic_fast, nor  does  it  affect
              any polar (EWA) scalers.

       --scale-window=<window>, --cscale-window=<window>, --dscale-window=<window>, --tscale-window=<window>
              (Advanced users only) Choose a custom windowing function for the kernel.  Defaults to the filter's
              preferred window if unset. Use --scale-window=help to get a list of supported windowing functions.

       --scale-wparam=<window>, --cscale-wparam=<window>, --cscale-wparam=<window>, --tscale-wparam=<window>
              (Advanced users only) Configure the parameter for the window function given by --scale-window etc.
              Ignored if the window is not tunable. Currently, this affects the following window parameters:

              kaiser Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 6.33.

              blackman
                     Window parameter (alpha). Defaults to 0.16.

              gaussian
                     Scale parameter (t). Increasing this makes the window wider. Defaults to 1.

       --scaler-lut-size=<4..10>
              Set the size of the lookup texture for scaler kernels (default: 6). The actual size of the texture
              is 2^N for an option value of N. So the lookup texture with the default setting uses 64 samples.

              All weights are linearly interpolated from those samples, so increasing the size of  lookup  table
              might improve the accuracy of scaler.

       --scaler-resizes-only
              Disable  the  scaler  if the video image is not resized. In that case, bilinear is used instead of
              whatever is set with --scale. Bilinear will reproduce the source image perfectly if no scaling  is
              performed.  Enabled by default. Note that this option never affects --cscale.

       --linear-scaling
              Scale  in linear light. It should only be used with a --opengl-fbo-format that has at least 16 bit
              precision. This option has no effect on HDR content.

       --correct-downscaling
              When using convolution based filters, extend the filter size when downscaling. Increases  quality,
              but reduces performance while downscaling.

              This  will  perform slightly sub-optimally for anamorphic video (but still better than without it)
              since it will extend the size to match only the milder of the scale factors between the axes.

       --interpolation
              Reduce stuttering caused by mismatches in the video fps and display refresh rate  (also  known  as
              judder).

              WARNING:
                 This  requires  setting  the  --video-sync  option  to one of the display- modes, or it will be
                 silently disabled.  This was not required before mpv 0.14.0.

              This essentially attempts to interpolate the missing frames by convoluting  the  video  along  the
              temporal axis. The filter used can be controlled using the --tscale setting.

              Note  that this relies on vsync to work, see --opengl-swapinterval for more information. It should
              also only be used with an --opengl-fbo-format that has at least 16 bit precision.

       --interpolation-threshold=<0..1,-1>
              Threshold below  which  frame  ratio  interpolation  gets  disabled  (default:  0.0001).  This  is
              calculated  as  abs(disphz/vfps  - 1) < threshold, where vfps is the speed-adjusted video FPS, and
              disphz the display refresh rate. (The speed-adjusted video FPS is  roughly  equal  to  the  normal
              video    FPS,   but   with   slowdown   and   speedup   applied.   This   matters   if   you   use
              --video-sync=display-resample to make video run synchronously to the display FPS, or if you change
              the speed property.)

              The  default  is  intended  to  almost  always  enable  interpolation if the playback rate is even
              slightly  different  from  the  display  refresh  rate.  But   note   that   if   you   use   e.g.
              --video-sync=display-vdrop, small deviations in the rate can disable interpolation and introduce a
              discontinuity every other minute.

              Set this to -1 to disable this logic.

       --opengl-pbo
              Enable use of PBOs. On some drivers this can be faster, especially if the  source  video  size  is
              huge (e.g. so called "4K" video). On other drivers it might be slower or cause latency issues.

       --dither-depth=<N|no|auto>
              Set dither target depth to N. Default: no.

              no     Disable any dithering done by mpv.

              auto   Automatic  selection.  If  output  bit  depth  cannot be detected, 8 bits per component are
                     assumed.

              8      Dither to 8 bit output.

              Note that the depth of the connected video display device cannot be detected.  Often,  LCD  panels
              will do dithering on their own, which conflicts with this option and leads to ugly output.

       --dither-size-fruit=<2-8>
              Set the size of the dither matrix (default: 6). The actual size of the matrix is (2^N) x (2^N) for
              an option value of N, so a value of 6 gives a size of 64x64. The matrix is  generated  at  startup
              time, and a large matrix can take rather long to compute (seconds).

              Used in --dither=fruit mode only.

       --dither=<fruit|ordered|no>
              Select dithering algorithm (default: fruit). (Normally, the --dither-depth option controls whether
              dithering is enabled.)

       --temporal-dither
              Enable temporal dithering. (Only active if dithering is enabled in general.) This changes  between
              8  different  dithering  patterns on each frame by changing the orientation of the tiled dithering
              matrix. Unfortunately, this can lead to flicker on LCD displays, since these have a high  reaction
              time.

       --temporal-dither-period=<1-128>
              Determines  how  often  the  dithering pattern is updated when --temporal-dither is in use. 1 (the
              default) will update on every video frame, 2 on every other frame, etc.

       --opengl-debug
              Check for OpenGL errors, i.e. call glGetError(). Also, request a debug OpenGL context (which  does
              nothing with current graphics drivers as of this writing).

       --opengl-swapinterval=<n>
              Interval  in  displayed  frames  between  two  buffer swaps. 1 is equivalent to enable VSYNC, 0 to
              disable VSYNC. Defaults to 1 if not specified.

              Note that this depends on proper OpenGL vsync support. On some platforms and  drivers,  this  only
              works  reliably  when  in  fullscreen  mode.  It  may  also require driver-specific hacks if using
              multiple monitors, to ensure mpv syncs to the right one. Compositing window managers can also lead
              to bad results, as can missing or incorrect display FPS information (see --display-fps).

       --opengl-shaders=<file-list>
              Custom  GLSL hooks. These are a flexible way to add custom fragment shaders, which can be injected
              at almost arbitrary points in  the  rendering  pipeline,  and  access  all  previous  intermediate
              textures.  Each  use of the option will add another file to the internal list of shaders (see List
              Options).

                 Warning

                        The syntax is not stable yet and may change any time.

              The general syntax of a user shader looks like this:

                 //!METADATA ARGS...
                 //!METADATA ARGS...

                 vec4 hook() {
                    ...
                    return something;
                 }

                 //!METADATA ARGS...
                 //!METADATA ARGS...

                 ...

              Each section of metadata, along with the non-metadata lines after  it,  defines  a  single  block.
              There are currently two types of blocks, HOOKs and TEXTUREs.

              A TEXTURE block can set the following options:

              TEXTURE <name> (required)
                     The  name of this texture. Hooks can then bind the texture under this name using BIND. This
                     must be the first option of the texture block.

              SIZE <width> [<height>] [<depth>] (required)
                     The dimensions of the texture. The height and depth are optional. The type of texture  (1D,
                     2D or 3D) depends on the number of components specified.

              FORMAT <name> (required)
                     The  texture  format for the samples. Supported texture formats are listed in debug logging
                     when the opengl VO is initialized (look for Texture formats:). Usually, this follows OpenGL
                     naming  conventions.   For  example,  rgb16  provides  3  channels  with  normalized 16 bit
                     components. One oddity are  float  formats:  for  example,  rgba16f  has  16  bit  internal
                     precision,  but  the texture data is provided as 32 bit floats, and the driver converts the
                     data on texture upload.

                     Although format names follow a common naming convention, not all of them are  available  on
                     all hardware, drivers, GL versions, and so on.

              FILTER <LINEAR|NEAREST>
                     The min/magnification filter used when sampling from this texture.

              BORDER <CLAMP|REPEAT|MIRROR>
                     The border wrapping mode used when sampling from this texture.

              Following  the  metadata  is a string of bytes in hexadecimal notation that define the raw texture
              data, corresponding to the format specified by FORMAT, on a single line with no extra whitespace.

              A HOOK block can set the following options:

              HOOK <name> (required)
                     The texture which to hook into. May occur multiple times within a metadata block, up  to  a
                     predetermined limit. See below for a list of hookable textures.

              DESC <title>
                     User-friendly  description of the pass. This is the name used when representing this shader
                     in the list of passes for property vo-passes.

              BIND <name>
                     Loads a texture (either coming from mpv or from a TEXTURE block) and makes it available  to
                     the  pass.  When  binding  textures  from  mpv,  this will also set up macros to facilitate
                     accessing it properly. See below for a list. By default, no textures are bound. The special
                     name HOOKED can be used to refer to the texture that triggered this pass.

              SAVE <name>
                     Gives the name of the texture to save the result of this pass into. By default, this is set
                     to the special name HOOKED which has the effect of overwriting the hooked texture.

              WIDTH <szexpr>, HEIGHT <szexpr>
                     Specifies the size of the resulting texture for this pass. szexpr refers to  an  expression
                     in  RPN  (reverse  polish  notation),  using  the  operators  + - * / > < !, floating point
                     literals,  and  references  to  sizes  of  existing  texture   (such   as   MAIN.width   or
                     CHROMA.height),  OUTPUT,  or  NATIVE_CROPPED  (size  of  an  input  texture  cropped  after
                     pan-and-scan, video-align-x/y, video-pan-x/y, etc. and  possibly  prescaled).  By  default,
                     these are set to HOOKED.w and HOOKED.h, espectively.

              WHEN <szexpr>
                     Specifies  a  condition  that  needs  to  be  true  (non-zero)  for  the shader stage to be
                     evaluated. If it fails, it will silently be omitted. (Note that a shader  stage  like  this
                     which  has  a  dependency  on  an optional hook point can still cause that hook point to be
                     saved, which has some minor overhead)

              OFFSET <ox> <oy>
                     Indicates a pixel shift (offset) introduced by this  pass.  These  pixel  offsets  will  be
                     accumulated  and  corrected  during  the  next  scaling pass (cscale or scale). The default
                     values are 0 0 which correspond to no  shift.  Note  that  offsets  are  ignored  when  not
                     overwriting the hooked texture.

              COMPONENTS <n>
                     Specifies  how  many  components of this pass's output are relevant and should be stored in
                     the texture, up to 4 (rgba). By default, this value is equal to the number of components in
                     HOOKED.

              COMPUTE <bw> <bh> [<tw> <th>]
                     Specifies  that  this  shader should be treated as a compute shader, with the block size bw
                     and bh. The compute shader will be dispatched with however many  blocks  are  necessary  to
                     completely tile over the output.  Within each block, there will bw tw*th threads, forming a
                     single work group. In other words: tw and th specify the work  group  size,  which  can  be
                     different from the block size. So for example, a compute shader with bw, bh = 32 and tw, th
                     = 8 running on a 500x500 texture would dispatch 16x16 blocks (rounded up),  each  with  8x8
                     threads.

                     Compute  shaders  in  mpv  are  treated  a  bit different from fragment shaders. Instead of
                     defining a vec4 hook that produces an output sample, you directly define  void  hook  which
                     writes  to  a  fixed  writeonly  image  unit  named  out_image (this is bound by mpv) using
                     imageStore. To help translate texture coordinates in the absence of vertices, mpv  provides
                     a  special  function  NAME_map(id)  to  map from the texel space of the output image to the
                     texture coordinates for all bound  textures.  In  particular,  NAME_pos  is  equivalent  to
                     NAME_map(gl_GlobalInvocationID),  although using this only really makes sense if (tw,th) ==
                     (bw,bh).

              Each bound mpv texture (via BIND) will make available the following  definitions  to  that  shader
              pass, where NAME is the name of the bound texture:

              vec4 NAME_tex(vec2 pos)
                     The sampling function to use to access the texture at a certain spot (in texture coordinate
                     space, range [0,1]). This takes care of any necessary normalization conversions.

              vec4 NAME_texOff(vec2 offset)
                     Sample the texture at a certain offset in pixels. This works like NAME_tex but additionally
                     takes  care of necessary rotations, so that sampling at e.g. vec2(-1,0) is always one pixel
                     to the left.

              vec2 NAME_pos
                     The local texture coordinate of that texture, range [0,1].

              vec2 NAME_size
                     The (rotated) size in pixels of the texture.

              mat2 NAME_rot
                     The rotation  matrix  associated  with  this  texture.  (Rotates  pixel  space  to  texture
                     coordinates)

              vec2 NAME_pt
                     The (unrotated) size of a single pixel, range [0,1].

              float NAME_mul
                     The coefficient that needs to be multiplied into the texture contents in order to normalize
                     it to the range [0,1].

              sampler NAME_raw
                     The raw bound texture  itself.  The  use  of  this  should  be  avoided  unless  absolutely
                     necessary.

              Normally,  users  should  use  either  NAME_tex  or NAME_texOff to read from the texture. For some
              shaders however , it can be better for performance to do custom sampling from NAME_raw,  in  which
              case care needs to be taken to respect NAME_mul and NAME_rot.

              In addition to these parameters, the following uniforms are also globally available:

              float random
                     A random number in the range [0-1], different per frame.

              int frame
                     A  simple count of frames rendered, increases by one per frame and never resets (regardless
                     of seeks).

              vec2 input_size
                     The size in pixels of the input image (possibly cropped and prescaled).

              vec2 target_size
                     The size in pixels of the visible part of the scaled (and possibly cropped) image.

              vec2 tex_offset
                     Texture offset introduced  by  user  shaders  or  options  like  panscan,  video-align-x/y,
                     video-pan-x/y.

              Internally,  vo_opengl  may  generate any number of the following textures.  Whenever a texture is
              rendered and saved by vo_opengl, all of the passes that have hooked into it will run, in the order
              they were added by the user. This is a list of the legal hook points:

              RGB, LUMA, CHROMA, ALPHA, XYZ (resizable)
                     Source planes (raw). Which of these fire depends on the image format of the source.

              CHROMA_SCALED, ALPHA_SCALED (fixed)
                     Source planes (upscaled). These only fire on subsampled content.

              NATIVE (resizable)
                     The combined image, in the source colorspace, before conversion to RGB.

              MAINPRESUB (resizable)
                     The image, after conversion to RGB, but before --blend-subtitles=video is applied.

              MAIN (resizable)
                     The main image, after conversion to RGB but before upscaling.

              LINEAR (fixed)
                     Linear light image, before scaling. This only fires when --linear-scaling is in effect.

              SIGMOID (fixed)
                     Sigmoidized light, before scaling. This only fires when --sigmoid-upscaling is in effect.

              PREKERNEL (fixed)
                     The image immediately before the scaler kernel runs.

              POSTKERNEL (fixed)
                     The image immediately after the scaler kernel runs.

              SCALED (fixed)
                     The final upscaled image, before color management.

              OUTPUT (fixed)
                     The final output image, after color management but before dithering and drawing to screen.

              Only  the  textures  labelled  with  resizable  may be transformed by the pass. When overwriting a
              texture marked fixed, the WIDTH, HEIGHT and OFFSET must be left at their default values.

       --opengl-shader=<file>
              CLI/config file only alias for --opengl-shaders-append.

       --deband
              Enable the debanding algorithm. This greatly reduces the amount of visible banding,  blocking  and
              other  quantization  artifacts,  at  the  expensive  of  very slightly blurring some of the finest
              details. In practice, it's virtually always an improvement - the only reason to disable  it  would
              be for performance.

       --deband-iterations=<1..16>
              The  number  of  debanding  steps to perform per sample. Each step reduces a bit more banding, but
              takes time to compute. Note that the strength of each step falls off very quickly, so high numbers
              (>4) are practically useless.  (Default 1)

       --deband-threshold=<0..4096>
              The  debanding  filter's  cut-off  threshold.  Higher  numbers  increase  the  debanding  strength
              dramatically but progressively diminish image details.  (Default 64)

       --deband-range=<1..64>
              The debanding filter's initial radius. The radius increases linearly for each iteration. A  higher
              radius will find more gradients, but a lower radius will smooth more aggressively. (Default 16)

              If you increase the --deband-iterations, you should probably decrease this to compensate.

       --deband-grain=<0..4096>
              Add  some  extra  noise  to  the  image.  This significantly helps cover up remaining quantization
              artifacts. Higher numbers add more noise. (Default 48)

       --sigmoid-upscaling
              When upscaling, use a sigmoidal color transform to avoid emphasizing ringing artifacts. This  also
              implies --linear-scaling.

       --sigmoid-center
              The center of the sigmoid curve used for --sigmoid-upscaling, must be a float between 0.0 and 1.0.
              Defaults to 0.75 if not specified.

       --sigmoid-slope
              The slope of the sigmoid curve used for --sigmoid-upscaling, must be a float between 1.0 and 20.0.
              Defaults to 6.5 if not specified.

       --sharpen=<value>
              If set to a value other than 0, enable an unsharp masking filter. Positive values will sharpen the
              image (but add more ringing and aliasing). Negative values will blur the image.  If  your  GPU  is
              powerful enough, consider alternatives like the ewa_lanczossharp scale filter, or the --scale-blur
              option.

       --opengl-glfinish
              Call glFinish() before and after swapping buffers (default: disabled).  Slower, but might  improve
              results  when doing framedropping. Can completely ruin performance. The details depend entirely on
              the OpenGL driver.

       --opengl-waitvsync
              Call glXWaitVideoSyncSGI after each buffer swap (default: disabled).  This may  or  may  not  help
              with  video  timing accuracy and frame drop. It's possible that this makes video output slower, or
              has no effect at all.

              X11/GLX only.

       --opengl-vsync-fences=<N>
              Synchronize the CPU to the Nth past frame using the GL_ARB_sync extension. A value of  0  disables
              this  behavior  (default).  A  value  of  1  means  it will synchronize to the current frame after
              rendering it. Like --glfinish and --waitvsync, this can lower or ruin performance.  Its  advantage
              is  that  it  can  span multiple frames, and effectively limit the number of frames the GPU queues
              ahead (which also has an influence on vsync).

       --opengl-dwmflush=<no|windowed|yes|auto>
              Calls DwmFlush after swapping buffers on Windows (default: auto). It also sets SwapInterval(0)  to
              ignore  the  OpenGL timing. Values are: no (disabled), windowed (only in windowed mode), yes (also
              in full screen).

              The value auto will try to determine whether the compositor is active, and calls DwmFlush only  if
              it seems to be.

              This may help to get more consistent frame intervals, especially with high-fps clips - which might
              also reduce dropped frames. Typically, a value of windowed should be enough, since full screen may
              bypass the DWM.

              Windows only.

       --angle-d3d11-feature-level=<11_0|10_1|10_0|9_3>
              Selects a specific feature level when using the ANGLE backend with D3D11.  By default, the highest
              available feature level is used. This option can be used to select a lower feature level, which is
              mainly  useful  for debugging.  Note that OpenGL ES 3.0 is only supported at feature level 10_1 or
              higher.  Most extended OpenGL  features  will  not  work  at  lower  feature  levels  (similar  to
              --opengl-dumb-mode).

              Windows with ANGLE only.

       --angle-d3d11-warp=<yes|no|auto>
              Use  WARP  (Windows  Advanced  Rasterization  Platform)  when  using  the ANGLE backend with D3D11
              (default: auto). This is a high performance software renderer. By default, it  is  used  when  the
              Direct3D  hardware  does  not  support  Direct3D  11  feature level 9_3. While the extended OpenGL
              features will work with WARP, they can be very slow.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

       --angle-egl-windowing=<yes|no|auto>
              Use ANGLE's built in EGL windowing functions to create a swap chain (default: auto).  If  this  is
              set  to  no  and  the D3D11 renderer is in use, ANGLE's built in swap chain will not be used and a
              custom swap chain that is optimized for video rendering will be created instead. If set to auto, a
              custom  swap  chain will be used for D3D11 and the built in swap chain will be used for D3D9. This
              option is mainly for debugging purposes, in case the custom swap chain  has  poor  performance  or
              does not work.

              If  set  to  yes, the --angle-max-frame-latency, --angle-swapchain-length and --angle-flip options
              will have no effect.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

       --angle-flip=<yes|no>
              Enable flip-model presentation, which avoids  unnecessarily  copying  the  backbuffer  by  sharing
              surfaces  with  the  DWM  (default: yes). This may cause performance issues with older drivers. If
              flip-model presentation is not supported (for example, on Windows 7 without the platform  update),
              mpv will automatically fall back to the older bitblt presentation model.

              If set to no, the --angle-swapchain-length option will have no effect.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

       --angle-max-frame-latency=<1-16>
              Sets the maximum number of frames that the system is allowed to queue for rendering with the ANGLE
              backend (default: 3). Lower values should make VSync timing  more  accurate,  but  a  value  of  1
              requires powerful hardware, since the CPU will not be able to "render ahead" of the GPU.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

       --angle-renderer=<d3d9|d3d11|auto>
              Forces  a  specific  renderer when using the ANGLE backend (default: auto). In auto mode this will
              pick D3D11 for systems that support Direct3D 11 feature level 9_3 or higher, and  D3D9  otherwise.
              This  option  is  mainly  for  debugging purposes. Normally there is no reason to force a specific
              renderer, though --angle-renderer=d3d9 may give slightly better performance on old hardware.  Note
              that the D3D9 renderer only supports OpenGL ES 2.0, so most extended OpenGL features will not work
              if this renderer is selected (similar to --opengl-dumb-mode).

              Windows with ANGLE only.

       --angle-swapchain-length=<2-16>
              Sets the number of buffers in the D3D11 presentation queue when using the ANGLE backend  (default:
              6). At least 2 are required, since one is the back buffer that mpv renders to and the other is the
              front buffer that is presented by the DWM. Additional buffers can improve performance, because for
              example,  mpv  will not have to wait on the DWM to release the front buffer before rendering a new
              frame to it. For this reason, Microsoft recommends at least 4.

              Windows with ANGLE only.

       --cocoa-force-dedicated-gpu=<yes|no>
              Deactivates the automatic graphics switching and forces the dedicated GPU.  (default: no)

              OS X only.

       --opengl-sw
              Continue even if a software renderer is detected.

       --opengl-backend=<sys>
              The value auto (the default) selects the windowing backend. You  can  also  pass  help  to  get  a
              complete list of compiled in backends (sorted by autoprobe order).

              auto   auto-select (default)

              cocoa  Cocoa/OS X

              win    Win32/WGL

              angle  Direct3D11  through  the OpenGL ES translation layer ANGLE. This supports almost everything
                     the win backend does (if the ANGLE build is new enough).

              dxinterop (experimental)
                     Win32, using WGL for rendering and Direct3D 9Ex for presentation. Works on Nvidia and  AMD.
                     Newer Intel chips with the latest drivers may also work.

              x11    X11/GLX

              x11probe
                     For  internal  autoprobing,  equivalent  to  x11 otherwise. Don't use directly, it could be
                     removed without warning as autoprobing is changed.

              wayland
                     Wayland/EGL

              drm    DRM/EGL (drm-egl is a deprecated alias)

              x11egl X11/EGL

              mali-fbdev
                     Direct fbdev/EGL support on some ARM/MALI devices.

              vdpauglx
                     Use vdpau presentation with GLX as backing. Experimental use only.  Using this will have no
                     advantage  (other  than  additional  bugs  or  performance  problems),  and  is  for  doing
                     experiments only. Will not be used automatically.

       --opengl-es=<mode>
              Select whether to use GLES:

              yes    Try to prefer ES over Desktop GL

              force2 Try to request a ES 2.0 context (the driver might ignore this)

              no     Try to prefer desktop GL over ES

              auto   Use the default for each backend (default)

       --opengl-fbo-format=<fmt>
              Selects the internal format of textures used for FBOs. The format can  influence  performance  and
              quality  of  the  video  output.  fmt can be one of: rgb8, rgb10, rgb10_a2, rgb16, rgb16f, rgb32f,
              rgba12, rgba16, rgba16f, rgba32f. Default: auto, which maps to rgba16 on desktop GL,  and  rgba16f
              or rgb10_a2 on GLES (e.g. ANGLE), unless GL_EXT_texture_norm16 is available.

       --opengl-gamma=<0.1..2.0>
              Set a gamma value (default: 1.0). If gamma is adjusted in other ways (like with the --gamma option
              or key bindings and the gamma property), the value is multiplied with the other gamma value.

              Recommended values based on the environmental brightness:

              1.0    Brightly illuminated (default)

              0.9    Slightly dim

              0.8    Pitch black room

              NOTE: Typical movie content (Blu-ray etc.)  already  contains  a  gamma  drop  of  about  0.8,  so
              specifying it here as well will result in even darker image than intended!

       --gamma-auto
              Automatically  corrects  the  gamma value depending on ambient lighting conditions (adding a gamma
              boost for dark rooms).

              With ambient illuminance of 64lux, mpv will pick the 1.0 gamma  value  (no  boost),  and  slightly
              increase the boost up until 0.8 for 16lux.

              NOTE: Only implemented on OS X.

       --target-prim=<value>
              Specifies  the  primaries of the display. Video colors will be adapted to this colorspace when ICC
              color management is not being used. Valid values are:

              auto   Disable any adaptation (default)

              bt.470m
                     ITU-R BT.470 M

              bt.601-525
                     ITU-R BT.601 (525-line SD systems, eg. NTSC), SMPTE 170M/240M

              bt.601-625
                     ITU-R BT.601 (625-line SD systems, eg. PAL/SECAM), ITU-R BT.470 B/G

              bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD), IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB), SMPTE RP177 Annex B

              bt.2020
                     ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)

              apple  Apple RGB

              adobe  Adobe RGB (1998)

              prophoto
                     ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

              cie1931
                     CIE 1931 RGB (not to be confused with CIE XYZ)

              dci-p3 DCI-P3 (Digital Cinema Colorspace), SMPTE RP431-2

              v-gamut
                     Panasonic V-Gamut (VARICAM) primaries

              s-gamut
                     Sony S-Gamut (S-Log) primaries

       --target-trc=<value>
              Specifies the transfer characteristics (gamma) of the display. Video colors will  be  adjusted  to
              this curve when ICC color management is not being used.  Valid values are:

              auto   Disable any adaptation (default)

              bt.1886
                     ITU-R BT.1886 curve (assuming infinite contrast)

              srgb   IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)

              linear Linear light output

              gamma1.8
                     Pure power curve (gamma 1.8), also used for Apple RGB

              gamma2.2
                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)

              gamma2.8
                     Pure power curve (gamma 2.8), also used for BT.470-BG

              prophoto
                     ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

              pq     ITU-R BT.2100 PQ (Perceptual quantizer) curve, aka SMPTE ST2084

              hlg    ITU-R BT.2100 HLG (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve, aka ARIB STD-B67

              v-log  Panasonic V-Log (VARICAM) curve

              s-log1 Sony S-Log1 curve

              s-log2 Sony S-Log2 curve

              NOTE:
                 When  using  HDR output formats, mpv will encode to the specified curve but it will not set any
                 HDMI flags or other signalling that might be  required  for  the  target  device  to  correctly
                 display the HDR signal.  The user should independently guarantee this before using these signal
                 formats for display.

       --tone-mapping=<value>
              Specifies the algorithm used for tone-mapping images onto the target display. This is relevant for
              both  HDR->SDR  conversion  as  well  as  gamut  reduction (e.g. playing back BT.2020 content on a
              standard gamut display).  Valid values are:

              clip   Hard-clip any out-of-range values. Use this when you care about perfect color accuracy  for
                     in-range  values  at  the  cost of completely distorting out-of-range values. Not generally
                     recommended.

              mobius Generalization of Reinhard to a  Möbius  transform  with  linear  section.   Smoothly  maps
                     out-of-range  values  while  retaining contrast and colors for in-range material as much as
                     possible. Use this when you care about color accuracy more than detail  preservation.  This
                     is  somewhere in between clip and reinhard, depending on the value of --tone-mapping-param.
                     (default)

              reinhard
                     Reinhard tone mapping algorithm. Very simple continuous  curve.   Preserves  overall  image
                     brightness  but  uses  nonlinear  contrast,  which  results  in  flattening  of details and
                     degradation in color accuracy.

              hable  Similar to reinhard but preserves both dark and bright details better (slightly sigmoidal),
                     at  the  cost  of slightly darkening / desaturating everything. Developed by John Hable for
                     use  in  video  games.  Use  this  when  you  care  about  detail  preservation  more  than
                     color/brightness  accuracy.  This  is  roughly  equivalent  to  --hdr-tone-mapping=reinhard
                     --tone-mapping-param=0.24.

              gamma  Fits a logarithmic transfer between the tone curves.

              linear Linearly stretches the entire reference gamut to (a linear multiple of) the display.

       --tone-mapping-param=<value>
              Set tone mapping parameters. Ignored if the tone mapping algorithm is not  tunable.  This  affects
              the following tone mapping algorithms:

              clip   Specifies an extra linear coefficient to multiply into the signal before clipping. Defaults
                     to 1.0.

              mobius Specifies the transition point from linear to mobius  transform.  Every  value  below  this
                     point  is  guaranteed  to be mapped 1:1. The higher the value, the more accurate the result
                     will be, at the cost of losing bright details. Defaults to 0.3,  which  due  to  the  steep
                     initial slope still preserves in-range colors fairly accurately.

              reinhard
                     Specifies  the local contrast coefficient at the display peak. Defaults to 0.5, which means
                     that in-gamut values will be about half as bright as when clipping.

              gamma  Specifies the exponent of the function. Defaults to 1.8.

              linear Specifies the scale factor to use while stretching. Defaults to 1.0.

       --hdr-compute-peak
              Compute the HDR peak per-frame of relying on tagged metadata. These values are averaged over local
              regions  as  well as over several frames to prevent the value from jittering around too much. This
              option basically gives you dynamic, per-scene tone mapping. Requires compute shaders, which  is  a
              fairly  recent  OpenGL feature, and will probably also perform horribly on some drivers, so enable
              at your own risk.

       --tone-mapping-desaturate=<value>
              Apply desaturation for highlights that exceed this level of brightness. The higher the  parameter,
              the  more  color  information  will be preserved. This setting helps prevent unnaturally blown-out
              colors for super-highlights, by (smoothly) turning into white instead. This makes images feel more
              natural, at the cost of reducing information about out-of-range colors.

              The default of 2.0 is somewhat conservative and will mostly just apply to skies or directly sunlit
              surfaces. A setting of 0.0 disables this option.

       --gamut-warning
              If enabled, mpv will mark all clipped/out-of-gamut pixels that exceed a given threshold (currently
              hard-coded  to  101%).  The  affected  pixels  will be inverted to make them stand out. Note: This
              option applies after the effects of all  of  mpv's  color  space  transformation  /  tone  mapping
              options,  so  it's  a good idea to combine this with --tone-mapping=clip and use --target-gamut to
              set the gamut to simulate. For example, --target-gamut=bt.709 would make mpv highlight all  pixels
              that exceed the gamut of a standard gamut (sRGB) display. This option also does not work well with
              ICC profiles, since the 3DLUTs are always generated  against  the  source  color  space  and  have
              chromatically-accurate clipping built in.

       --use-embedded-icc-profile
              Load  the  embedded ICC profile contained in media files such as PNG images.  (Default: yes). Note
              that  this  option  only  works  when  also  using  a  display  ICC  profile   (--icc-profile   or
              --icc-profile-auto), and also requires LittleCMS 2 support.

       --icc-profile=<file>
              Load an ICC profile and use it to transform video RGB to screen output.  Needs LittleCMS 2 support
              compiled in. This option overrides the --target-prim, --target-trc and --icc-profile-auto options.

       --icc-profile-auto
              Automatically select the ICC display profile currently specified by the display  settings  of  the
              operating system.

              NOTE: On Windows, the default profile must be an ICC profile. WCS profiles are not supported.

       --icc-cache-dir=<dirname>
              Store  and  load  the 3D LUTs created from the ICC profile in this directory.  This can be used to
              speed up loading, since LittleCMS 2 can take a while to create a 3D LUT.  Note  that  these  files
              contain uncompressed LUTs. Their size depends on the --icc-3dlut-size, and can be very big.

              NOTE: This is not cleaned automatically, so old, unused cache files may stick around indefinitely.

       --icc-intent=<value>
              Specifies the ICC intent used for the color transformation (when using --icc-profile).

              0      perceptual

              1      relative colorimetric (default)

              2      saturation

              3      absolute colorimetric

       --icc-3dlut-size=<r>x<g>x<b>
              Size  of  the 3D LUT generated from the ICC profile in each dimension.  Default is 64x64x64. Sizes
              may range from 2 to 512.

       --icc-contrast=<0-100000>
              Specifies an upper limit on the target device's contrast ratio.  This  is  detected  automatically
              from  the  profile if possible, but for some profiles it might be missing, causing the contrast to
              be assumed as infinite. As a result, video may appear darker  than  intended.  This  only  affects
              BT.1886 content. The default of 0 means no limit.

       --blend-subtitles=<yes|video|no>
              Blend  subtitles directly onto upscaled video frames, before interpolation and/or color management
              (default: no). Enabling this causes subtitles to  be  affected  by  --icc-profile,  --target-prim,
              --target-trc,  --interpolation,  --opengl-gamma  and  --post-shader.  It  also  increases subtitle
              performance when using --interpolation.

              The downside of enabling this is that it restricts subtitles to the visible portion of the  video,
              so you can't have subtitles exist in the black margins below a video (for example).

              If  video  is  selected,  the behavior is similar to yes, but subs are drawn at the video's native
              resolution, and scaled along with the video.

              WARNING:
                 This changes the way subtitle colors are handled. Normally, subtitle colors are assumed  to  be
                 in  sRGB  and  color  managed as such. Enabling this makes them treated as being in the video's
                 color space instead. This is good if you want things like softsubbed ASS  signs  to  match  the
                 video colors, but may cause SRT subtitles or similar to look slightly off.

       --alpha=<blend-tiles|blend|yes|no>
              Decides what to do if the input has an alpha component.

              blend-tiles
                     Blend the frame against a 16x16 gray/white tiles background (default).

              blend  Blend the frame against the background color (--background, normally black).

              yes    Try  to  create  a  framebuffer  with  alpha  component. This only makes sense if the video
                     contains alpha information  (which  is  extremely  rare).  May  not  be  supported  on  all
                     platforms.  If  alpha  framebuffers  are  unavailable,  it  silently falls back on a normal
                     framebuffer. Note that if you set the --opengl-fbo-format option to a non-default value,  a
                     format  with  alpha  must be specified, or this won't work.  This does not work on X11 with
                     EGL and Mesa (freedesktop bug 67676).

              no     Ignore alpha component.

       --opengl-rectangle-textures
              Force use of rectangle textures (default: no). Normally this shouldn't have  any  advantages  over
              normal textures. Note that hardware decoding overrides this flag. Could be removed any time.

       --background=<color>
              Color used to draw parts of the mpv window not covered by video. See --osd-color option how colors
              are defined.

       --opengl-tex-pad-x, --opengl-tex-pad-y
              Enlarge the video source textures by this many pixels. For debugging only (normally  textures  are
              sized  exactly,  but due to hardware decoding interop we may have to deal with additional padding,
              which can be tested with these options). Could be removed any time.

       --opengl-early-flush=<yes|no|auto>
              Call glFlush() after rendering a frame and before attempting to display it  (default:  auto).  Can
              fix stuttering in some cases, in other cases probably causes it. The auto mode will call glFlush()
              only if the renderer is going to wait for a while after rendering, instead of  flipping  GL  front
              and backbuffers immediately (i.e. it doesn't call it in display-sync mode).

       --opengl-dumb-mode=<yes|no|auto>
              This  mode  is extremely restricted, and will disable most extended OpenGL features. That includes
              high quality scalers and custom shaders!

              It is intended for hardware that  does  not  support  FBOs  (including  GLES,  which  supports  it
              insufficiently), or to get some more performance out of bad or old hardware.

              This  mode  is forced automatically if needed, and this option is mostly useful for debugging. The
              default of auto will enable it automatically if nothing uses features which require FBOs.

              This option might be silently removed in the future.

       --opengl-shader-cache-dir=<dirname>
              Store and load compiled GL shaders in this directory. Normally, shader compilation is  very  fast,
              so this is usually not needed. But some GL implementations (notably ANGLE, the default on Windows)
              have relatively slow shader compilation, and can cause startup delays.

              NOTE: This is not cleaned automatically, so old, unused cache files may stick around indefinitely.

              This option might be silently removed in the future, if ANGLE fixes shader compilation speed.

       --cuda-decode-device=<auto|0..>
              Choose the GPU device used for decoding when using the cuda hwdec.

              By default, the device that is being used to provide OpenGL output will also be used for  decoding
              (and in the vast majority of cases, only one GPU will be present).

              Note   that   when   using   the   cuda-copy   hwdec,   a   different   option   must  be  passed:
              --vd-lavc-o=gpu=<0..>.

   Miscellaneous
       --display-tags=tag1,tags2,...
              Set the list of tags that should be displayed on the terminal. Tags that are in the list, but  are
              not  present  in the played file, will not be shown.  If a value ends with *, all tags are matched
              by prefix (though there is no general globbing). Just passing * essentially filtering.

              The default includes a common list of tags, call mpv with --list-options to see it.

       --mc=<seconds/frame>
              Maximum A-V sync correction per frame (in seconds)

       --autosync=<factor>
              Gradually adjusts the A/V sync based on audio delay measurements.   Specifying  --autosync=0,  the
              default,  will  cause  frame  timing  to be based entirely on audio delay measurements. Specifying
              --autosync=1 will do the same, but will subtly change the  A/V  correction  algorithm.  An  uneven
              video framerate in a video which plays fine with --no-audio can often be helped by setting this to
              an integer value greater than 1.  The  higher  the  value,  the  closer  the  timing  will  be  to
              --no-audio.  Try  --autosync=30 to smooth out problems with sound drivers which do not implement a
              perfect audio delay measurement. With this value, if large A/V sync offsets occur, they will  only
              take  about 1 or 2 seconds to settle out. This delay in reaction time to sudden A/V offsets should
              be the only side effect of turning this option on, for all sound drivers.

       --video-sync=<audio|...>
              How the player synchronizes audio and video.

              If you use this option, you usually want to set it to display-resample to  enable  a  timing  mode
              that tries to not skip or repeat frames when for example playing 24fps video on a 24Hz screen.

              The  modes  starting  with  display-  try  to  output video frames completely synchronously to the
              display, using the detected display vertical refresh rate as  a  hint  how  fast  frames  will  be
              displayed  on  average.  These  modes  change  video  speed  slightly  to  match  the display. See
              --video-sync-...  options for fine tuning. The robustness of  this  mode  is  further  reduced  by
              making  a  some idealized assumptions, which may not always apply in reality.  Behavior can depend
              on the VO and the system's video and audio drivers.  Media  files  must  use  constant  framerate.
              Section-wise  VFR  might  work as well with some container formats (but not e.g. mkv). If the sync
              code detects severe A/V desync, or the framerate cannot  be  detected,  the  player  automatically
              reverts to audio mode for some time or permanently.

              The  modes with desync in their names do not attempt to keep audio/video in sync. They will slowly
              (or quickly) desync, until e.g. the next seek happens. These modes  are  meant  for  testing,  not
              serious use.

              audio  Time  video  frames to audio. This is the most robust mode, because the player doesn't have
                     to assume anything about how the display behaves. The disadvantage is that it can  lead  to
                     occasional  frame  drops or repeats. If audio is disabled, this uses the system clock. This
                     is the default mode.

              display-resample
                     Resample audio to match the video. This mode  will  also  try  to  adjust  audio  speed  to
                     compensate  for other drift.  (This means it will play the audio at a different speed every
                     once in a while to reduce the A/V difference.)

              display-resample-vdrop
                     Resample audio to match the video. Drop video frames to compensate for drift.

              display-resample-desync
                     Like the previous mode, but no A/V compensation.

              display-vdrop
                     Drop or repeat video frames to compensate desyncing video. (Although  it  should  have  the
                     same effects as audio, the implementation is very different.)

              display-adrop
                     Drop  or repeat audio data to compensate desyncing video. See --video-sync-adrop-size. This
                     mode will cause severe audio artifacts if the real monitor refresh rate  is  too  different
                     from the reported or forced rate.

              display-desync
                     Sync video to display, and let audio play on its own.

              desync Sync video according to system clock, and let audio play on its own.

       --video-sync-max-video-change=<value>
              Maximum  speed  difference  in  percent  that  is  applied  to video with --video-sync=display-...
              (default: 1). Display sync mode will be disabled if the monitor and video refresh way do not match
              within  the  given  range. It tries multiples as well: playing 30 fps video on a 60 Hz screen will
              duplicate every second frame. Playing 24 fps video on  a  60  Hz  screen  will  play  video  in  a
              2-3-2-3-... pattern.

              The  default settings are not loose enough to speed up 23.976 fps video to 25 fps. We consider the
              pitch change too extreme to allow this behavior by default. Set this option to a  value  of  5  to
              enable it.

              Note that in the --video-sync=display-resample mode, audio speed will additionally be changed by a
              small amount if necessary for A/V sync. See --video-sync-max-audio-change.

       --video-sync-max-audio-change=<value>
              Maximum   additional   speed   difference   in   percent   that   is   applied   to   audio   with
              --video-sync=display-...  (default:  0.125).  Normally, the player plays the audio at the speed of
              the video. But if the difference between audio and video position is too high, e.g. due  to  drift
              or  other timing errors, it will attempt to speed up or slow down audio by this additional factor.
              Too low values could lead to video frame dropping  or  repeating  if  the  A/V  desync  cannot  be
              compensated,  too high values could lead to chaotic frame dropping due to the audio "overshooting"
              and skipping multiple video frames before the sync logic can react.

       --video-sync-adrop-size=<value>
              For the --video-sync=display-adrop mode. This mode duplicates/drops audio data to  keep  audio  in
              sync with video. To avoid audio artifacts on jitter (which would add/remove samples all the time),
              this is done in relatively large, fixed units, controlled by this option. The unit is seconds.

       --mf-fps=<value>
              Framerate used when decoding from multiple PNG or JPEG files with mf:// (default: 1).

       --mf-type=<value>
              Input file type for mf:// (available: jpeg, png, tga, sgi). By default, this is guessed  from  the
              file extension.

       --stream-dump=<destination-filename>
              Instead  of  playing  a file, read its byte stream and write it to the given destination file. The
              destination is overwritten. Can be useful to test network-related behavior.

       --stream-lavf-o=opt1=value1,opt2=value2,...
              Set AVOptions on streams opened with libavformat.  Unknown  or  misspelled  options  are  silently
              ignored. (They are mentioned in the terminal output in verbose mode, i.e. --v. In general we can't
              print errors, because other options such as e.g. user agent are not available with all  protocols,
              and printing errors for unknown options would end up being too noisy.)

       --vo-mmcss-profile=<name>
              (Windows only.)  Set the MMCSS profile for the video renderer thread (default: Playback).

       --priority=<prio>
              (Windows  only.)   Set  process  priority for mpv according to the predefined priorities available
              under Windows.

              Possible values of <prio>: idle|belownormal|normal|abovenormal|high|realtime

              WARNING:
                 Using realtime priority can cause system lockup.

       --force-media-title=<string>
              Force the contents of the media-title property to this value. Useful for scripts which want to set
              a title, without overriding the user's setting in --title.

       --external-files=<file-list>
              Load  a  file  and  add  all  of  its tracks. This is useful to play different files together (for
              example audio from one file, video from another),  or  for  advanced  --lavfi-complex  used  (like
              playing two video files at the same time).

              Unlike  --sub-files and --audio-files, this includes all tracks, and does not cause default stream
              selection over the "proper" file. This makes it slightly less intrusive.

              This is a list option. See List Options for details.

       --external-file=<file>
              CLI/config file only alias for --external-files-append. Each use of this option  will  add  a  new
              external files.

       --autoload-files=<yes|no>
              Automatically load/select external files (default: yes).

              If  set  to  no,  then  do  not  automatically  load external files as specified by --sub-auto and
              --audio-file-auto. If external files are forcibly added (like with --sub-files), they will not  be
              auto-selected.

              This  does  not  affect playlist expansion, redirection, or other loading of referenced files like
              with ordered chapters.

       --record-file=<file>
              Record the current stream to the given target file. The target file  will  always  be  overwritten
              without asking.

              This  remuxes  the  source  stream  without  reencoding,  which  makes  this  a highly fragile and
              experimental feature. It's entirely  possible  that  this  writes  files  which  are  broken,  not
              standards compliant, not playable with all players (including mpv), or incomplete.

              The  target  file  format  is  determined  by  the  file  extension  of the target filename. It is
              recommended to use the same target container as the source container if possible,  and  preferring
              Matroska as fallback.

              Seeking  during  stream recording, or enabling/disabling stream recording during playback, can cut
              off data, or produce "holes" in the output file.  These are technical restrictions. In particular,
              video  data  or subtitles which were read ahead can produce such holes, which might cause playback
              problems with various players (including mpv).

              The behavior of this option might changed in the  future,  such  as  changing  it  to  a  template
              (similar to --screenshot-template), being renamed, removed, or anything else, until it is declared
              semi-stable.

       --lavfi-complex=<string>
              Set a "complex" libavfilter filter, which means a single filter graph can take input from multiple
              source audio and video tracks. The graph can result in a single audio or video output (or both).

              Currently,  the  filter  graph  labels  are  used  to  select  the  participating input tracks and
              audio/video output. The following rules apply:

              • A label of the form aidN selects audio track N as input (e.g.  aid1).

              • A label of the form vidN selects video track N as input.

              • A label named ao will be connected to the audio output.

              • A label named vo will be connected to the video output.

              Each label can be used only once. If you want to use e.g. an audio stream  for  multiple  filters,
              you  need  to use the asplit filter. Multiple video or audio outputs are not possible, but you can
              use filters to merge them into one.

              It's not possible to change the tracks connected to the filter at runtime, unless  you  explicitly
              change  the  lavfi-complex  property and set new track assignments. When the graph is changed, the
              track selection is changed according to the used labels as well.

              Other tracks, as long as they're not connected to the filter, and the corresponding output is  not
              connected to the filter, can still be freely changed with the normal methods.

              Note  that  the  normal filter chains (--af, --vf) are applied between the complex graphs (e.g. ao
              label) and the actual output.

                 Examples

                 • --lavfi-complex='[aid1] asplit [ao] [t] ; [t] aphasemeter  [vo]'  Play  audio  track  1,  and
                   visualize it as video using the aphasemeter filter.

                 • --lavfi-complex='[aid1] [aid2] amix [ao]' Play audio track 1 and 2 at the same time.

                 • --lavfi-complex='[vid1]  [vid2]  vstack  [vo]' Stack video track 1 and 2 and play them at the
                   same time. Note that both tracks need to have the same width, or filter  initialization  will
                   fail (you can add scale filters before the vstack filter to fix the size).

                 • --lavfi-complex='[aid1]  asplit  [ao]  [t] ; [t] aphasemeter [t2] ; [vid1] [t2] overlay [vo]'
                   Play audio track 1, and overlay its visualization over video track 1.

                 • --lavfi-complex='[aid1] asplit [t1] [ao] ; [t1] showvolume [t2] ; [vid1] [t2]  overlay  [vo]'
                   Play audio track 1, and overlay the measured volume for each speaker over video track 1.

                 • null:// --lavfi-complex='life [vo]' Conways' Life Game.

              See the FFmpeg libavfilter documentation for details on the available filters.

AUDIO OUTPUT DRIVERS

       Audio output drivers are interfaces to different audio output facilities. The syntax is:

       --ao=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of audio output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ',', mpv will fall back on drivers not contained in the list.

       NOTE:
          See  --ao=help  for  a  list  of  compiled-in audio output drivers. The driver --ao=alsa is preferred.
          --ao=pulse is preferred on systems where PulseAudio is used. On BSD systems,  --ao=oss  or  --ao=sndio
          may work (the latter being experimental).

       Available audio output drivers are:

       alsa (Linux only)
              ALSA audio output driver

              See ALSA audio output options for options specific to this AO.

              WARNING:
                 To  get  multichannel/surround audio, use --audio-channels=auto. The default for this option is
                 auto-safe, which makes this audio otuput explicitly reject multichannel output, as there is  no
                 way to detect whether a certain channel layout is actually supported.

                 You  can also try using the upmix plugin.  This setup enables multichannel audio on the default
                 device with automatic upmixing with shared access, so playing stereo and multichannel audio  at
                 the same time will work as expected.

       oss    OSS audio output driver

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

              --oss-mixer-device
                     Sets the audio mixer device (default: /dev/mixer).

              --oss-mixer-channel
                     Sets the audio mixer channel (default: pcm). Other valid values include vol, pcm, line. For
                     a complete list of options look for SOUND_DEVICE_NAMES in /usr/include/linux/soundcard.h.

       jack   JACK (Jack Audio Connection Kit) audio output driver.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

              --jack-port=<name>
                     Connects to the ports with the given name (default: physical ports).

              --jack-name=<client>
                     Client name that is passed to JACK (default: mpv). Useful  if  you  want  to  have  certain
                     connections established automatically.

              --jack-autostart=<yes|no>
                     Automatically  start  jackd  if  necessary  (default: disabled). Note that this tends to be
                     unreliable and will flood stdout with server messages.

              --jack-connect=<yes|no>
                     Automatically create connections to output ports (default:  enabled).   When  enabled,  the
                     maximum number of output channels will be limited to the number of available output ports.

              --jack-std-channel-layout=<waveext|any>
                     Select the standard channel layout (default: waveext). JACK itself has no notion of channel
                     layouts (i.e. assigning which speaker a given channel is supposed to  map  to)  -  it  just
                     takes  whatever the application outputs, and reroutes it to whatever the user defines. This
                     means the user and the application are in  charge  of  dealing  with  the  channel  layout.
                     waveext  uses WAVE_FORMAT_EXTENSIBLE order, which, even though it was defined by Microsoft,
                     is the standard on many systems.  The value any makes JACK accept whatever comes  from  the
                     audio  filter  chain,  regardless  of  channel  layout and without reordering. This mode is
                     probably not very useful, other than for debugging or when used with fixed setups.

       coreaudio (Mac OS X only)
              Native Mac OS X audio output driver using AudioUnits and the CoreAudio sound server.

              Automatically redirects to coreaudio_exclusive when playing compressed formats.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

              --coreaudio-change-physical-format=<yes|no>
                     Change the physical format to one similar to the requested audio format (default: no). This
                     has  the  advantage  that multichannel audio output will actually work. The disadvantage is
                     that it will change the system-wide audio settings. This  is  equivalent  to  changing  the
                     Format  setting in the Audio Devices dialog in the Audio MIDI Setup utility. Note that this
                     does not affect the selected speaker setup.

              --coreaudio-spdif-hack=<yes|no>
                     Try to pass through AC3/DTS data as PCM. This is useful for drivers which do not report AC3
                     support.  It  converts  the  AC3  data to float, and assumes the driver will do the inverse
                     conversion, which means a typical A/V receiver will pick it up as compressed IEC framed AC3
                     stream, ignoring that it's marked as PCM. This disables normal AC3 passthrough (even if the
                     device reports it as supported). Use with extreme care.

       coreaudio_exclusive (Mac OS X only)
              Native Mac OS X audio output driver using direct device access and exclusive  mode  (bypasses  the
              sound server).

       openal Experimental OpenAL audio output driver

              NOTE:
                 This driver is not very useful. Playing multi-channel audio with it is slow.

       pulse  PulseAudio audio output driver

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

              --pulse-host=<host>
                     Specify  the  host to use. An empty <host> string uses a local connection, "localhost" uses
                     network transfer (most likely not what you want).

              --pulse-buffer=<1-2000|native>
                     Set the audio buffer size in milliseconds. A higher value buffers  more  data,  and  has  a
                     lower probability of buffer underruns. A smaller value makes the audio stream react faster,
                     e.g. to playback speed changes. Default: 250.

              --pulse-latency-hacks=<yes|no>
                     Enable hacks to workaround PulseAudio timing bugs (default: no). If enabled,  mpv  will  do
                     elaborate   latency   calculations  on  its  own.  If  disabled,  it  will  use  PulseAudio
                     automatically updated timing information. Disabling this might  help  with  e.g.  networked
                     audio  or some plugins, while enabling it might help in some unknown situations (it used to
                     be required to get good behavior on old PulseAudio versions).

                     If you have stuttering video when using pulse, try to enable this option. (Or try to update
                     PulseAudio.)

       sdl    SDL  1.2+  audio  output driver. Should work on any platform supported by SDL 1.2, but may require
              the SDL_AUDIODRIVER environment variable to be set appropriately for your system.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with extremely foreign environments,  such  as  systems  where
                 none of the other drivers are available.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

              --sdl-buflen=<length>
                     Sets  the  audio  buffer  length  in  seconds.  Is used only as a hint by the sound system.
                     Playing a file with -v will show the requested and obtained exact buffer size. A value of 0
                     selects the sound system default.

              --sdl-bufcnt=<count>
                     Sets the number of extra audio buffers in mpv. Usually needs not be changed.

       null   Produces   no   audio   output   but  maintains  video  playback  speed.  You  can  use  --ao=null
              --ao-null-untimed for benchmarking.

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

              --ao-null-untimed
                     Do not simulate timing of a perfect audio device. This means audio decoding will go as fast
                     as possible, instead of timing it to the system clock.

              --ao-null-buffer
                     Simulated buffer length in seconds.

              --ao-null-outburst
                     Simulated chunk size in samples.

              --ao-null-speed
                     Simulated  audio  playback  speed as a multiplier. Usually, a real audio device will not go
                     exactly as fast as the system clock. It will deviate just a little, and this  option  helps
                     to simulate this.

              --ao-null-latency
                     Simulated device latency. This is additional to EOF.

              --ao-null-broken-eof
                     Simulate  broken  audio  drivers, which always add the fixed device latency to the reported
                     audio playback position.

              --ao-null-broken-delay
                     Simulate broken audio drivers, which don't report latency correctly.

              --ao-null-channel-layouts
                     If not empty, this is a , separated list of channel layouts the AO allows. This can be used
                     to test channel layout selection.

       pcm    Raw PCM/WAVE file writer audio output

              The following global options are supported by this audio output:

              --ao-pcm-waveheader=<yes|no>
                     Include  or  do not include the WAVE header (default: included). When not included, raw PCM
                     will be generated.

              --ao-pcm-file=<filename>
                     Write the sound to <filename> instead of the default  audiodump.wav.  If  no-waveheader  is
                     specified, the default is audiodump.pcm.

              --ao-pcm-append=<yes|no>
                     Append  to  the  file,  instead  of  overwriting it. Always use this with the no-waveheader
                     option - with waveheader it's broken, because it will write a WAVE header  every  time  the
                     file is opened.

       rsound Audio  output to an RSound daemon. Use --audio-device=rsound/<hostname> to set the host name (with
              <hostname> replaced, without the < >).

              NOTE:
                 Completely useless, unless you intend to run RSound. Not to be confused with  RoarAudio,  which
                 is something completely different.

       sndio  Audio output to the OpenBSD sndio sound system

              NOTE:
                 Experimental. There are known bugs and issues.

              (Note: only supports mono, stereo, 4.0, 5.1 and 7.1 channel layouts.)

       wasapi Audio output to the Windows Audio Session API.

VIDEO OUTPUT DRIVERS

       Video output drivers are interfaces to different video output facilities. The syntax is:

       --vo=<driver1,driver2,...[,]>
              Specify a priority list of video output drivers to be used.

       If the list has a trailing ,, mpv will fall back on drivers not contained in the list.

       NOTE:
          See --vo=help for a list of compiled-in video output drivers.

          The  recommended  output  driver  is  --vo=opengl,  which  is  the  default. All other drivers are for
          compatibility or special purposes. If the default does not work, it will fallback to other drivers (in
          the same order as listed by --vo=help).

       Available video output drivers are:

       xv (X11 only)
              Uses  the  XVideo extension to enable hardware-accelerated display. This is the most compatible VO
              on X, but may be low-quality, and has issues with OSD and subtitle display.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with old systems.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --xv-adaptor=<number>
                     Select a specific XVideo adapter (check xvinfo results).

              --xv-port=<number>
                     Select a specific XVideo port.

              --xv-ck=<cur|use|set>
                     Select the source from which the color key is taken (default: cur).

                     cur    The default takes the color key currently set in Xv.

                     use    Use but do not set the color key from mpv (use the --colorkey option to change it).

                     set    Same as use but also sets the supplied color key.

              --xv-ck-method=<none|man|bg|auto>
                     Sets the color key drawing method (default: man).

                     none   Disables color-keying.

                     man    Draw the color key manually (reduces flicker in some cases).

                     bg     Set the color key as window background.

                     auto   Let Xv draw the color key.

              --xv-colorkey=<number>
                     Changes the color key to an RGB value of your choice. 0x000000 is  black  and  0xffffff  is
                     white.

              --xv-buffers=<number>
                     Number  of  image buffers to use for the internal ringbuffer (default: 2).  Increasing this
                     will use more memory, but might help with the X server not  responding  quickly  enough  if
                     video FPS is close to or higher than the display refresh rate.

       x11 (X11 only)
              Shared  memory  video  output  driver  without  hardware  acceleration  that works whenever X11 is
              present.

              NOTE:
                 This is a fallback only, and should not be normally used.

       vdpau (X11 only)
              Uses the VDPAU interface to display and optionally also decode video.  Hardware decoding  is  used
              with --hwdec=vdpau.

              NOTE:
                 Earlier   versions   of  mpv  (and  MPlayer,  mplayer2)  provided  sub-options  to  tune  vdpau
                 post-processing,  like  deint,  sharpen,  denoise,  chroma-deint,  pullup,   hqscaling.   These
                 sub-options are deprecated, and you should use the vdpaupp video filter instead.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --vo-vdpau-sharpen=<-1-1>
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     For  positive  values,  apply  a  sharpening  algorithm to the video, for negative values a
                     blurring algorithm (default: 0).

              --vo-vdpau-denoise=<0-1>
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise reduction).

              --vo-vdpau-deint=<-4-4>
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Select deinterlacing mode (default: 0). In older versions (as well as MPlayer/mplayer2) you
                     could   use   this  option  to  enable  deinterlacing.   This  doesn't  work  anymore,  and
                     deinterlacing is enabled with either the d key (by default  mapped  to  the  command  cycle
                     deinterlace),  or  the  --deinterlace  option.  Also, to select the default deint mode, you
                     should  use  something  like  --vf-defaults=vdpaupp:deint-mode=temporal  instead  of   this
                     sub-option.

                     0      Pick the vdpaupp video filter default, which corresponds to 3.

                     1      Show only first field.

                     2      Bob deinterlacing.

                     3      Motion-adaptive  temporal  deinterlacing.  May  lead  to  A/V desync with slow video
                            hardware and/or high resolution.

                     4      Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided spatial interpolation. Needs
                            fast video hardware.

              --vo-vdpau-chroma-deint
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Makes   temporal   deinterlacers   operate   both   on  luma  and  chroma  (default).   Use
                     no-chroma-deint to solely use luma and speed up advanced deinterlacing.  Useful  with  slow
                     video memory.

              --vo-vdpau-pullup
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.

              --vo-vdpau-hqscaling=<0-9>
                     (Deprecated. See note about vdpaupp.)

                     0      Use default VDPAU scaling (default).

                     1-9    Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).

              --vo-vdpau-fps=<number>
                     Override  autodetected  display  refresh  rate  value (the value is needed for framedrop to
                     allow video playback rates higher than display refresh  rate,  and  for  vsync-aware  frame
                     timing  adjustments).  Default  0  means  use  autodetected  value.  A  positive  value  is
                     interpreted as a refresh rate in Hz and overrides the autodetected value. A negative  value
                     disables all timing adjustment and framedrop logic.

              --vo-vdpau-composite-detect
                     NVIDIA's  current  VDPAU  implementation  behaves  somewhat differently under a compositing
                     window manager and does not give  accurate  frame  timing  information.  With  this  option
                     enabled,  the player tries to detect whether a compositing window manager is active. If one
                     is detected, the player disables timing adjustments as if the user had specified fps=-1 (as
                     they  would  be based on incorrect input). This means timing is somewhat less accurate than
                     without compositing, but with the composited mode behavior of the NVIDIA driver,  there  is
                     no  hard  playback  speed  limit  even  without the disabled logic. Enabled by default, use
                     --vo-vdpau-composite-detect=no to disable.

              --vo-vdpau-queuetime-windowed=<number> and queuetime-fs=<number>
                     Use VDPAU's presentation queue functionality to queue future video frame  changes  at  most
                     this many milliseconds in advance (default: 50).  See below for additional information.

              --vo-vdpau-output-surfaces=<2-15>
                     Allocate  this  many  output  surfaces  to display video frames (default: 3). See below for
                     additional information.

              --vo-vdpau-colorkey=<#RRGGBB|#AARRGGBB>
                     Set the VDPAU presentation queue background color, which in practice is the  colorkey  used
                     if  VDPAU  operates  in  overlay mode (default: #020507, some shade of black). If the alpha
                     component of this value is 0, the default VDPAU colorkey will be  used  instead  (which  is
                     usually green).

              --vo-vdpau-force-yuv
                     Never  accept  RGBA  input.  This means mpv will insert a filter to convert to a YUV format
                     before the VO. Sometimes useful to force availability of certain  YUV-only  features,  like
                     video equalizer or deinterlacing.

              Using  the VDPAU frame queuing functionality controlled by the queuetime options makes mpv's frame
              flip timing less sensitive to system CPU load and allows mpv to start decoding the  next  frame(s)
              slightly earlier, which can reduce jitter caused by individual slow-to-decode frames. However, the
              NVIDIA graphics drivers can make other window behavior such as window moves  choppy  if  VDPAU  is
              using the blit queue (mainly happens if you have the composite extension enabled) and this feature
              is active. If this happens on your system and it bothers you then you can set the queuetime  value
              to  0  to  disable  this feature. The settings to use in windowed and fullscreen mode are separate
              because there should be no reason to disable this for fullscreen mode (as the driver issue  should
              not affect the video itself).

              You  can  queue more frames ahead by increasing the queuetime values and the output_surfaces count
              (to ensure enough surfaces to buffer video for a certain time ahead you  need  at  least  as  many
              surfaces  as the video has frames during that time, plus two). This could help make video smoother
              in some cases. The main downsides are increased  video  RAM  requirements  for  the  surfaces  and
              laggier  display  response  to  user commands (display changes only become visible some time after
              they're queued). The graphics driver implementation may also have limits on the length of  maximum
              queuing time or number of queued surfaces that work well or at all.

       direct3d (Windows only)
              Video output driver that uses the Direct3D interface.

              NOTE:
                 This  driver  is  for  compatibility with systems that don't provide proper OpenGL drivers, and
                 where ANGLE does not perform well.

              NOTE:
                 Before to 0.21.0, direct3d_shaders and direct3d were different, with direct3d not using  shader
                 by  default.  Now  both use shaders by default, and direct3d_shaders is a deprecated alias. Use
                 the --vo-direct3d-prefer-stretchrect or the --vo-direct3d-disable-shaders options  to  get  the
                 old behavior of direct3d.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --vo-direct3d-prefer-stretchrect
                     Use IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect over other methods if possible.

              --vo-direct3d-disable-stretchrect
                     Never render the video using IDirect3DDevice9::StretchRect.

              --vo-direct3d-disable-textures
                     Never  render  the video using D3D texture rendering. Rendering with textures + shader will
                     still be allowed. Add disable-shaders to completely disable video rendering with textures.

              --vo-direct3d-disable-shaders
                     Never use shaders when rendering video.

              --vo-direct3d-only-8bit
                     Never render YUV video with more than 8 bits per component.  Using  this  flag  will  force
                     software conversion to 8-bit.

              --vo-direct3d-disable-texture-align
                     Normally  texture  sizes  are  always  aligned  to  16. With this option enabled, the video
                     texture will always have exactly the same size as the video itself.

              Debug options. These might be incorrect, might be removed in the future, might crash, might  cause
              slow  downs,  etc.  Contact  the  developers  if you actually need any of these for performance or
              proper operation.

              --vo-direct3d-force-power-of-2
                     Always force textures to power of 2, even if  the  device  reports  non-power-of-2  texture
                     sizes as supported.

              --vo-direct3d-texture-memory=<mode>
                     Only affects operation with shaders/texturing enabled, and (E)OSD.  Possible values:

                     default (default)
                            Use  D3DPOOL_DEFAULT,  with  a  D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for locking. If the driver
                            supports D3DDEVCAPS_TEXTURESYSTEMMEMORY, D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM is used directly.

                     default-pool
                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT. (Like default, but never use a shadow-texture.)

                     default-pool-shadow
                            Use D3DPOOL_DEFAULT, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for  locking.  (Like  default,
                            but always force the shadow-texture.)

                     managed
                            Use D3DPOOL_MANAGED.

                     scratch
                            Use D3DPOOL_SCRATCH, with a D3DPOOL_SYSTEMMEM texture for locking.

              --vo-direct3d-swap-discard
                     Use D3DSWAPEFFECT_DISCARD, which might be faster.  Might be slower too, as it must(?) clear
                     every frame.

              --vo-direct3d-exact-backbuffer
                     Always resize the backbuffer to window size.

       opengl OpenGL video output driver. It supports extended scaling methods, dithering and color management.

              See OpenGL renderer options for options specific to this VO.

              By default, it tries to use fast and fail-safe settings. Use the opengl-hq  profile  to  use  this
              driver  with  defaults  set  to  high quality rendering. (This profile is also the replacement for
              --vo=opengl-hq.) The profile can be applied with  --profile=opengl-hq  and  its  contents  can  be
              viewed with --show-profile=opengl-hq.

              Requires at least OpenGL 2.1.

              Some  features  are  available  with  OpenGL  3 capable graphics drivers only (or if the necessary
              extensions are available).

              OpenGL ES 2.0 and 3.0 are supported as well.

              Hardware decoding over OpenGL-interop is supported to some degree. Note that in  this  mode,  some
              corner  case  might not be gracefully handled, and color space conversion and chroma upsampling is
              generally in the hand of the hardware decoder APIs.

              opengl makes use of FBOs by default. Sometimes you can achieve better quality  or  performance  by
              changing  the  --opengl-fbo-format  option  to  rgb16f,  rgb32f  or  rgb.  Known  problems include
              Mesa/Intel not accepting rgb16, Mesa sometimes not being compiled with float texture support,  and
              some  OS  X  setups being very slow with rgb16 but fast with rgb32f. If you have problems, you can
              also try enabling the --opengl-dumb-mode=yes option.

       sdl    SDL 2.0+ Render video output driver, depending on system with or  without  hardware  acceleration.
              Should  work  on  all  platforms supported by SDL 2.0.  For tuning, refer to your copy of the file
              SDL_hints.h.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide proper  graphics  drivers,  or
                 which support GLES only.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --sdl-sw
                     Continue even if a software renderer is detected.

              --sdl-switch-mode
                     Instruct SDL to switch the monitor video mode when going fullscreen.

       vaapi  Intel VA API video output driver with support for hardware decoding. Note that there is absolutely
              no reason to use this, other than compatibility.  This is low quality, and has issues with OSD.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with crappy systems. You can use vaapi hardware decoding  with
                 --vo=opengl too.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --vo-vaapi-scaling=<algorithm>

                     default
                            Driver default (mpv default as well).

                     fast   Fast, but low quality.

                     hq     Unspecified driver dependent high-quality scaling, slow.

                     nla    non-linear anamorphic scaling

              --vo-vaapi-deint-mode=<mode>
                     Select deinterlacing algorithm. Note that by default deinterlacing is initially always off,
                     and needs to be enabled with the d key (default key binding for cycle deinterlace).

                     This option doesn't apply if libva supports video post processing (vpp).  In this case, the
                     default  for  deint-mode  is  no, and enabling deinterlacing via user interaction using the
                     methods mentioned above actually inserts the vavpp video filter. If  vpp  is  not  actually
                     supported  with  the  libva  backend  in use, you can use this option to forcibly enable VO
                     based deinterlacing.

                     no     Don't allow deinterlacing (default for newer libva).

                     first-field
                            Show only first field.

                     bob    bob deinterlacing (default for older libva).

              --vo-vaapi-scaled-osd=<yes|no>
                     If enabled, then the OSD is rendered at video resolution and scaled to display  resolution.
                     By  default,  this is disabled, and the OSD is rendered at display resolution if the driver
                     supports it.

       null   Produces no video output. Useful for benchmarking.

              Usually, it's better to disable video with --no-video instead.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --vo-null-fps=<value>
                     Simulate display FPS. This artificially limits how many frames the VO accepts per second.

       caca   Color ASCII art video output driver that works on a text console.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is a joke.

       tct    Color Unicode art video output driver that works on a text console.  Depends on  support  of  true
              color  by  modern  terminals  to display the images at full color range. On Windows it requires an
              ansi terminal such as mintty.

              --vo-tct-algo=<algo>
                     Select how to write the pixels to the terminal.

                     half-blocks
                            Uses unicode LOWER HALF BLOCK  character  to  achieve  higher  vertical  resolution.
                            (Default.)

                     plain  Uses  spaces.  Causes  vertical  resolution to drop twofolds, but in theory works in
                            more places.

              --vo-tct-width=<width> --vo-tct-height=<height>
                     Assume the terminal has the specified character width  and/or  height.   These  default  to
                     80x25 if the terminal size cannot be determined.

              --vo-tct-256=<yes|no> (default: no)
                     Use 256 colors - for terminals which don't support true color.

       image  Output  each  frame  into an image file in the current directory. Each file takes the frame number
              padded with leading zeros as name.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --vo-image-format=<format>
                     Select the image file format.

                     jpg    JPEG files, extension .jpg. (Default.)

                     jpeg   JPEG files, extension .jpeg.

                     png    PNG files.

              --vo-image-png-compression=<0-9>
                     PNG compression factor (speed vs. file size tradeoff) (default: 7)

              --vo-image-png-filter=<0-5>
                     Filter applied prior to PNG compression (0 = none; 1 = sub; 2 = up; 3 = average; 4 = Paeth;
                     5 = mixed) (default: 5)

              --vo-image-jpeg-quality=<0-100>
                     JPEG quality factor (default: 90)

              --vo-image-jpeg-optimize=<0-100>
                     JPEG optimization factor (default: 100)

              --vo-image-outdir=<dirname>
                     Specify the directory to save the image files to (default: ./).

       wayland (Wayland only)
              Wayland shared memory video output as fallback for opengl.

              NOTE:
                 This driver is for compatibility with systems that don't provide working OpenGL drivers.

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --vo-wayland-alpha
                     Use a buffer format that supports videos and images with alpha information

              --vo-wayland-rgb565
                     Use  RGB565  as  buffer format. This format is implemented on most platforms, especially on
                     embedded where it is far more efficient then RGB8888.

              --vo-wayland-triple-buffering
                     Use 3 buffers instead of 2. This can lead to more fluid playback, but uses more memory.

       opengl-cb
              For  use  with  libmpv  direct  OpenGL  embedding;  useless   in   any   other   contexts.    (See
              <mpv/opengl_cb.h>.)

              This also supports many of the options the opengl VO has.

       rpi (Raspberry Pi)
              Native video output on the Raspberry Pi using the MMAL API.

              This  is  deprecated.  Use  --vo=opengl  instead,  which  is  the  default  and  provides the same
              functionality. The rpi VO will be removed  in  mpv  0.23.0.  Its  functionality  was  folded  into
              --vo=opengl,  which  now  uses RPI hardware decoding by treating it as a hardware overlay (without
              applying GL filtering). Also to be changed in 0.23.0: the --fs flag  will  be  reset  to  "no"  by
              default (like on the other platforms).

              The following deprecated global options are supported by this video output:

              --rpi-display=<number>
                     Select the display number on which the video overlay should be shown (default: 0).

              --rpi-layer=<number>
                     Select  the  dispmanx layer on which the video overlay should be shown (default: -10). Note
                     that mpv will also use the 2  layers  above  the  selected  layer,  to  handle  the  window
                     background  and  OSD.  Actual  video  rendering will happen on the layer above the selected
                     layer.

              --rpi-background=<yes|no>
                     Whether to render a black background behind the video (default: no).  Normally it's  better
                     to kill the console framebuffer instead, which gives better performance.

              --rpi-osd=<yes|no>
                     Enabled  by  default.  If disabled with no, no OSD layer is created.  This also means there
                     will be no subtitles rendered.

       drm (Direct Rendering Manager)
              Video output driver using Kernel Mode Setting / Direct Rendering Manager.  Should be used when one
              doesn't  want  to  install full-blown graphical environment (e.g. no X). Does not support hardware
              acceleration (if you need this, check the drm backend for opengl VO).

              The following global options are supported by this video output:

              --drm-connector=[<gpu_number>.]<name>
                     Select the connector to use (usually this is a monitor.) If <name> is empty  or  auto,  mpv
                     renders  the  output on the first available connector. Use --drm-connector=help to get list
                     of available connectors. When using multiple graphic cards, use the  <gpu_number>  argument
                     to disambiguate.  (default: empty)

              --drm-mode=<number>
                     Mode ID to use (resolution, bit depth and frame rate).  (default: 0)

AUDIO FILTERS

       Audio filters allow you to modify the audio stream and its properties. The syntax is:

       --af=...
              Setup a chain of audio filters. See --vf for the syntax.

       NOTE:
          To get a full list of available audio filters, see --af=help.

          Also,  keep  in  mind  that  most  actual filters are available via the lavfi wrapper, which gives you
          access to most of libavfilter's filters. This includes all filters that have been ported from  MPlayer
          to libavfilter.

          The  --vf  description  describes  how  libavfilter  can  be used and how to workaround deprecated mpv
          filters.

       See --vf group of options for info on how --af-defaults,  --af-add,  --af-pre,  --af-del,  --af-clr,  and
       possibly others work.

       Available filters are:

       lavrresample[=option1:option2:...]
              This  filter  uses libavresample (or libswresample, depending on the build) to change sample rate,
              sample format, or channel layout of the audio stream.  This filter is automatically enabled if the
              audio output does not support the audio configuration of the file being played.

              It supports only the following sample formats: u8, s16, s32, float.

              filter-size=<length>
                     Length of the filter with respect to the lower sampling rate. (default: 16)

              phase-shift=<count>
                     Log2 of the number of polyphase entries. (..., 10->1024, 11->2048, 12->4096, ...) (default:
                     10->1024)

              cutoff=<cutoff>
                     Cutoff frequency (0.0-1.0), default set depending upon filter length.

              linear If set then filters will be linearly interpolated between polyphase entries. (default: no)

              no-detach
                     Do not detach if input and output audio format/rate/channels match.  (If you just  want  to
                     set  defaults for this filter that will be used even by automatically inserted lavrresample
                     instances, you should prefer setting them with --af-defaults=lavrresample:....)

              normalize=<yes|no|auto>
                     Whether to normalize when remixing channel layouts (default: auto).  auto  uses  the  value
                     set by --audio-normalize-downmix.

              o=<string>
                     Set  AVOptions  on  the SwrContext or AVAudioResampleContext. These should be documented by
                     FFmpeg or Libav.

       lavcac3enc[=options]
              Encode multi-channel audio to AC-3 at runtime  using  libavcodec.  Supports  16-bit  native-endian
              input  format,  maximum  6  channels.  The output is big-endian when outputting a raw AC-3 stream,
              native-endian when outputting to S/PDIF. If the input sample rate is not 48 kHz, 44.1  kHz  or  32
              kHz, it will be resampled to 48 kHz.

              tospdif=<yes|no>
                     Output raw AC-3 stream if no, output to S/PDIF for pass-through if yes (default).

              bitrate=<rate>
                     The bitrate use for the AC-3 stream. Set it to 384 to get 384 kbps.

                     The default is 640. Some receivers might not be able to handle this.

                     Valid values: 32, 40, 48, 56, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 192, 224, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512,
                     576, 640.

                     The special value auto selects a default bitrate based on the input channel number:

                     1ch    96

                     2ch    192

                     3ch    224

                     4ch    384

                     5ch    448

                     6ch    448

              minch=<n>
                     If the input channel number is less than <minch>, the filter will detach  itself  (default:
                     3).

              encoder=<name>
                     Select  the  libavcodec  encoder used. Currently, this should be an AC-3 encoder, and using
                     another codec will fail horribly.

       equalizer=g1:g2:g3:...:g10
              10 octave band graphic equalizer, implemented using 10 IIR band-pass filters. This means  that  it
              works  regardless  of  what  type of audio is being played back. The center frequencies for the 10
              bands are:

                                                      ┌────┬────────────┐
                                                      │No. │ frequency  │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │0   │ 31.25  Hz  │
                                                      └────┴────────────┘

                                                      │1   │ 62.50  Hz  │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │2   │ 125.00  Hz │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │3   │ 250.00  Hz │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │4   │ 500.00  Hz │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │5   │ 1.00 kHz   │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │6   │ 2.00 kHz   │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │7   │ 4.00 kHz   │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │8   │ 8.00 kHz   │
                                                      ├────┼────────────┤
                                                      │9   │ 16.00 kHz  │
                                                      └────┴────────────┘

              If the sample rate of the sound being played is lower than the center frequency  for  a  frequency
              band,  then  that  band will be disabled. A known bug with this filter is that the characteristics
              for the uppermost band are not completely symmetric if the sample rate  is  close  to  the  center
              frequency  of  that  band.  This  problem  can  be  worked  around by upsampling the sound using a
              resampling filter before it reaches this filter.

              <g1>:<g2>:<g3>:...:<g10>
                     floating point numbers representing the gain in dB for each frequency band (-12-12)

                 Example

                 mpv --af=equalizer=11:11:10:5:0:-12:0:5:12:12 media.avi
                        Would amplify the sound in the upper and  lower  frequency  region  while  canceling  it
                        almost completely around 1 kHz.

       channels=nch[:routes]
              Can  be used for adding, removing, routing and copying audio channels. If only <nch> is given, the
              default routing is used. It works as follows: If the number of output channels is greater than the
              number  of  input  channels,  empty channels are inserted (except when mixing from mono to stereo;
              then the mono channel is duplicated). If the number of output channels is less than the number  of
              input channels, the exceeding channels are truncated.

              <nch>  number of output channels (1-8)

              <routes>
                     List  of  , separated routes, in the form from1-to1,from2-to2,....  Each pair defines where
                     to route each channel. There can be at most 8 routes. Without this  argument,  the  default
                     routing  is  used.  Since  , is also used to separate filters, you must quote this argument
                     with [...] or similar.

                 Examples

                 mpv --af=channels=4:[0-1,1-0,2-2,3-3] media.avi
                        Would change the number of channels to 4 and set up 4 routes that  swap  channel  0  and
                        channel  1  and  leave  channel  2  and  3 intact.  Observe that if media containing two
                        channels were played back, channels 2 and 3 would contain silence  but  0  and  1  would
                        still be swapped.

                 mpv --af=channels=6:[0-0,0-1,0-2,0-3] media.avi
                        Would  change  the  number  of  channels to 6 and set up 4 routes that copy channel 0 to
                        channels 0 to 3. Channel 4 and 5 will contain silence.

              NOTE:
                 You should probably not use this filter. If you want to change the output channel  layout,  try
                 the format filter, which can make mpv automatically up- and downmix standard channel layouts.

       format=format:srate:channels:out-format:out-srate:out-channels
              Does  not  do  any  format  conversion  itself.  Rather,  it may cause the filter system to insert
              necessary conversion filters before or after this filter if needed. It  is  primarily  useful  for
              controlling the audio format going into other filters. To specify the format for audio output, see
              --audio-format,  --audio-samplerate,  and  --audio-channels.  This  filter  is  able  to  force  a
              particular format, whereas --audio-* may be overridden by the ao based on output compatibility.

              All  parameters  are  optional.  The first 3 parameters restrict what the filter accepts as input.
              They will therefore cause conversion filters to be inserted before this one.  The out-  parameters
              tell the filters or audio outputs following this filter how to interpret the data without actually
              doing a conversion. Setting these will probably just break things unless you really know you  want
              this for some reason, such as testing or dealing with broken media.

              <format>
                     Force  conversion  to  this  format.  Use  --af=format=format=help  to  get a list of valid
                     formats.

              <srate>
                     Force conversion to a specific sample rate. The rate is an integer, 48000 for example.

              <channels>
                     Force mixing to a specific channel layout. See --audio-channels option for possible values.

              <out-format>

              <out-srate>

              <out-channels>

              NOTE: this filter used to be named force. The old format filter  used  to  do  conversion  itself,
              unlike this one which lets the filter system handle the conversion.

       volume[=<volumedb>[:...]]
              Implements software volume control. Use this filter with caution since it can reduce the signal to
              noise ratio of the sound. In most cases it is best to use the Master volume control of your  sound
              card or the volume knob on your amplifier.

              WARNING:  This  filter  is deprecated. Use the top-level options like --volume and --replaygain...
              instead.

              NOTE: This filter is not reentrant and can therefore only be enabled once for every audio stream.

              <volumedb>
                     Sets the desired gain in dB for all channels in the stream from -200 dB to  +60  dB,  where
                     -200 dB mutes the sound completely and +60 dB equals a gain of 1000 (default: 0).

              replaygain-track
                     Adjust  volume  gain  according  to  the  track-gain  replaygain  value  stored in the file
                     metadata.

              replaygain-album
                     Like replaygain-track, but using the album-gain value instead.

              replaygain-preamp
                     Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain (default: 0).

              replaygain-clip=yes|no
                     Prevent clipping caused by replaygain by automatically lowering  the  gain  (default).  Use
                     replaygain-clip=no to disable this.

              replaygain-fallback
                     Gain  in  dB to apply if the file has no replay gain tags. This option is always applied if
                     the replaygain logic is somehow inactive. If this is applied, no other  replaygain  options
                     are applied.

              softclip
                     Turns  soft  clipping  on. Soft-clipping can make the sound more smooth if very high volume
                     levels are used. Enable this option if the dynamic range of the loudspeakers is very low.

                     WARNING: This feature creates distortion and should be considered a last resort.

              s16    Force S16 sample format if set. Lower quality, but might be faster in some situations.

              detach Remove the filter if the volume is not changed at audio filter  config  time.  Useful  with
                     replaygain:  if the current file has no replaygain tags, then the filter will be removed if
                     this option is enabled.  (If --softvol=yes is used and the player volume controls are  used
                     during playback, a different volume filter will be inserted.)

                 Example

                 mpv --af=volume=10.1 media.avi
                        Would amplify the sound by 10.1 dB and hard-clip if the sound level is too high.

       pan=n:[<matrix>]
              Mixes channels arbitrarily. Basically a combination of the volume and the channels filter that can
              be used to down-mix many channels to only a few, e.g. stereo to mono, or vary the "width"  of  the
              center  speaker  in  a  surround  sound  system. This filter is hard to use, and will require some
              tinkering before the desired result is obtained. The number of options for this filter depends  on
              the  number  of output channels. An example how to downmix a six-channel file to two channels with
              this filter can be found in the examples section near the end.

              <n>    Number of output channels (1-8).

              <matrix>
                     A list of values [L00,L01,L02,...,L10,L11,L12,...,Ln0,Ln1,Ln2,...], where each element  Lij
                     means  how  much  of  input  channel  i  is  mixed into output channel j (range 0-1). So in
                     principle you first have n numbers saying what to do with the first input channel,  then  n
                     numbers  that  act  on  the second input channel etc. If you do not specify any numbers for
                     some input channels, 0 is assumed.  Note that the values  are  separated  by  ,,  which  is
                     already used by the option parser to separate filters. This is why you must quote the value
                     list with [...] or similar.

                 Examples

                 mpv --af=pan=1:[0.5,0.5] media.avi
                        Would downmix from stereo to mono.

                 mpv --af=pan=3:[1,0,0.5,0,1,0.5] media.avi
                        Would give 3 channel output leaving channels 0 and 1 intact, and mix channels  0  and  1
                        into output channel 2 (which could be sent to a subwoofer for example).

              NOTE:
                 If  you just want to force remixing to a certain output channel layout, it is easier to use the
                 format filter. For example, mpv '--af=format=channels=5.1' '--audio-channels=5.1' would  always
                 force remixing audio to 5.1 and output it like this.

              This filter supports the following af-command commands:

              set-matrix
                     Set  the  <matrix>  argument  dynamically.  This can be used to change the mixing matrix at
                     runtime, without reinitializing the entire filter chain.

       scaletempo[=option1:option2:...]
              Scales audio tempo without altering pitch, optionally synced to playback speed (default).

              This works by playing 'stride' ms of audio at normal speed then  consuming  'stride*scale'  ms  of
              input  audio. It pieces the strides together by blending 'overlap'% of stride with audio following
              the previous stride. It optionally performs a short statistical analysis on the next  'search'  ms
              of audio to determine the best overlap position.

              scale=<amount>
                     Nominal amount to scale tempo. Scales this amount in addition to speed. (default: 1.0)

              stride=<amount>
                     Length  in  milliseconds  to  output each stride. Too high of a value will cause noticeable
                     skips at high scale amounts and an echo at low scale amounts. Very low  values  will  alter
                     pitch. Increasing improves performance. (default: 60)

              overlap=<percent>
                     Percentage of stride to overlap. Decreasing improves performance.  (default: .20)

              search=<amount>
                     Length in milliseconds to search for best overlap position. Decreasing improves performance
                     greatly. On slow systems, you will probably want to set this very low. (default: 14)

              speed=<tempo|pitch|both|none>
                     Set response to speed change.

                     tempo  Scale tempo in sync with speed (default).

                     pitch  Reverses effect of filter. Scales pitch without altering tempo.  Add  this  to  your
                            input.conf to step by musical semi-tones:

                               [ multiply speed 0.9438743126816935
                               ] multiply speed 1.059463094352953

                            WARNING:
                               Loses sync with video.

                     both   Scale both tempo and pitch.

                     none   Ignore speed changes.

                 Examples

                 mpv --af=scaletempo --speed=1.2 media.ogg
                        Would  play  media  at  1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch. Changing playback
                        speed would change audio tempo to match.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=none --speed=1.2 media.ogg
                        Would play media at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch, but changing playback
                        speed would have no effect on audio tempo.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=stride=30:overlap=.50:search=10 media.ogg
                        Would tweak the quality and performance parameters.

                 mpv --af=scaletempo=scale=1.2:speed=pitch audio.ogg
                        Would  play  media  at 1.2x normal speed, with audio at normal pitch.  Changing playback
                        speed would change pitch, leaving audio tempo at 1.2x.

       rubberband
              High quality pitch correction with librubberband. This can be used in  place  of  scaletempo,  and
              will  be  used  to  adjust audio pitch when playing at speed different from normal. It can also be
              used to adjust audio pitch without changing playback speed.

              <pitch-scale>
                     Sets the pitch scaling factor. Frequencies are multiplied by this value.

              This  filter  has  a  number  of  additional   sub-options.   You   can   list   them   with   mpv
              --af=rubberband=help.  This will also show the default values for each option. The options are not
              documented here, because they are merely  passed  to  librubberband.  Look  at  the  librubberband
              documentation          to          learn          what          each          option         does:
              http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/code-doc/classRubberBand_1_1RubberBandStretcher.html      (The
              mapping of the mpv rubberband filter sub-option names and values to those of librubberband follows
              a simple pattern: "Option" + Name + Value.)

              This filter supports the following af-command commands:

              set-pitch
                     Set the <pitch-scale> argument dynamically. This can be used to change the  playback  pitch
                     at  runtime.  Note  that  speed  is  controlled  using  the  standard  speed  property, not
                     af-command.

       lavfi=graph
              Filter audio using FFmpeg's libavfilter.

              <graph>
                     Libavfilter graph. See lavfi video filter for details - the graph syntax is the same.

                     WARNING:
                        Don't forget to quote libavfilter graphs as described in the lavfi video filter section.

              o=<string>
                     AVOptions.

VIDEO FILTERS

       Video filters allow you to modify the video stream and its properties. The syntax is:

       --vf=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Setup a chain of video filters. This consists on the filter name, and an option list of parameters
              after =. The parameters are separated by : (not ,, as that starts a new filter entry).

              Before  the  filter  name,  a  label  can  be  specified  with  @name:, where name is an arbitrary
              user-given name, which identifies the filter. This is only needed if you want to toggle the filter
              at runtime.

              A  !  before  the filter name means the filter is enabled by default. It will be skipped on filter
              creation. This is also useful for runtime filter toggling.

              See the vf command (and toggle sub-command) for further explanations and examples.

              The general filter entry syntax is:
                 ["@"<label-name>":"] ["!"] <filter-name> [ "=" <filter-parameter-list> ]

              or for the special "toggle" syntax (see vf command):
                 "@"<label-name>

              and the filter-parameter-list:
                 <filter-parameter> | <filter-parameter> "," <filter-parameter-list>

              and filter-parameter:
                 ( <param-name> "=" <param-value> ) | <param-value>

              param-value can further be quoted in [ / ] in case the value contains characters like , or =. This
              is  used  in  particular  with  the lavfi filter, which uses a very similar syntax as mpv (MPlayer
              historically) to specify filters and their parameters.

       You can also set defaults for each filter. The defaults are applied before the normal filter parameters.

       --vf-defaults=<filter1[=parameter1:parameter2:...],filter2,...>
              Set defaults for each filter.

       NOTE:
          To get a full list of available video filters, see --vf=help and http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html
          .

          Also,  keep  in  mind  that  most  actual filters are available via the lavfi wrapper, which gives you
          access to most of libavfilter's filters. This includes all filters that have been ported from  MPlayer
          to libavfilter.

          Most  builtin  filters  are  deprecated  in  some  ways, unless they're only available in mpv (such as
          filters which deal with mpv specifics, or which are implemented in mpv only).

          If a filter is not builtin, the lavfi-bridge will be automatically tried. This bridge does not support
          help  output,  and  does  not  verify  parameters before the filter is actually used. Although the mpv
          syntax is rather similar to libavfilter's, it's not the same. (Which means not everything accepted  by
          vf_lavfi's graph option will be accepted by --vf.)

          You  can  also prefix the filter name with lavfi- to force the wrapper.  This is helpful if the filter
          name collides with a deprecated mpv  builtin  filter.  For  example  --vf=lavfi-scale=args  would  use
          libavfilter's scale filter over mpv's deprecated builtin one.

       Video filters are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the filter list.

       --vf-add=<filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Appends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       --vf-pre=<filter1[,filter2,...]>
              Prepends the filters given as arguments to the filter list.

       --vf-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
              Deletes  the  filters at the given indexes. Index numbers start at 0, negative numbers address the
              end of the list (-1 is the last).

       --vf-clr
              Completely empties the filter list.

       With filters that support it, you can access parameters by their name.

       --vf=<filter>=help
              Prints the parameter names and parameter value ranges for a particular filter.

       --vf=<filter=named_parameter1=value1[:named_parameter2=value2:...]>
              Sets a named parameter to the given value. Use on and off or yes and no to set flag parameters.

       Available mpv-only filters are:

       crop[=w:h:x:y]
              Crops the given part of the image and discards  the  rest.  Useful  to  remove  black  bands  from
              widescreen videos.

              <w>,<h>
                     Cropped width and height, defaults to original width and height.

              <x>,<y>
                     Position of the cropped picture, defaults to center.

       expand[=w:h:x:y:aspect:round]
              Expands  (not  scales)  video  resolution  to  the given value and places the unscaled original at
              coordinates x, y.

              <w>,<h>
                     Expanded width,height (default: original width,height). Negative values for  w  and  h  are
                     treated as offsets to the original size.

                        Example

                        expand=0:-50:0:0
                               Adds a 50 pixel border to the bottom of the picture.

              <x>,<y>
                     position of original image on the expanded image (default: center)

              <aspect>
                     Expands to fit an aspect instead of a resolution (default: 0).

                        Example

                        expand=800::::4/3
                               Expands  to  800x600,  unless  the  source is higher resolution, in which case it
                               expands to fill a 4/3 aspect.

              <round>
                     Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

       flip   Flips the image upside down.

       mirror Mirrors the image on the Y axis.

       rotate[=0|90|180|270]
              Rotates the image by a multiple of 90 degrees clock-wise.

       scale[=w:h:param:param2:chr-drop:noup:arnd
              Scales the image with the software scaler (slow) and performs a YUV<->RGB color  space  conversion
              (see also --sws).

              All parameters are optional.

              <w>:<h>
                     scaled width/height (default: original width/height)

                     0      scaled d_width/d_height

                     -1     original width/height

                     -2     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the prescaled aspect ratio.

                     -3     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original aspect ratio.

                     -(n+8) Like -n above, but rounding the dimension to the closest multiple of 16.

              <param>[:<param2>] (see also --sws)
                     Set some scaling parameters depending on the type of scaler selected with --sws:

                        --sws=2 (bicubic):  B (blurring) and C (ringing)
                            0.00:0.60 default
                            0.00:0.75 VirtualDub's "precise bicubic"
                            0.00:0.50 Catmull-Rom spline
                            0.33:0.33 Mitchell-Netravali spline
                            1.00:0.00 cubic B-spline

                        --sws=7 (Gaussian): sharpness (0 (soft) - 100 (sharp))

                        --sws=9 (Lanczos):  filter length (1-10)

              <chr-drop>
                     chroma skipping

                     0      Use all available input lines for chroma (default).

                     1      Use only every 2. input line for chroma.

                     2      Use only every 4. input line for chroma.

                     3      Use only every 8. input line for chroma.

              <noup> Disallow upscaling past the original dimensions.

                     0      Allow upscaling (default).

                     1      Disallow upscaling if one dimension exceeds its original value.

                     2      Disallow upscaling if both dimensions exceed their original values.

              <arnd> Accurate  rounding  for the vertical scaler, which may be faster or slower than the default
                     rounding.

                     no     Disable accurate rounding (default).

                     yes    Enable accurate rounding.

       dsize[=w:h:aspect-method:r:aspect]
              Changes the intended display aspect at an arbitrary point in the filter chain. Aspect can be given
              as a fraction (4/3) or floating point number (1.33). Note that this filter does not do any scaling
              itself; it just affects what later scalers (software or hardware) will do when auto-scaling to the
              correct aspect.

              <w>,<h>
                     New aspect ratio given by a display width and height. Unlike older mpv versions or MPlayer,
                     this does not set the display size.

                     Can also be these special values:

                     0      original display width and height

                     -1     original video width and height (default)

                     -2     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original display aspect ratio.

                     -3     Calculate w/h using the other dimension and the original video aspect ratio.

                        Example

                        dsize=800:-2
                               Specifies a display resolution of 800x600 for a 4/3 aspect video, or 800x450  for
                               a 16/9 aspect video.

              <aspect-method>
                     Modifies width and height according to original aspect ratios.

                     -1     Ignore original aspect ratio (default).

                     0      Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.

                     1      Keep display aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.

                     2      Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as maximum resolution.

                     3      Keep video aspect ratio by using <w> and <h> as minimum resolution.

                        Example

                        dsize=800:600:0
                               Specifies  a  display resolution of at most 800x600, or smaller, in order to keep
                               aspect.

              <r>    Rounds up to make both width and height divisible by <r> (default: 1).

              <aspect>
                     Force an aspect ratio.

       format=fmt=<value>:colormatrix=<value>:...
              Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any conversion.  Use together with the
              scale filter for a real conversion.

              NOTE:
                 For a list of available formats, see format=fmt=help.

              <fmt>  Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: don't change).

              <outfmt>
                     Format  name  that should be substituted for the output. If they do not have the same bytes
                     per pixel and chroma subsampling, it will fail.

              <colormatrix>
                     Controls the YUV to RGB color space  conversion  when  playing  video.  There  are  various
                     standards.  Normally, BT.601 should be used for SD video, and BT.709 for HD video. (This is
                     done by default.) Using incorrect color space results in slightly under or  over  saturated
                     and shifted colors.

                     These  options are not always supported. Different video outputs provide varying degrees of
                     support. The opengl and vdpau video output drivers  usually  offer  full  support.  The  xv
                     output  can  set  the color space if the system video driver supports it, but not input and
                     output levels. The scale video filter can configure color space and input levels, but  only
                     if  the output format is RGB (if the video output driver supports RGB output, you can force
                     this with -vf scale,format=rgba).

                     If this option is set to auto (which is the default), the video's color space flag will  be
                     used.  If  that flag is unset, the color space will be selected automatically. This is done
                     using a simple heuristic that attempts to distinguish SD and HD  video.  If  the  video  is
                     larger than 1279x576 pixels, BT.709 (HD) will be used; otherwise BT.601 (SD) is selected.

                     Available color spaces are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                     bt.601 ITU-R BT.601 (SD)

                     bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD)

                     bt.2020-ncl
                            ITU-R BT.2020 non-constant luminance system

                     bt.2020-cl
                            ITU-R BT.2020 constant luminance system

                     smpte-240m
                            SMPTE-240M

              <colorlevels>
                     YUV  color  levels  used  with  YUV  to  RGB conversion. This option is only necessary when
                     playing broken files which do not follow standard color levels or which are flagged  wrong.
                     If the video does not specify its color range, it is assumed to be limited range.

                     The same limitations as with <colormatrix> apply.

                     Available color ranges are:

                     auto   automatic selection (normally limited range) (default)

                     limited
                            limited range (16-235 for luma, 16-240 for chroma)

                     full   full range (0-255 for both luma and chroma)

              <primaries>
                     RGB  primaries  the  source  file was encoded with. Normally this should be set in the file
                     header, but when playing broken or mistagged  files  this  can  be  used  to  override  the
                     setting.

                     This  option  only  affects video output drivers that perform color management, for example
                     opengl with the target-prim or icc-profile suboptions set.

                     If this option is set to auto (which is the default), the video's primaries  flag  will  be
                     used.  If  that  flag  is  unset, the color space will be selected automatically, using the
                     following heuristics: If the <colormatrix> is set or determined as BT.2020 or  BT.709,  the
                     corresponding  primaries  are  used.  Otherwise,  if the video height is exactly 576 (PAL),
                     BT.601-625 is used. If it's exactly 480 or 486 (NTSC), BT.601-525 is  used.  If  the  video
                     resolution is anything else, BT.709 is used.

                     Available primaries are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                     bt.601-525
                            ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 525-line systems (NTSC, SMPTE-C)

                     bt.601-625
                            ITU-R BT.601 (SD) 625-line systems (PAL, SECAM)

                     bt.709 ITU-R BT.709 (HD) (same primaries as sRGB)

                     bt.2020
                            ITU-R BT.2020 (UHD)

                     apple  Apple RGB

                     adobe  Adobe RGB (1998)

                     prophoto
                            ProPhoto RGB (ROMM)

                     cie1931
                            CIE 1931 RGB

                     dci-p3 DCI-P3 (Digital Cinema)

                     v-gamut
                            Panasonic V-Gamut primaries

              <gamma>
                     Gamma  function  the  source file was encoded with. Normally this should be set in the file
                     header, but when playing broken or mistagged  files  this  can  be  used  to  override  the
                     setting.

                     This option only affects video output drivers that perform color management.

                     If  this option is set to auto (which is the default), the gamma will be set to BT.1886 for
                     YCbCr content, sRGB for RGB content and Linear for XYZ content.

                     Available gamma functions are:

                     auto   automatic selection (default)

                     bt.1886
                            ITU-R BT.1886 (EOTF corresponding to BT.601/BT.709/BT.2020)

                     srgb   IEC 61966-2-4 (sRGB)

                     linear Linear light

                     gamma1.8
                            Pure power curve (gamma 1.8)

                     gamma2.2
                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.2)

                     gamma2.8
                            Pure power curve (gamma 2.8)

                     prophoto
                            ProPhoto RGB (ROMM) curve

                     pq     ITU-R BT.2100 PQ (Perceptual quantizer) curve

                     hlg    ITU-R BT.2100 HLG (Hybrid Log-gamma) curve

                     v-log  Panasonic V-Log transfer curve

                     s-log1 Sony S-Log1 transfer curve

                     s-log2 Sony S-Log2 transfer curve

              <sig-peak>
                     Reference peak illumination for the video file, relative to the  signal's  reference  white
                     level.  This is mostly interesting for HDR, but it can also be used tone map SDR content to
                     simulate a different exposure. Normally inferred from tags  such  as  MaxCLL  or  mastering
                     metadata.

                     The default of 0.0 will default to the source's nominal peak luminance.

              <light>
                        Light  type of the scene. This is mostly correctly inferred based on the gamma function,
                        but it can be useful to override this when viewing  raw  camera  footage  (e.g.  V-Log),
                        which is normally scene-referred instead of display-referred.

                        Available light types are:

                     auto   Automatic selection (default)

                     display
                            Display-referred light (most content)

                     hlg    Scene-referred using the HLG OOTF (e.g. HLG content)

                     709-1886
                            Scene-referred using the BT709+BT1886 interaction

                     gamma1.2
                            Scene-referred using a pure power OOTF (gamma=1.2)

              <stereo-in>
                     Set  the  stereo  mode  the video is assumed to be encoded in. Takes the same values as the
                     --video-stereo-mode option.

              <stereo-out>
                     Set the stereo mode the video should  be  displayed  as.  Takes  the  same  values  as  the
                     --video-stereo-mode option.

              <rotate>
                     Set  the rotation the video is assumed to be encoded with in degrees.  The special value -1
                     uses the input format.

              <dw>, <dh>
                     Set the display size. Note that setting the display size such that the video is  scaled  in
                     both  directions instead of just changing the aspect ratio is an implementation detail, and
                     might change later.

              <dar>  Set the display aspect ratio of the video frame. This is a float, but values such as [16:9]
                     can  be  passed too ([...] for quoting to prevent the option parser from interpreting the :
                     character).

              <spherical-type>
                     Type of the spherical projection:

                     auto   As indicated by the file (default)

                     none   Normal video

                     equirect
                            Equirectangular

                     unknown
                            Unknown projection

              <spherical-yaw>, <spherical-pitch>, <spherical-roll>
                     Reference angle in degree, if spherical video is used.

       noformat[=fmt]
              Restricts the color space for the next filter without doing any  conversion.   Unlike  the  format
              filter, this will allow any color space except the one you specify.

              NOTE:
                 For a list of available formats, see noformat=fmt=help.

              <fmt>  Format name, e.g. rgb15, bgr24, 420p, etc. (default: 420p).

       lavfi=graph[:sws-flags[:o=opts]]
              Filter video using FFmpeg's libavfilter.

              <graph>
                     The  libavfilter  graph  string. The filter must have a single video input pad and a single
                     video output pad.

                     See https://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg-filters.html for syntax and available filters.

                     WARNING:
                        If you want to use the full filter syntax with this option, you have to quote the filter
                        graph in order to prevent mpv's syntax and the filter graph syntax from clashing.

                        Examples

                        -vf lavfi=[gradfun=20:30,vflip]
                               gradfun  filter  with  nonsense  parameters,  followed  by  a vflip filter. (This
                               demonstrates how libavfilter takes a graph and not just  a  single  filter.)  The
                               filter  graph  string is quoted with [ and ]. This requires no additional quoting
                               or escaping with some  shells  (like  bash),  while  others  (like  zsh)  require
                               additional " quotes around the option string.

                        '--vf=lavfi="gradfun=20:30,vflip"'
                               Same as before, but uses quoting that should be safe with all shells. The outer '
                               quotes make sure that the shell does not remove the " quotes needed by mpv.

                        '--vf=lavfi=graph="gradfun=radius=30:strength=20,vflip"'
                               Same as before, but uses named parameters for everything.

              <sws-flags>
                     If libavfilter inserts filters for pixel format conversion, this  option  gives  the  flags
                     which  should  be  passed  to  libswscale.  This  option  is  numeric  and takes a bit-wise
                     combination of SWS_ flags.

                     See http://git.videolan.org/?p=ffmpeg.git;a=blob;f=libswscale/swscale.h.

              <o>    Set AVFilterGraph options. These should be documented by FFmpeg.

                        Example

                        '--vf=lavfi=yadif:o="threads=2,thread_type=slice"'
                               forces a specific threading configuration.

       pullup[=jl:jr:jt:jb:sb:mp]
              Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed  hard-telecine,  24000/1001
              fps  progressive,  and  30000/1001  fps progressive content. The pullup filter makes use of future
              context in making its decisions. It is stateless in the sense that it does not lock onto a pattern
              to  follow,  but it instead looks forward to the following fields in order to identify matches and
              rebuild progressive frames.

              jl, jr, jt, and jb
                     These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and bottom of the
                     image,  respectively. Left/right are in units of 8 pixels, while top/bottom are in units of
                     2 lines. The default is 8 pixels on each side.

              sb (strict breaks)
                     Setting this option to 1 will  reduce  the  chances  of  pullup  generating  an  occasional
                     mismatched  frame, but it may also cause an excessive number of frames to be dropped during
                     high motion sequences.  Conversely, setting it to -1 will make  pullup  match  fields  more
                     easily.  This  may help process video with slight blurring between the fields, but may also
                     cause interlaced frames in the output.

              mp (metric plane)
                     This option may be set to u or v to use a chroma plane instead of the luma plane for  doing
                     pullup's  computations.  This  may improve accuracy on very clean source material, but more
                     likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or  any
                     grayscale video. The main purpose of setting mp to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU load and
                     make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.

       yadif=[mode:interlaced-only]
              Yet another deinterlacing filter

              <mode>

                     frame  Output 1 frame for each frame.

                     field  Output 1 frame for each field (default).

                     frame-nospatial
                            Like frame but skips spatial interlacing check.

                     field-nospatial
                            Like field but skips spatial interlacing check.

              <interlaced-only>

                     no     Deinterlace all frames.

                     yes    Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).

              This filter is automatically inserted when using the d key (or any  other  key  that  toggles  the
              deinterlace  property  or when using the --deinterlace switch), assuming the video output does not
              have native deinterlacing support.

              If you just want to set the default mode, put this  filter  and  its  options  into  --vf-defaults
              instead, and enable deinterlacing with d or --deinterlace.

              Also,  note  that  the  d key is stupid enough to insert a deinterlacer twice when inserting yadif
              with --vf, so using the above methods is recommended.

       sub=[=bottom-margin:top-margin]
              Moves subtitle rendering to an arbitrary point in the filter chain, or force subtitle rendering in
              the video filter as opposed to using video output OSD support.

              <bottom-margin>
                     Adds  a  black  band  at  the bottom of the frame. The SSA/ASS renderer can place subtitles
                     there (with --sub-use-margins).

              <top-margin>
                     Black band on the top for toptitles  (with --sub-use-margins).

                 Examples

                 --vf=sub,eq
                        Moves sub rendering before the eq filter. This will put both subtitle colors  and  video
                        under the influence of the video equalizer settings.

       stereo3d[=in:out]
              Stereo3d converts between different stereoscopic image formats.

              <in>   Stereoscopic image format of input. Possible values:

                     sbsl or side_by_side_left_first
                            side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)

                     sbsr or side_by_side_right_first
                            side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)

                     abl or above_below_left_first
                            above-below (left eye above, right eye below)

                     abr or above_below_right_first
                            above-below (right eye above, left eye below)

                     ab2l or above_below_half_height_left_first
                            above-below with half height resolution (left eye above, right eye below)

                     ab2r or above_below_half_height_right_first
                            above-below with half height resolution (right eye above, left eye below)

              <out>  Stereoscopic image format of output. Possible values are all the input formats as well as:

                     arcg or anaglyph_red_cyan_gray
                            anaglyph red/cyan gray (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     arch or anaglyph_red_cyan_half_color
                            anaglyph red/cyan half colored (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     arcc or anaglyph_red_cyan_color
                            anaglyph red/cyan color (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     arcd or anaglyph_red_cyan_dubois
                            anaglyph  red/cyan  color optimized with the least-squares projection of Dubois (red
                            filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)

                     agmg or anaglyph_green_magenta_gray
                            anaglyph green/magenta gray (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)

                     agmh or anaglyph_green_magenta_half_color
                            anaglyph green/magenta half colored (green filter on left  eye,  magenta  filter  on
                            right eye)

                     agmc or anaglyph_green_magenta_color
                            anaglyph  green/magenta  colored  (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right
                            eye)

                     aybg or anaglyph_yellow_blue_gray
                            anaglyph yellow/blue gray (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)

                     aybh or anaglyph_yellow_blue_half_color
                            anaglyph yellow/blue half colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter  on  right
                            eye)

                     aybc or anaglyph_yellow_blue_color
                            anaglyph yellow/blue colored (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)

                     irl or interleave_rows_left_first
                            Interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)

                     irr or interleave_rows_right_first
                            Interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)

                     ml or mono_left
                            mono output (left eye only)

                     mr or mono_right
                            mono output (right eye only)

       gradfun[=strength[:radius|:size=<size>]]
              Fix  the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat regions by truncation to
              8-bit color depth. Interpolates the gradients that should go where  the  bands  are,  and  dithers
              them.

              <strength>
                     Maximum  amount  by  which  the  filter  will  change any one pixel. Also the threshold for
                     detecting nearly flat regions (default: 1.5).

              <radius>
                     Neighborhood to fit the gradient to. Larger radius makes for smoother gradients,  but  also
                     prevents the filter from modifying pixels near detailed regions (default: disabled).

              <size> size  of  the  filter  in percent of the image diagonal size. This is used to calculate the
                     final radius size (default: 1).

       vapoursynth=file:buffered-frames:concurrent-frames
              Loads a VapourSynth filter script. This is intended for streamed processing: mpv actually provides
              a  source  filter,  instead of using a native VapourSynth video source. The mpv source will answer
              frame requests only within a small window of frames (the size of this window  is  controlled  with
              the  buffered-frames  parameter),  and  requests  outside of that will return errors. As such, you
              can't use the full power of VapourSynth, but you can use certain filters.

              If you just want to play video generated by a VapourSynth (i.e. using a native  VapourSynth  video
              source),  it's  better  to use vspipe and a FIFO to feed the video to mpv. The same applies if the
              filter script requires random frame access (see buffered-frames parameter).

              This filter is experimental. If it turns out that it works well and is used, it will be ported  to
              libavfilter. Otherwise, it will be just removed.

              file   Filename  of  the  script  source.  Currently, this is always a python script. The variable
                     video_in is set to the mpv video source, and it is expected that  the  script  reads  video
                     from  it.  (Otherwise,  mpv will decode no video, and the video packet queue will overflow,
                     eventually leading to audio being stopped.) The script is also  expected  to  pass  through
                     timestamps using the _DurationNum and _DurationDen frame properties.

                        Example:

                            import vapoursynth as vs
                            core = vs.get_core()
                            core.std.AddBorders(video_in, 10, 10, 20, 20).set_output()

                     WARNING:
                        The  script will be reloaded on every seek. This is done to reset the filter properly on
                        discontinuities.

              buffered-frames
                     Maximum number of decoded video frames that should be buffered before the filter  (default:
                     4).  This  specifies  the  maximum  number  of  frames  the  script  can request in reverse
                     direction.  E.g. if buffered-frames=5, and the script just requested frame 15, it can still
                     request  frame 10, but frame 9 is not available anymore.  If it requests frame 30, mpv will
                     decode 15 more frames, and keep only frames 25-30.

                     The actual number of buffered frames also depends on the  value  of  the  concurrent-frames
                     option. Currently, both option values are multiplied to get the final buffer size.

                     (Normally,  VapourSynth  source  filters  must  provide random access, but mpv was made for
                     playback, and does not provide frame-exact random access. The way this video  filter  works
                     is a compromise to make simple filters work anyway.)

              concurrent-frames
                     Number  of frames that should be requested in parallel. The level of concurrency depends on
                     the filter and how quickly mpv can decode video to  feed  the  filter.  This  value  should
                     probably  be  proportional  to  the  number  of cores on your machine. Most time, making it
                     higher than the number of cores can actually make it slower.

                     By default, this uses the special value auto, which  sets  the  option  to  the  number  of
                     detected logical CPU cores.

              The following variables are defined by mpv:

              video_in
                     The  mpv video source as vapoursynth clip. Note that this has no length set, which confuses
                     many filters. Using Trim on the clip with a high dummy length can turn  it  into  a  finite
                     clip.

              video_in_dw, video_in_dh
                     Display  size  of  the  video.  Can  be different from video size if the video does not use
                     square pixels (e.g. DVD).

              container_fps
                     FPS value as reported by file headers. This value can be wrong or completely broken (e.g. 0
                     or  NaN). Even if the value is correct, if another filter changes the real FPS (by dropping
                     or inserting frames), the value of this variable might not be useful. Note that  the  --fps
                     command line option overrides this value.

                     Useful for some filters which insist on having a FPS.

              display_fps
                     Refresh rate of the current display. Note that this value can be 0.

       vapoursynth-lazy
              The  same as vapoursynth, but doesn't load Python scripts. Instead, a custom backend using Lua and
              the raw VapourSynth API is used. The syntax is completely different, and absolutely no convenience
              features are provided. There's no type checking either, and you can trigger crashes.

                 Example:

                     video_out = invoke("morpho", "Open", {clip = video_in})

              The  special  variable  video_in  is the mpv video source, while the special variable video_out is
              used to read video from. The 1st argument is the plugin (queried with getPluginByNs), the  2nd  is
              the  filter name, and the 3rd argument is a table with the arguments. Positional arguments are not
              supported. The types must match exactly. Since Lua is terrible and can't distinguish integers  and
              floats,  integer  arguments  must be prefixed with i_, in which case the prefix is removed and the
              argument is cast to an integer. Should the argument's name start with i_, you're out of luck.

              Clips (VSNodeRef) are passed as light userdata, so trying to pass any  other  userdata  type  will
              result in hard crashes.

       vavpp  VA-AP-API   video   post  processing.  Works  with  --vo=vaapi  and  --vo=opengl  only.  Currently
              deinterlaces. This filter is automatically inserted if deinterlacing is  requested  (either  using
              the d key, by default mapped to the command cycle deinterlace, or the --deinterlace option).

              deint=<method>
                     Select the deinterlacing algorithm.

                     no     Don't perform deinterlacing.

                     first-field
                            Show only first field.

                     bob    bob deinterlacing (default).

                     weave, motion-adaptive, motion-compensated
                            Advanced  deinterlacing  algorithms.  Whether these actually work depends on the GPU
                            hardware, the GPU drivers, driver bugs, and mpv bugs.

              <interlaced-only>

                     no     Deinterlace all frames.

                     yes    Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced (default).

              reversal-bug=<yes|no>

                     no     Use the API as it was interpreted by older Mesa drivers. While  this  interpretation
                            was  more  obvious  and  inuitive,  it was apparently wrong, and not shared by Intel
                            driver developers.

                     yes    Use Intel interpretation of surface forward and backwards references (default). This
                            is  what  Intel drivers and newer Mesa drivers expect. Matters only for the advanced
                            deinterlacing algorithms.

       vdpaupp
              VDPAU video  post  processing.  Works  with  --vo=vdpau  and  --vo=opengl  only.  This  filter  is
              automatically inserted if deinterlacing is requested (either using the d key, by default mapped to
              the command cycle deinterlace, or the --deinterlace option). When enabling  deinterlacing,  it  is
              always preferred over software deinterlacer filters if the vdpau VO is used, and also if opengl is
              used and hardware decoding was activated at least once (i.e. vdpau was loaded).

              sharpen=<-1-1>
                     For positive values, apply a sharpening algorithm to  the  video,  for  negative  values  a
                     blurring algorithm (default: 0).

              denoise=<0-1>
                     Apply a noise reduction algorithm to the video (default: 0; no noise reduction).

              deint=<yes|no>
                     Whether  deinterlacing  is enabled (default: no). If enabled, it will use the mode selected
                     with deint-mode.

              deint-mode=<first-field|bob|temporal|temporal-spatial>
                     Select deinterlacing mode (default: temporal).

                     Note that there's currently a mechanism that allows the vdpau VO to change  the  deint-mode
                     of  auto-inserted  vdpaupp  filters.  To  avoid  confusion, it's recommended not to use the
                     --vo=vdpau suboptions related to filtering.

                     first-field
                            Show only first field.

                     bob    Bob deinterlacing.

                     temporal
                            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing. May lead  to  A/V  desync  with  slow  video
                            hardware and/or high resolution.

                     temporal-spatial
                            Motion-adaptive temporal deinterlacing with edge-guided spatial interpolation. Needs
                            fast video hardware.

              chroma-deint
                     Makes  temporal  deinterlacers  operate  both  on   luma   and   chroma   (default).    Use
                     no-chroma-deint  to  solely  use luma and speed up advanced deinterlacing. Useful with slow
                     video memory.

              pullup Try to apply inverse telecine, needs motion adaptive temporal deinterlacing.

              interlaced-only=<yes|no>
                     If yes (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

              hqscaling=<0-9>

                     0      Use default VDPAU scaling (default).

                     1-9    Apply high quality VDPAU scaling (needs capable hardware).

       d3d11vpp
              Direct3D 11 video post processing. Currently requires D3D11 hardware decoding for use.

              deint=<yes|no>
                     Whether deinterlacing is enabled (default: no).

              interlaced-only=<yes|no>
                     If yes (default), only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.

              mode=<blend|bob|adaptive|mocomp|ivctc|none>
                     Tries to select a video processor  with  the  given  processing  capability.   If  a  video
                     processor  supports  multiple  capabilities,  it  is  not clear which algorithm is actually
                     selected. none always falls back. On most if not all hardware, this option will probably do
                     nothing, because a video processor usually supports all modes or none.

       buffer=<num>
              Buffer  <num>  frames  in  the  filter  chain.  This filter is probably pretty useless, except for
              debugging. (Note that this won't help to smooth out latencies with decoding,  because  the  filter
              will never output a frame if the buffer isn't full, except on EOF.)

ENCODING

       You can encode files from one format/codec to another using this facility.

       --o=<filename>
              Enables encoding mode and specifies the output file name.

       --of=<format>
              Specifies  the  output  format  (overrides  autodetection  by  the file name extension of the file
              specified by -o). This can be a comma separated list of possible formats to try. See --of=help for
              a full list of supported formats.

       --ofopts=<options>
              Specifies  the  output  format  options  for  libavformat.   See  --ofopts=help for a full list of
              supported options.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

              --ofopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --ofopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --ofopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
                     Deletes the options at the given indexes.  Index  numbers  start  at  0,  negative  numbers
                     address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

              --ofopts-clr
                     Completely empties the options list.

       --ofps=<float value>
              Specifies  the  output  format  time  base (default: 24000). Low values like 25 limit video fps by
              dropping frames.

       --oautofps
              Sets the output format time base to the guessed frame rate of the input video (simulates  MEncoder
              behavior,  useful  for  AVI; may cause frame drops).  Note that not all codecs and not all formats
              support VFR encoding, and some which do have bugs when a target bitrate is specified - use  --ofps
              or --oautofps to force CFR encoding in these cases.

       --omaxfps=<float value>
              Specifies  the  minimum  distance  of  adjacent frames (default: 0, which means unset). Content of
              lower frame rate is not readjusted to this frame rate; content of higher frame rate  is  decimated
              to this frame rate.

       --oharddup
              If  set, the frame rate given by --ofps is attained not by skipping time codes, but by duplicating
              frames (constant frame rate mode).

       --oneverdrop
              If set, frames are never dropped. Instead, time codes of video are readjusted to always  increase.
              This  may  cause AV desync, though; to work around this, use a high-fps time base using --ofps and
              absolutely avoid --oautofps.

       --oac=<codec>
              Specifies the output audio codec. This can be a comma separated list of possible  codecs  to  try.
              See --oac=help for a full list of supported codecs.

       --oaoffset=<value>
              Shifts audio data by the given time (in seconds) by adding/removing samples at the start.

       --oacopts=<options>
              Specifies  the  output  audio codec options for libavcodec.  See --oacopts=help for a full list of
              supported options.

                 Example

                 --oac=libmp3lame --oacopts=b=128000
                        selects 128 kbps MP3 encoding.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

              --oacopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --oacopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --oacopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
                     Deletes the options at the given indexes.  Index  numbers  start  at  0,  negative  numbers
                     address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

              --oacopts-clr
                     Completely empties the options list.

       --oafirst
              Force  the  audio  stream  to  become  the  first  stream in the output.  By default, the order is
              unspecified.

       --ovc=<codec>
              Specifies the output video codec. This can be a comma separated list of possible  codecs  to  try.
              See --ovc=help for a full list of supported codecs.

       --ovoffset=<value>
              Shifts video data by the given time (in seconds) by shifting the pts values.

       --ovcopts <options>
              Specifies  the  output  video codec options for libavcodec.  See --ovcopts=help for a full list of
              supported options.

                 Examples

                 "--ovc=mpeg4 --ovcopts=qscale=5"
                        selects constant quantizer scale 5 for MPEG-4 encoding.

                 "--ovc=libx264 --ovcopts=crf=23"
                        selects VBR quality factor 23 for H.264 encoding.

              Options are managed in lists. There are a few commands to manage the options list.

              --ovcopts-add=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Appends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --ovcopts-pre=<options1[,options2,...]>
                     Prepends the options given as arguments to the options list.

              --ovcopts-del=<index1[,index2,...]>
                     Deletes the options at the given indexes.  Index  numbers  start  at  0,  negative  numbers
                     address the end of the list (-1 is the last).

              --ovcopts-clr
                     Completely empties the options list.

       --ovfirst
              Force  the  video  stream  to  become  the  first  stream in the output.  By default, the order is
              unspecified.

       --ocopyts
              Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output container formats,  e.g.  AVI).
              Discontinuities are still fixed.  By default, audio pts are set to playback time and video pts are
              synchronized to match audio pts, as some output formats do not support anything else.

       --orawts
              Copies input pts to the output video (not supported by some output container formats,  e.g.  AVI).
              In  this  mode,  discontinuities  are  not  fixed and all pts are passed through as-is. Never seek
              backwards or use multiple input files in this mode!

       --no-ometadata
              Turns off copying of metadata from input files to output files when encoding (which is enabled  by
              default).

COMMAND INTERFACE

       The mpv core can be controlled with commands and properties. A number of ways to interact with the player
       use them: key bindings (input.conf), OSD (showing information with properties), JSON IPC, the client  API
       (libmpv), and the classic slave mode.

   input.conf
       The input.conf file consists of a list of key bindings, for example:

          s screenshot      # take a screenshot with the s key
          LEFT seek 15      # map the left-arrow key to seeking forward by 15 seconds

       Each  line  maps  a  key  to an input command. Keys are specified with their literal value (upper case if
       combined with Shift), or a name for special keys. For example, a maps to the a key without shift,  and  A
       maps to a with shift.

       The file is located in the mpv configuration directory (normally at ~/.config/mpv/input.conf depending on
       platform). The default bindings are defined here:

          https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/etc/input.conf

       A list of special keys can be obtained with
          mpv --input-keylist

       In general, keys can be combined with Shift, Ctrl and Alt:

          ctrl+q quit

       mpv can be started in input test mode, which displays key bindings and the commands they're bound  to  on
       the OSD, instead of executing the commands:

          mpv --input-test --force-window --idle

       (Only  closing  the window will make mpv exit, pressing normal keys will merely display the binding, even
       if mapped to quit.)

   General Input Command Syntax
       [Shift+][Ctrl+][Alt+][Meta+]<key> [{<section>}] [<prefixes>] <command> (<argument>)* [; <command>]

       Note that by default, the right Alt key can be used to create  special  characters,  and  thus  does  not
       register as a modifier. The option --no-input-right-alt-gr changes this behavior.

       Newlines  always  start  a  new binding. # starts a comment (outside of quoted string arguments). To bind
       commands to the # key, SHARP can be used.

       <key> is either the literal character the key produces (ASCII or Unicode character), or a  symbolic  name
       (as printed by --input-keylist).

       <section> (braced with { and }) is the input section for this command.

       Arguments  are  separated  by whitespace. This applies even to string arguments.  For this reason, string
       arguments should be quoted with ". Inside quotes, C-style escaping can be used.

       You can bind multiple commands to one key. For example:
       a show-text "command 1" ; show-text "command 2"

       It's also possible to bind a command to a sequence of keys:
       a-b-c show-text "command run after a, b, c have been pressed"

       (This is not shown in the general command syntax.)

       If a or a-b or b are already bound, this will run the first  command  that  matches,  and  the  multi-key
       command  will  never be called. Intermediate keys can be remapped to ignore in order to avoid this issue.
       The maximum number of (non-modifier) keys for combinations is currently 4.

   List of Input Commands
       ignore Use this to "block" keys that should be unbound, and do  nothing.  Useful  for  disabling  default
              bindings, without disabling all bindings with --no-input-default-bindings.

       seek <seconds> [relative|absolute|absolute-percent|relative-percent|exact|keyframes]
              Change the playback position. By default, seeks by a relative amount of seconds.

              The second argument consists of flags controlling the seek mode:

              relative (default)
                     Seek relative to current position (a negative value seeks backwards).

              absolute
                     Seek to a given time (a negative value starts from the end of the file).

              absolute-percent
                     Seek to a given percent position.

              relative-percent
                     Seek relative to current position in percent.

              keyframes
                     Always restart playback at keyframe boundaries (fast).

              exact  Always do exact/hr/precise seeks (slow).

              Multiple flags can be combined, e.g.: absolute+keyframes.

              By default, keyframes is used for relative seeks, and exact is used for absolute seeks.

              Before mpv 0.9, the keyframes and exact flags had to be passed as 3rd parameter (essentially using
              a space instead of +). The 3rd parameter is still parsed, but is considered deprecated.

       revert-seek [mode]
              Undoes the seek command, and some other commands that seek (but  not  necessarily  all  of  them).
              Calling  this command once will jump to the playback position before the seek. Calling it a second
              time undoes the revert-seek command itself. This only works within a single file.

              The first argument is optional, and can change the behavior:

              mark   Mark the current time position. The next normal revert-seek command will seek back to  this
                     point, no matter how many seeks happened since last time.

              Using it without any arguments gives you the default behavior.

       frame-step
              Play one frame, then pause. Does nothing with audio-only playback.

       frame-back-step
              Go  back  by  one  frame, then pause. Note that this can be very slow (it tries to be precise, not
              fast), and sometimes fails to behave as expected. How well this works depends on  whether  precise
              seeking  works  correctly  (e.g.  see the --hr-seek-demuxer-offset option). Video filters or other
              video post-processing that modifies timing of frames (e.g. deinterlacing) should usually work, but
              might  make backstepping silently behave incorrectly in corner cases. Using --hr-seek-framedrop=no
              should help, although it might make precise seeking slower.

              This does not work with audio-only playback.

       set <property> <value>
              Set the given property to the given value.

       add <property> [<value>]
              Add the given value to the property. On overflow or underflow, clamp the property to the  maximum.
              If <value> is omitted, assume 1.

       cycle <property> [up|down]
              Cycle  the given property. up and down set the cycle direction. On overflow, set the property back
              to the minimum, on underflow set it to the maximum. If up or down is omitted, assume up.

       multiply <property> <factor>
              Multiplies the value of a property with the numeric factor.

       screenshot [subtitles|video|window|single|each-frame]
              Take a screenshot.

              Multiple flags are available (some can be combined with +):

              <subtitles> (default)
                     Save the video image, in its original resolution, and with subtitles.  Some  video  outputs
                     may still include the OSD in the output under certain circumstances.

              <video>
                     Like  subtitles,  but typically without OSD or subtitles. The exact behavior depends on the
                     selected video output.

              <window>
                     Save the contents of the mpv window. Typically scaled, with OSD and  subtitles.  The  exact
                     behavior  depends  on  the selected video output, and if no support is available, this will
                     act like video.

              <each-frame>
                     Take a screenshot each frame. Issue this command again to  stop  taking  screenshots.  Note
                     that  you  should  disable  frame-dropping  when  using  this  mode  - or you might receive
                     duplicate images in cases when a frame was dropped. This flag  can  be  combined  with  the
                     other flags, e.g. video+each-frame.

              Older  mpv  versions  required  passing single and each-frame as second argument (and did not have
              flags). This syntax is still understood, but deprecated and might be removed in the future.

              Setting the async flag will make encoding and writing the actual image file asynchronous  in  most
              cases.  (each-frame  mode  ignores this flag currently.) Requesting async screenshots too early or
              too often could lead to the same filenames being chosen, and overwriting each others in  undefined
              order.

       screenshot-to-file <filename> [subtitles|video|window]
              Take  a  screenshot  and  save  it  to a given file. The format of the file will be guessed by the
              extension (and --screenshot-format is ignored - the behavior when  the  extension  is  missing  or
              unknown is arbitrary).

              The second argument is like the first argument to screenshot.

              If the file already exists, it's overwritten.

              Like  all  input command parameters, the filename is subject to property expansion as described in
              Property Expansion.

              The async flag has an effect on this command (see screenshot command).

       playlist-next [weak|force]
              Go to the next entry on the playlist.

              weak (default)
                     If the last file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.

              force  Terminate playback if there are no more files on the playlist.

       playlist-prev [weak|force]
              Go to the previous entry on the playlist.

              weak (default)
                     If the first file on the playlist is currently played, do nothing.

              force  Terminate playback if the first file is being played.

       loadfile <file> [replace|append|append-play [options]]
              Load the given file and play it.

              Second argument:

              <replace> (default)
                     Stop playback of the current file, and play the new file immediately.

              <append>
                     Append the file to the playlist.

              <append-play>
                     Append the file, and if nothing is currently playing, start playback.  (Always starts  with
                     the added file, even if the playlist was not empty before running this command.)

              The  third argument is a list of options and values which should be set while the file is playing.
              It is of the form opt1=value1,opt2=value2,...  Not all options  can  be  changed  this  way.  Some
              options require a restart of the player.

       loadlist <playlist> [replace|append]
              Load the given playlist file (like --playlist).

       playlist-clear
              Clear the playlist, except the currently played file.

       playlist-remove current|<index>
              Remove  the  playlist  entry  at  the given index. Index values start counting with 0. The special
              value current removes the current entry. Note that removing the current entry also stops  playback
              and starts playing the next entry.

       playlist-move <index1> <index2>
              Move the playlist entry at index1, so that it takes the place of the entry index2. (Paradoxically,
              the moved playlist entry will not have the index value index2 after moving  if  index1  was  lower
              than  index2,  because  index2 refers to the target entry, not the index the entry will have after
              moving.)

       playlist-shuffle
              Shuffle the playlist. This is similar to what is done on start if the --shuffle option is used.

       run command arg1 arg2 ...
              Run the given command. Unlike in MPlayer/mplayer2 and earlier versions of mpv (0.2.x  and  older),
              this  doesn't  call  the  shell.  Instead,  the command is run directly, with each argument passed
              separately. Each argument is expanded like in Property Expansion. Note  that  there  is  a  static
              limit of (as of this writing) 9 arguments (this limit could be raised on demand).

              The  program  is  run  in  a  detached  way.  mpv doesn't wait until the command is completed, but
              continues playback right after spawning it.

              To get the old behavior, use /bin/sh and -c as the first two arguments.

                 Example

                        run "/bin/sh" "-c" "echo ${title} > /tmp/playing"

                        This is not a particularly good example, because  it  doesn't  handle  escaping,  and  a
                        specially  prepared file might allow an attacker to execute arbitrary shell commands. It
                        is recommended to write a small shell script, and call that with run.

       quit [<code>]
              Exit the player. If an argument is given, it's used as process exit code.

       quit-watch-later [<code>]
              Exit player, and store current playback position.  Playing  that  file  later  will  seek  to  the
              previous position on start. The (optional) argument is exactly as in the quit command.

       sub-add <file> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load the given subtitle file. It is selected as current subtitle after loading.

              The flags args is one of the following values:

              <select>
                 Select the subtitle immediately.

              <auto>
                 Don't  select  the  subtitle.  (Or in some special situations, let the default stream selection
                 mechanism decide.)

              <cached>
                 Select the subtitle. If a subtitle with the same  filename  was  already  added,  that  one  is
                 selected, instead of loading a duplicate entry.  (In this case, title/language are ignored, and
                 if the was changed since it was loaded, these changes won't be reflected.)

              The title argument sets the track title in the UI.

              The lang argument sets the track language, and can also influence stream selection with flags  set
              to auto.

       sub-remove [<id>]
              Remove  the  given subtitle track. If the id argument is missing, remove the current track. (Works
              on external subtitle files only.)

       sub-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given subtitle tracks. If the id argument is missing, reload the current track.  (Works
              on external subtitle files only.)

              This works by unloading and re-adding the subtitle track.

       sub-step <skip>
              Change  subtitle  timing  such,  that  the subtitle event after the next <skip> subtitle events is
              displayed. <skip> can be negative to step backwards.

       sub-seek <skip>
              Seek to the next (skip set to 1) or the previous (skip set to -1) subtitle.  This  is  similar  to
              sub-step, except that it seeks video and audio instead of adjusting the subtitle delay.

              For  embedded  subtitles  (like  with  Matroska),  this  works only with subtitle events that have
              already been displayed, or are within a short prefetch range.

       print-text <string>
              Print text to stdout. The string can contain properties (see Property Expansion).

       show-text <string> [<duration>|- [<level>]]
              Show text on the OSD. The string can contain  properties,  which  are  expanded  as  described  in
              Property Expansion. This can be used to show playback time, filename, and so on.

              <duration>
                     The  time  in  ms  to  show  the  message  for.  By  default,  it  uses  the  same value as
                     --osd-duration.

              <level>
                     The minimum OSD level to show the text at (see --osd-level).

       expand-text <string>
              Property-expand the argument and return the expanded string. This can be  used  only  through  the
              client API or from a script using mp.command_native. (see Property Expansion).

       show-progress
              Show the progress bar, the elapsed time and the total duration of the file on the OSD.

       write-watch-later-config
              Write  the  resume  config  file  that  the quit-watch-later command writes, but continue playback
              normally.

       stop   Stop playback and clear playlist. With default settings, this is essentially like quit. Useful for
              the client API: playback can be stopped without terminating the player.

       mouse <x> <y> [<button> [single|double]]
              Send a mouse event with given coordinate (<x>, <y>).

              Second argument:

              <button>
                     The  button  number  of  clicked  mouse button. This should be one of 0-19.  If <button> is
                     omitted, only the position will be updated.

              Third argument:

              <single> (default)
                     The mouse event represents regular single click.

              <double>
                     The mouse event represents double-click.

       keypress <key_name>
              Send a key event through mpv's input handler, triggering whatever behavior is configured  to  that
              key. key_name uses the input.conf naming scheme for keys and modifiers. Useful for the client API:
              key events can be sent to libmpv to handle internally.

       keydown <key_name>
              Similar to keypress, but sets the KEYDOWN flag so that  if  the  key  is  bound  to  a  repeatable
              command, it will be run repeatedly with mpv's key repeat timing until the keyup command is called.

       keyup [<key_name>]
              Set  the KEYUP flag, stopping any repeated behavior that had been triggered. key_name is optional.
              If key_name is not given or is an empty string, KEYUP will be set on all  keys.  Otherwise,  KEYUP
              will only be set on the key specified by key_name.

       audio-add <file> [<flags> [<title> [<lang>]]]
              Load the given audio file. See sub-add command.

       audio-remove [<id>]
              Remove the given audio track. See sub-remove command.

       audio-reload [<id>]
              Reload the given audio tracks. See sub-reload command.

       rescan-external-files [<mode>]
              Rescan external files according to the current --sub-auto and --audio-file-auto settings. This can
              be used to auto-load external files after the file was loaded.

              The mode argument is one of the following:

              <reselect> (default)
                     Select the default audio and subtitle streams, which typically selects external files  with
                     the  highest  preference.  (The  implementation  is  not  perfect, and could be improved on
                     request.)

              <keep-selection>
                     Do not change current track selections.

   Input Commands that are Possibly Subject to Change
       af set|add|toggle|del|clr filter1=params,filter2,...
              Change audio filter chain. See vf command.

       vf set|add|toggle|del|clr filter1=params,filter2,...
              Change video filter chain.

              The first argument decides what happens:

              set    Overwrite the previous filter chain with the new one.

              add    Append the new filter chain to the previous one.

              toggle Check if the given filter (with the exact parameters) is already in  the  video  chain.  If
                     yes,  remove  the  filter.  If  no,  add the filter.  (If several filters are passed to the
                     command, this is done for each filter.)

                     A special variant is combining this with labels, and using @name without  filter  name  and
                     parameters as filter entry. This toggles the enable/disable flag.

              del    Remove  the  given  filters  from  the  video  chain. Unlike in the other cases, the second
                     parameter is a comma separated list of filter names or integer indexes. 0 would denote  the
                     first filter. Negative indexes start from the last filter, and -1 denotes the last filter.

              clr    Remove  all  filters.  Note  that  like  the  other  sub-commands,  this  does  not control
                     automatically inserted filters.

              The argument is always needed. E.g. in case of clr use vf clr "".

              You can assign labels to filter by prefixing  them  with  @name:  (where  name  is  a  user-chosen
              arbitrary  identifier).  Labels can be used to refer to filters by name in all of the filter chain
              modification commands.  For add, using an already used label will replace the existing filter.

              The vf command shows the list of requested filters on the OSD after  changing  the  filter  chain.
              This  is  roughly  equivalent  to  show-text  ${vf}.  Note  that  auto-inserted filters for format
              conversion are not shown on the list, only what was requested by the user.

              Normally, the commands will check whether the video chain is recreated successfully, and will undo
              the  operation  on  failure.  If  the command is run before video is configured (can happen if the
              command is run immediately after opening a file and before a video frame is decoded),  this  check
              can't be run. Then it can happen that creating the video chain fails.

                 Example for input.conf

                 • a vf set flip turn video upside-down on the a key

                 • b vf set "" remove all video filters on bc vf toggle lavfi=gradfun toggle debanding on c

                 Example how to toggle disabled filters at runtime

                 • Add  something  vf-add=@deband:!lavfi=[gradfun]  to  mpv.conf. The @deband: is the label, and
                   deband is an arbitrary, user-given name for this filter entry. The ! before the  filter  name
                   disables  the  filter  by  default.  Everything  after this is the normal filter name and the
                   filter parameters.

                 • Add a vf toggle @deband to input.conf. This  toggles  the  "disabled"  flag  for  the  filter
                   identified with deband.

       cycle-values ["!reverse"] <property> <value1> <value2> ...
              Cycle  through a list of values. Each invocation of the command will set the given property to the
              next value in the list. The command maintains an internal counter which value to  pick  next,  and
              which is initially 0. It is reset to 0 once the last value is reached.

              The  internal  counter  is  associated  using  the  property  name and the value list. If multiple
              commands (bound to different keys) use the same name and value list, they will share the  internal
              counter.

              The  special  argument  !reverse  can  be used to cycle the value list in reverse. Compared with a
              command that just lists the value in reverse,  this  command  will  actually  share  the  internal
              counter with the forward-cycling key binding (as long as the rest of the arguments are the same).

              Note that there is a static limit of (as of this writing) 10 arguments (this limit could be raised
              on demand).

       enable-section <section> [flags]
              Enable all key bindings in the named input section.

              The enabled input sections form a stack. Bindings  in  sections  on  the  top  of  the  stack  are
              preferred to lower sections. This command puts the section on top of the stack. If the section was
              already on the stack, it is implicitly removed beforehand. (A section cannot be on the stack  more
              than once.)

              The flags parameter can be a combination (separated by +) of the following flags:

              <exclusive>
                     All  sections  enabled  before  the  newly  enabled  section  are  disabled.   They will be
                     re-enabled as soon as all exclusive sections above them are removed. In  other  words,  the
                     new section shadows all previous sections.

              <allow-hide-cursor>
                     This feature can't be used through the public API.

              <allow-vo-dragging>
                     Same.

       disable-section <section>
              Disable the named input section. Undoes enable-section.

       define-section <section> <contents> [default|force]
              Create  a  named  input section, or replace the contents of an already existing input section. The
              contents parameter uses the same syntax as the input.conf file  (except  that  using  the  section
              syntax in it is not allowed), including the need to separate bindings with a newline character.

              If the contents parameter is an empty string, the section is removed.

              The section with the name default is the normal input section.

              In  general,  input  sections  have  to  be  enabled  with the enable-section command, or they are
              ignored.

              The last parameter has the following meaning:

              <default> (also used if parameter omitted)
                     Use a key binding defined by this section only if the user hasn't already bound this key to
                     a command.

              <force>
                     Always  bind a key. (The input section that was made active most recently wins if there are
                     ambiguities.)

              This command can be used to dispatch arbitrary keys to a script or a client API user. If the input
              section  defines  script-binding  commands,  it  is  also  possible  to get separate events on key
              up/down, and relatively detailed information about the key state. The special  key  name  unmapped
              can be used to match any unmapped key.

       overlay-add <id> <x> <y> <file> <offset> <fmt> <w> <h> <stride>
              Add  an  OSD  overlay  sourced  from  raw  data. This might be useful for scripts and applications
              controlling mpv, and which want to display things on top of the video window.

              Overlays are usually displayed in screen resolution, but with some VOs, the resolution is  reduced
              to  that  of  the  video's.  You  can  read the osd-width and osd-height properties. At least with
              --vo-xv and anamorphic video (such as DVD), osd-par should be read as well, and the overlay should
              be aspect-compensated.

              id  is  an  integer  between  0  and 63 identifying the overlay element. The ID can be used to add
              multiple overlay parts, update a part by using this command with an already  existing  ID,  or  to
              remove  a  part  with  overlay-remove.  Using a previously unused ID will add a new overlay, while
              reusing an ID will update it.

              x and y specify the position where the OSD should be displayed.

              file specifies the file the raw image data is read from. It can be  either  a  numeric  UNIX  file
              descriptor  prefixed  with  @  (e.g.  @4), or a filename. The file will be mapped into memory with
              mmap(), copied, and unmapped before the command returns (changed in mpv 0.18.1).

              It is also possible to pass a raw memory address for use as bitmap  memory  by  passing  a  memory
              address  as  integer  prefixed  with  an & character.  Passing the wrong thing here will crash the
              player. This mode might be useful for use with libmpv. The offset parameter is simply added to the
              memory address (since mpv 0.8.0, ignored before).

              offset  is  the  byte  offset  of the first pixel in the source file.  (The current implementation
              always mmap's the whole file from position 0 to the end of the image, so large offsets  should  be
              avoided.  Before mpv 0.8.0, the offset was actually passed directly to mmap, but it was changed to
              make using it easier.)

              fmt is a string identifying the image format. Currently, only bgra is defined. This format  has  4
              bytes  per pixels, with 8 bits per component.  The least significant 8 bits are blue, and the most
              significant 8 bits are alpha (in little endian, the components are B-G-R-A, with B as first byte).
              This  uses  premultiplied  alpha:  every  color  component  is  already  multiplied with the alpha
              component. This means the numeric value of each component is equal to or smaller  than  the  alpha
              component.  (Violating  this  rule  will  lead  to  different  results with different VOs: numeric
              overflows resulting from blending broken alpha  values  is  considered  something  that  shouldn't
              happen,  and  consequently  implementations don't ensure that you get predictable behavior in this
              case.)

              w, h, and stride specify the size of the overlay. w is the visible width  of  the  overlay,  while
              stride  gives  the  width  in  bytes  in  memory.  In  the  simple case, and with the bgra format,
              stride==4*w.  In general, the total amount of memory accessed is stride *  h.   (Technically,  the
              minimum  size  would  be  stride * (h - 1) + w * 4, but for simplicity, the player will access all
              stride * h bytes.)

              NOTE:
                 Before mpv 0.18.1, you had to  do  manual  "double  buffering"  when  updating  an  overlay  by
                 replacing  it with a different memory buffer. Since mpv 0.18.1, the memory is simply copied and
                 doesn't reference any of the memory indicated by the  command's  arguments  after  the  commend
                 returns.   If  you want to use this command before mpv 0.18.1, reads the old docs to see how to
                 handle this correctly.

       overlay-remove <id>
              Remove an overlay added with overlay-add and the same ID. Does nothing if no overlay with this  ID
              exists.

       script-message <arg1> <arg2> ...
              Send  a  message  to  all clients, and pass it the following list of arguments.  What this message
              means, how many arguments it takes, and what the arguments mean is fully up to  the  receiver  and
              the  sender.  Every  client  receives  the  message,  so  be  careful  about  name clashes (or use
              script-message-to).

       script-message-to <target> <arg1> <arg2> ...
              Same as script-message, but send it only to the client named <target>. Each client (scripts  etc.)
              has a unique name. For example, Lua scripts can get their name via mp.get_script_name().

       script-binding <name>
              Invoke  a script-provided key binding. This can be used to remap key bindings provided by external
              Lua scripts.

              The argument is the name of the binding.

              It can optionally  be  prefixed  with  the  name  of  the  script,  using  /  as  separator,  e.g.
              script-binding scriptname/bindingname.

              For completeness, here is how this command works internally. The details could change any time. On
              any matching key event, script-message-to or script-message is called (depending  on  whether  the
              script name is included), with the following arguments:

              1. The string key-binding.

              2. The name of the binding (as established above).

              3. The key state as string (see below).

              4. The key name (since mpv 0.15.0).

              The key state consists of 2 letters:

              1. One of d (key was pressed down), u (was released), r (key is still down, and was repeated; only
                 if key repeat is enabled for this binding), p (key was pressed; happens  if  up/down  can't  be
                 tracked).

              2. Whether the event originates from the mouse, either m (mouse button) or - (something else).

       ab-loop
              Cycle  through  A-B  loop states. The first command will set the A point (the ab-loop-a property);
              the second the B point, and the third will clear both points.

       drop-buffers
              Drop audio/video/demuxer buffers, and restart from fresh. Might help with unseekable streams  that
              are going out of sync.  This command might be changed or removed in the future.

       screenshot-raw [subtitles|video|window]
              Return   a   screenshot   in   memory.  This  can  be  used  only  through  the  client  API.  The
              MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP returned by this command has the w, h, stride fields set to obvious  contents.
              The  format  field is set to bgr0 by default. This format is organized as B8G8R8X8 (where B is the
              LSB). The contents of the padding X are undefined. The data field is of type MPV_FORMAT_BYTE_ARRAY
              with  the  actual image data. The image is freed as soon as the result mpv_node is freed. As usual
              with client API semantics, you are not allowed to write to the image data.

       vf-command <label> <cmd> <args>
              Send a command to the filter with the given <label>. Use all to send it to all  filters  at  once.
              The  command  and  argument  string  is filter specific. Currently, this only works with the lavfi
              filter - see the libavfilter documentation for which commands a filter supports.

              Note that the <label> is a mpv filter label, not a libavfilter filter name.

       af-command <label> <cmd> <args>
              Same as vf-command, but for audio filters.

       apply-profile <name>
              Apply the contents of a named profile. This is like using profile=name in a  config  file,  except
              you can map it to a key binding to change it at runtime.

              There  is  no  such  thing  as  "unapplying" a profile - applying a profile merely sets all option
              values listed within the profile.

       load-script <path>
              Load a script, similar to the --script option.

       Undocumented commands: tv-last-channel (TV/DVB only), ao-reload (experimental/internal).

   Hooks
       Hooks are synchronous events between player core and a script or similar.  This  applies  to  client  API
       (including  the  Lua scripting interface). Normally, events are supposed to be asynchronous, and the hook
       API provides an awkward and obscure way to handle events that require stricter coordination. There are no
       API  stability  guarantees  made. Not following the protocol exactly can make the player freeze randomly.
       Basically, nobody should use this API.

       There  are  two  special  commands  involved.  Also,  the  client  must  listen   for   client   messages
       (MPV_EVENT_CLIENT_MESSAGE in the C API).

       hook-add <hook-name> <id> <priority>
              Subscribe  to  the  hook  identified  by the first argument (basically, the name of event). The id
              argument is an arbitrary integer chosen by the user. priority is used to sort  all  hook  handlers
              globally  across  all  clients. Each client can register multiple hook handlers (even for the same
              hook-name). Once the hook is registered, it cannot be unregistered.

              When a specific event happens, all registered handlers are run serially.   This  uses  a  protocol
              every   client  has  to  follow  explicitly.  When  a  hook  handler  is  run,  a  client  message
              (MPV_EVENT_CLIENT_MESSAGE) is sent to the client which registered the hook. This message  has  the
              following arguments:

              1. the string hook_run

              2. the  id  argument  the hook was registered with as string (this can be used to correctly handle
                 multiple hooks registered by the same client, as long as the  id  argument  is  unique  in  the
                 client)

              3. something  undefined,  used  by the hook mechanism to track hook execution (currently, it's the
                 hook-name, but this might change without warning)

              Upon receiving this message, the client can handle the event. While doing this,  the  player  core
              will still react to requests, but playback will typically be stopped.

              When  the  client  is  done,  it  must  continue the core's hook execution by running the hook-ack
              command.

       hook-ack <string>
              Run the next hook in the global chain of hooks. The argument is the 3rd  argument  of  the  client
              message that starts hook execution for the current client.

       The following hooks are currently defined:

       on_load
              Called when a file is to be opened, before anything is actually done.  For example, you could read
              and write the stream-open-filename property to redirect an URL to something else (consider support
              for  streaming  sites  which  rarely  give the user a direct media URL), or you could set per-file
              options with by setting the property file-local-options/<option name>. The player will wait  until
              all hooks are run.

       on_preloaded
              Called after a file has been opened, and before tracks are selected and decoders are created. This
              has some usefulness if an API users wants to select tracks manually, based on the set of available
              tracks. It's also useful to initialize --lavfi-complex in a specific way by API, without having to
              "probe" the available streams at first.

              Note that this does not yet apply default track selection. Which operations exactly  can  be  done
              and  not  be  done,  and  what  information is available and what is not yet available yet, is all
              subject to change.

       on_unload
              Run before closing a file, and before actually uninitializing everything.  It's  not  possible  to
              resume playback in this state.

   Input Command Prefixes
       These  prefixes  are  placed between key name and the actual command. Multiple prefixes can be specified.
       They are separated by whitespace.

       osd-auto
              Use the default behavior for this command. This is  the  default  for  input.conf  commands.  Some
              libmpv/scripting/IPC APIs do not use this as default, but use no-osd instead.

       no-osd Do not use any OSD for this command.

       osd-bar
              If  possible,  show  a  bar  with this command. Seek commands will show the progress bar, property
              changing commands may show the newly set value.

       osd-msg
              If possible, show an OSD message with this command. Seek command show the current  playback  time,
              property changing commands show the newly set value as text.

       osd-msg-bar
              Combine osd-bar and osd-msg.

       raw    Do  not expand properties in string arguments. (Like "${property-name}".)  This is the default for
              some libmpv/scripting/IPC APIs.

       expand-properties
              All string arguments are expanded as described in Property Expansion.  This  is  the  default  for
              input.conf commands.

       repeatable
              For  some  commands, keeping a key pressed doesn't run the command repeatedly.  This prefix forces
              enabling key repeat in any case.

       async  Allow asynchronous execution (if possible). Note that  only  a  few  commands  will  support  this
              (usually  this  is  explicitly  documented). Some commands are asynchronous by default (or rather,
              their effects might manifest after completion of the command). The semantics of  this  flag  might
              change  in  the  future.  Set it only if you don't rely on the effects of this command being fully
              realized when it returns.

       All of the osd prefixes are still overridden by the global --osd-level settings.

   Input Sections
       Input sections group a set of bindings, and enable or disable them at  once.   In  input.conf,  each  key
       binding is assigned to an input section, rather than actually having explicit text sections.

       See also: enable-section and disable-section commands.

       Predefined bindings:

       default
              Bindings  without  input section are implicitly assigned to this section. It is enabled by default
              during normal playback.

       encode Section which is active in encoding mode. It is enabled  exclusively,  so  that  bindings  in  the
              default sections are ignored.

   Properties
       Properties  are  used  to  set mpv options during runtime, or to query arbitrary information. They can be
       manipulated with the set/add/cycle commands, and retrieved with show-text, or  anything  else  that  uses
       property expansion. (See Property Expansion.)

       The property name is annotated with RW to indicate whether the property is generally writable.

       If an option is referenced, the property will normally take/return exactly the same values as the option.
       In these cases, properties are merely a way to change an option at runtime.

   Property list
       NOTE:
          Most options can be set as runtime via properties as well. Just remove the leading -- from the  option
          name.  These  are  not documented. Only properties which do not exist as option with the same name, or
          which have very different behavior from the options are documented below.

       audio-speed-correction, video-speed-correction
              Factor multiplied with speed at which the player attempts to play the file. Usually  it's  exactly
              1. (Display sync mode will make this useful.)

              OSD formatting will display it in the form of +1.23456%, with the number being (raw - 1) * 100 for
              the given raw property value.

       display-sync-active
              Return whether --video-sync=display is actually active.

       filename
              Currently played file, with path stripped. If this is an URL, try  to  undo  percent  encoding  as
              well.  (The result is not necessarily correct, but looks better for display purposes. Use the path
              property to get an unmodified filename.)

              This has a sub-property:

              filename/no-ext
                     Like the filename property, but if the text contains a ., strip all text after the last  ..
                     Usually this removes the file extension.

       file-size
              Length  in  bytes  of  the  source  file/stream.  (This  is the same as ${stream-end}. For ordered
              chapters and such, the size of the currently played segment is returned.)

       estimated-frame-count
              Total number of frames in current file.

              NOTE:
                 This is only an estimate. (It's  computed  from  two  unreliable  quantities:  fps  and  stream
                 length.)

       estimated-frame-number
              Number of current frame in current stream.

              NOTE:
                 This  is  only  an  estimate.  (It's  computed from two unreliable quantities: fps and possibly
                 rounded timestamps.)

       path   Full path of the currently played file. Usually this is exactly the same string you  pass  on  the
              mpv  command line or the loadfile command, even if it's a relative path. If you expect an absolute
              path, you will have to determine it yourself, for example by using the working-directory property.

       media-title
              If the currently played file has a title tag, use that.

              Otherwise, if the media type is DVD, return the volume ID of DVD.

              Otherwise, return the filename property.

       file-format
              Symbolic name of the file format. In some cases, this is a comma-separated list of  format  names,
              e.g. mp4 is mov,mp4,m4a,3gp,3g2,mj2 (the list may grow in the future for any format).

       current-demuxer
              Name of the current demuxer. (This is useless.)

              (Renamed from demuxer.)

       stream-path
              Filename  (full  path) of the stream layer filename. (This is probably useless. It looks like this
              can be different from path only when using e.g. ordered chapters.)

       stream-pos
              Raw byte position in source stream. Technically, this returns the  position  of  the  most  recent
              packet passed to a decoder.

       stream-end
              Raw end position in bytes in source stream.

       duration
              Duration  of the current file in seconds. If the duration is unknown, the property is unavailable.
              Note that the file duration is not always exactly known, so this is an estimate.

              This replaces the length property, which was deprecated after the mpv 0.9 release. (The  semantics
              are the same.)

       avsync Last A/V synchronization difference. Unavailable if audio or video is disabled.

       total-avsync-change
              Total A-V sync correction done. Unavailable if audio or video is disabled.

       decoder-frame-drop-count
              Video   frames   dropped   by  decoder,  because  video  is  too  far  behind  audio  (when  using
              --framedrop=decoder). Sometimes, this may be incremented in  other  situations,  e.g.  when  video
              packets  are  damaged,  or  the  decoder  doesn't  follow the usual rules. Unavailable if video is
              disabled.

              drop-frame-count is a deprecated alias.

       frame-drop-count
              Frames dropped by VO (when using --framedrop=vo).

              vo-drop-frame-count is a deprecated alias.

       mistimed-frame-count
              Number of video frames that were not timed correctly in display-sync mode for the sake of  keeping
              A/V  sync. This does not include external circumstances, such as video rendering being too slow or
              the graphics driver somehow skipping a vsync. It does not include rounding  errors  either  (which
              can  happen  especially  with  bad  source timestamps). For example, using the display-desync mode
              should never change this value from 0.

       vsync-ratio
              For how many vsyncs a frame is displayed on average. This is available if display-sync  is  active
              only.  For  30  FPS  video  on  a 60 Hz screen, this will be 2. This is the moving average of what
              actually has been scheduled, so 24 FPS on 60 Hz will never  remain  exactly  on  2.5,  but  jitter
              depending on the last frame displayed.

       vo-delayed-frame-count
              Estimated  number  of frames delayed due to external circumstances in display-sync mode. Note that
              in general, mpv has to guess that this is happening, and the guess can be inaccurate.

       percent-pos (RW)
              Position in current file (0-100). The advantage over using this instead of calculating it  out  of
              other  properties is that it properly falls back to estimating the playback position from the byte
              position, if the file duration is not known.

       time-pos (RW)
              Position in current file in seconds.

       time-start
              Deprecated. Always returns 0. Before mpv 0.14, this used to return the  start  time  of  the  file
              (could affect e.g. transport streams). See --rebase-start-time option.

       time-remaining
              Remaining  length of the file in seconds. Note that the file duration is not always exactly known,
              so this is an estimate.

       audio-pts (R)
              Current audio playback position in current file in seconds. Unlike  time-pos,  this  updates  more
              often  than  once  per frame. For audio-only files, it is mostly equivalent to time-pos, while for
              video-only files this property is not available.

       playtime-remaining
              time-remaining scaled by the current speed.

       playback-time (RW)
              Position in current file in seconds. Unlike time-pos, the time is clamped  to  the  range  of  the
              file.  (Inaccurate  file  durations etc. could make it go out of range. Useful on attempts to seek
              outside of the file, as the seek target time is considered the current position during seeking.)

       chapter (RW)
              Current chapter number. The number of the first chapter is 0.

       edition (RW)
              Current MKV edition number. Setting this property to a different value will restart playback.  The
              number of the first edition is 0.

       disc-titles
              Number of BD/DVD titles.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based edition index.

              disc-titles/count
                     Number of titles.

              disc-titles/id
                     Title ID as integer. Currently, this is the same as the title index.

              disc-titles/length
                     Length  in  seconds.  Can  be  unavailable  in  a  number  of cases (currently it works for
                     libdvdnav only).

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "length"            MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

       disc-title-list
              List of BD/DVD titles.

       disc-title (RW)
              Current BD/DVD title number. Writing works only for dvdnav:// and bd:// (and aliases for these).

       chapters
              Number of chapters.

       editions
              Number of MKV editions.

       edition-list
              List of editions, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based edition index.

              edition-list/count
                     Number  of  editions.  If there are no editions, this can be 0 or 1 (1 if there's a useless
                     dummy edition).

              edition-list/N/id
                     Edition ID as integer. Use this to set the edition property.  Currently, this is  the  same
                     as the edition index.

              edition-list/N/default
                     yes if this is the default edition, no otherwise.

              edition-list/N/title
                     Edition title as stored in the file. Not always available.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each edition)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "title"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "default"           MPV_FORMAT_FLAG

       angle (RW)
              Current DVD angle.

       metadata
              Metadata key/value pairs.

              If the property is accessed with Lua's mp.get_property_native, this returns a table with  metadata
              keys  mapping  to  metadata  values.  If  it  is  accessed  with  the  client  API, this returns a
              MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP, with tag keys mapping to tag values.

              For OSD, it returns a formatted list. Trying to retrieve this property as  a  raw  string  doesn't
              work.

              This has a number of sub-properties:

              metadata/by-key/<key>
                     Value of metadata entry <key>.

              metadata/list/count
                     Number of metadata entries.

              metadata/list/N/key
                     Key name of the Nth metadata entry. (The first entry is 0).

              metadata/list/N/value
                     Value of the Nth metadata entry.

              metadata/<key>
                     Old  version  of metadata/by-key/<key>. Use is discouraged, because the metadata key string
                     could conflict with other sub-properties.

              The layout of this property might be subject to change. Suggestions are welcome how  exactly  this
              property should work.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
                     (key and string value for each metadata entry)

       filtered-metadata
              Like metadata, but includes only fields listed in the --display-tags option. This is the same  set
              of tags that is printed to the terminal.

       chapter-metadata
              Metadata  of  current  chapter. Works similar to metadata property. It also allows the same access
              methods (using sub-properties).

              Per-chapter metadata is very rare. Usually, only the chapter name (title) is set.

              For accessing other information, like chapter start, see the chapter-list property.

       vf-metadata/<filter-label>
              Metadata added by video filters. Accessed by the filter label, which, if not explicitly  specified
              using the @filter-label: syntax, will be <filter-name>NN.

              Works similar to metadata property. It allows the same access methods (using sub-properties).

              An example of this kind of metadata are the cropping parameters added by --vf=lavfi=cropdetect.

       af-metadata/<filter-label>
              Equivalent to vf-metadata/<filter-label>, but for audio filters.

       idle-active
              Return yes if no file is loaded, but the player is staying around because of the --idle option.

              (Renamed from idle.)

       core-idle
              Return  yes  if  the playback core is paused, otherwise no. This can be different pause in special
              situations, such as when the player pauses itself due to low network cache.

              This also returns yes if playback is restarting or if nothing is playing at all. In  other  words,
              it's only no if there's actually video playing. (Behavior since mpv 0.7.0.)

       cache  Network cache fill state (0-100.0).

       cache-size (RW)
              Network  cache  size  in  KB.  This  is  similar to --cache. This allows setting the cache size at
              runtime. Currently, it's not possible to enable  or  disable  the  cache  at  runtime  using  this
              property, just to resize an existing cache.

              This does not include the backbuffer size (changed after mpv 0.10.0).

              Note that this tries to keep the cache contents as far as possible. To make this easier, the cache
              resizing code will allocate the new cache while the old cache is still allocated.

              Don't use this when playing DVD or Blu-ray.

       cache-free (R)
              Total free cache size in KB.

       cache-used (R)
              Total used cache size in KB.

       cache-speed (R)
              Current I/O read speed between the cache and the lower  layer  (like  network).   This  gives  the
              number  bytes  per  seconds over a 1 second window (using the type MPV_FORMAT_INT64 for the client
              API).

       cache-idle (R)
              Returns yes if the cache is idle, which means the cache is filled as  much  as  possible,  and  is
              currently not reading more data.

       demuxer-cache-duration
              Approximate  duration  of video buffered in the demuxer, in seconds. The guess is very unreliable,
              and often the property will not be available at all, even if data is buffered.

       demuxer-cache-time
              Approximate time of video buffered in the demuxer, in seconds. Same as demuxer-cache-duration  but
              returns the last timestamp of buffered data in demuxer.

       demuxer-cache-idle
              Returns  yes  if  the  demuxer  is  idle, which means the demuxer cache is filled to the requested
              amount, and is currently not reading more data.

       demuxer-via-network
              Returns yes if the stream demuxed via the main demuxer is most likely  played  via  network.  What
              constitutes  "network"  is  not  always clear, might be used for other types of untrusted streams,
              could be wrong in certain cases, and its definition might be changing. Also, external files  (like
              separate audio files or streams) do not influence the value of this property (currently).

       demuxer-start-time (R)
              Returns the start time reported by the demuxer in fractional seconds.

       paused-for-cache
              Returns yes when playback is paused because of waiting for the cache.

       cache-buffering-state
              Return  the  percentage (0-100) of the cache fill status until the player will unpause (related to
              paused-for-cache).

       eof-reached
              Returns yes if end of playback was reached, no otherwise. Note that this  is  usually  interesting
              only if --keep-open is enabled, since otherwise the player will immediately play the next file (or
              exit or enter idle mode), and in these cases the eof-reached property will  logically  be  cleared
              immediately after it's set.

       seeking
              Returns  yes  if  the  player is currently seeking, or otherwise trying to restart playback. (It's
              possible that it returns yes while a file is loaded, or when switching ordered  chapter  segments.
              This is because the same underlying code is used for seeking and resyncing.)

       mixer-active
              Return yes if the audio mixer is active, no otherwise.

              This  option  is  relatively useless. Before mpv 0.18.1, it could be used to infer behavior of the
              volume property.

       ao-volume (RW)
              System volume. This property is available only if mpv audio output is currently active,  and  only
              if  the  underlying  implementation  supports volume control. What this option does depends on the
              API. For example, on ALSA this usually changes  system-wide  audio,  while  with  PulseAudio  this
              controls per-application volume.

       ao-mute (RW)
              Similar to ao-volume, but controls the mute state. May be unimplemented even if ao-volume works.

       audio-codec
              Audio codec selected for decoding.

       audio-codec-name
              Audio codec.

       audio-params
              Audio format as output by the audio decoder.  This has a number of sub-properties:

              audio-params/format
                     The sample format as string. This uses the same names as used in other places of mpv.

              audio-params/samplerate
                     Samplerate.

              audio-params/channels
                     The channel layout as a string. This is similar to what the --audio-channels accepts.

              audio-params/hr-channels
                     As  channels,  but  instead of the possibly cryptic actual layout sent to the audio device,
                     return a hopefully more human readable form.   (Usually  only  audio-out-params/hr-channels
                     makes sense.)

              audio-params/channel-count
                     Number of audio channels. This is redundant to the channels field described above.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
                     "format"            MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "samplerate"        MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "channels"          MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "channel-count"     MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "hr-channels"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING

       audio-out-params
              Same as audio-params, but the format of the data written to the audio API.

       colormatrix (R)
              Redirects to video-params/colormatrix. This parameter (as well as similar ones) can be  overridden
              with the format video filter.

       colormatrix-input-range (R)
              See colormatrix.

       colormatrix-primaries (R)
              See colormatrix.

       hwdec (RW)
              Reflects the --hwdec option.

              Writing  to  it  may  change  the  currently used hardware decoder, if possible.  (Internally, the
              player may reinitialize the decoder, and will perform a seek to refresh the video  properly.)  You
              can watch the other hwdec properties to see whether this was successful.

              Unlike  in mpv 0.9.x and before, this does not return the currently active hardware decoder. Since
              mpv 0.18.0, hwdec-current is available for this purpose.

       hwdec-current
              Return the current hardware decoding in use. If decoding is active, return one of the values  used
              by  the  hwdec  option/property.  no  indicates  software  decoding.  If no decoder is loaded, the
              property is unavailable.

       hwdec-interop
              This returns the currently loaded hardware decoding/output interop driver.   This  is  known  only
              once  the  VO  has  opened  (and possibly later). With some VOs (like opengl), this might be never
              known in advance, but only when the decoder attempted  to  create  the  hw  decoder  successfully.
              (Using  --opengl-hwdec-interop  can  load  it eagerly.) If there are multiple drivers loaded, they
              will be separated by ,.

              If no VO is active or no interop driver is known, this property is unavailable.

              This does not necessarily use the same values as hwdec. There can be multiple interop drivers  for
              the same hardware decoder, depending on platform and VO.

              This  is somewhat similar to the --opengl-hwdec-interop option, but it returns the actually loaded
              backend, not the value of this option.

       video-format
              Video format as string.

       video-codec
              Video codec selected for decoding.

       width, height
              Video size. This uses the size of the video as decoded, or if no video frame has been decoded yet,
              the (possibly incorrect) container indicated size.

       video-params
              Video  parameters,  as output by the decoder (with overrides like aspect etc. applied). This has a
              number of sub-properties:

              video-params/pixelformat
                     The pixel format as string. This uses the same names as used in other places of mpv.

              video-params/average-bpp
                     Average bits-per-pixel as integer. Subsampled planar formats use  a  different  resolution,
                     which  is  the reason this value can sometimes be odd or confusing. Can be unavailable with
                     some formats.

              video-params/plane-depth
                     Bit depth for each color  component  as  integer.  This  is  only  exposed  for  planar  or
                     single-component formats, and is unavailable for other formats.

              video-params/w, video-params/h
                     Video size as integers, with no aspect correction applied.

              video-params/dw, video-params/dh
                     Video size as integers, scaled for correct aspect ratio.

              video-params/aspect
                     Display aspect ratio as float.

              video-params/par
                     Pixel aspect ratio.

              video-params/colormatrix
                     The colormatrix in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/colorlevels
                     The colorlevels as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/primaries
                     The primaries in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/gamma
                     The gamma function in use as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/sig-peak
                     The video file's tagged signal peak as float.

              video-params/light
                     The light type in use as a string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/chroma-location
                     Chroma location as string. (Exact values subject to change.)

              video-params/rotate
                     Intended display rotation in degrees (clockwise).

              video-params/stereo-in
                     Source file stereo 3D mode. (See --video-stereo-mode option.)

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
                     "pixelformat"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "w"                 MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "h"                 MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "dw"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "dh"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "aspect"            MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "par"               MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "colormatrix"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "colorlevels"       MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "primaries"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "gamma"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "sig-peak"          MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                     "light"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "chroma-location"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                     "rotate"            MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                     "stereo-in"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING

       dwidth, dheight
              Video display size. This is the video size after filters and aspect scaling have been applied. The
              actual  video  window  size  can  still be different from this, e.g. if the user resized the video
              window manually.

              These have the same values as video-out-params/dw and video-out-params/dh.

       video-dec-params
              Exactly like video-params, but no overrides applied.

       video-out-params
              Same as video-params, but after video filters have been applied. If there are no video filters  in
              use,  this  will  contain the same values as video-params. Note that this is still not necessarily
              what the video window uses, since the user can change the window size, and all real VOs  do  their
              own scaling independently from the filter chain.

              Has the same sub-properties as video-params.

       video-frame-info
              Approximate  information  of  the  current  frame.  Note that if any of these are used on OSD, the
              information might be off by a few frames due to OSD redrawing and  frame  display  being  somewhat
              disconnected, and you might have to pause and force a redraw.

              Sub-properties:

              video-frame-info/picture-type           video-frame-info/interlaced           video-frame-info/tff
              video-frame-info/repeat

       container-fps
              Container FPS. This can easily contain bogus values. For videos that use modern container  formats
              or video codecs, this will often be incorrect.

              (Renamed from fps.)

       estimated-vf-fps
              Estimated/measured FPS of the video filter chain output. (If no filters are used, this corresponds
              to decoder output.) This uses the average of the 10 past frame durations to calculate the FPS.  It
              will be inaccurate if frame-dropping is involved (such as when framedrop is explicitly enabled, or
              after precise seeking). Files with imprecise timestamps (such as Matroska) might lead to  unstable
              results.

       window-scale (RW)
              Window  size  multiplier.  Setting  this  will  resize the video window to the values contained in
              dwidth and dheight multiplied with the value set with this property.  Setting  1  will  resize  to
              original  video  size  (or  to be exact, the size the video filters output). 2 will set the double
              size, 0.5 halves the size.

       window-minimized
              Return whether the video window is minimized or not.

       display-names
              Names of the displays that the mpv window covers. On X11,  these  are  the  xrandr  names  (LVDS1,
              HDMI1,  DP1,  VGA1,  etc.). On Windows, these are the GDI names (\.DISPLAY1, \.DISPLAY2, etc.) and
              the first display in the list will be the one that Windows considers associated  with  the  window
              (as determined by the MonitorFromWindow API.)

       display-fps (RW)
              The  refresh rate of the current display. Currently, this is the lowest FPS of any display covered
              by the video, as retrieved by the underlying system APIs (e.g. xrandr  on  X11).  It  is  not  the
              measured  FPS.  It's not necessarily available on all platforms. Note that any of the listed facts
              may change any time without a warning.

       estimated-display-fps
              Only available if display-sync mode (as selected by --video-sync) is active.  Returns  the  actual
              rate at which display refreshes seem to occur, measured by system time.

       vsync-jitter
              Estimated deviation factor of the vsync duration.

       video-aspect (RW)
              Video aspect, see --video-aspect.

              If  video  is  active,  this  reports  the  effective  aspect  value,  instead of the value of the
              --video-aspect option.

       osd-width, osd-height
              Last known OSD width (can be 0). This is needed if you want to use  the  overlay-add  command.  It
              gives you the actual OSD size, which can be different from the window size in some cases.

       osd-par
              Last known OSD display pixel aspect (can be 0).

       program (W)
              Switch TS program (write-only).

       dvb-channel (W)
              Pair  of  integers:  card,channel  of  current  DVB  stream.  Can be switched to switch to another
              channel on the same card.

       dvb-channel-name (RW)
              Name of current DVB program.  On write, a channel-switch to the named channel on the same card  is
              performed. Can also be used for channel switching.

       sub-text
              Return  the  current subtitle text. Formatting is stripped. If a subtitle is selected, but no text
              is currently visible, or the subtitle is not text-based (i.e. DVD/BD subtitles), an  empty  string
              is returned.

              This property is experimental and might be removed in the future.

       tv-brightness, tv-contrast, tv-saturation, tv-hue (RW)
              TV stuff.

       playlist-pos (RW)
              Current  position  on  playlist.  The  first  entry is on position 0. Writing to the property will
              restart playback at the written entry.

       playlist-pos-1 (RW)
              Same as playlist-pos, but 1-based.

       playlist-count
              Number of total playlist entries.

       playlist
              Playlist, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based playlist entry index.

              playlist/count
                     Number of playlist entries (same as playlist-count).

              playlist/N/filename
                     Filename of the Nth entry.

              playlist/N/current, playlist/N/playing
                     yes if this entry is currently playing (or being loaded).   Unavailable  or  no  otherwise.
                     When  changing  files,  current and playing can be different, because the currently playing
                     file hasn't been unloaded yet; in this case, current refers to the  new  selection.  (Since
                     mpv 0.7.0.)

              playlist/N/title
                     Name  of  the Nth entry. Only available if the playlist file contains such fields, and only
                     if mpv's parser supports it for the given playlist format.

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each playlist entry)
                         "filename"  MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "current"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (might be missing; since mpv 0.7.0)
                         "playing"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG (same)
                         "title"     MPV_FORMAT_STRING (optional)

       track-list
              List  of  audio/video/sub  tracks,  current  entry  marked.  Currently,  the raw property value is
              useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based track index.

              track-list/count
                     Total number of tracks.

              track-list/N/id
                     The ID as it's used for -sid/--aid/--vid. This is unique within tracks  of  the  same  type
                     (sub/audio/video), but otherwise not.

              track-list/N/type
                     String describing the media type. One of audio, video, sub.

              track-list/N/src-id
                     Track ID as used in the source file. Not always available.

              track-list/N/title
                     Track title as it is stored in the file. Not always available.

              track-list/N/lang
                     Track language as identified by the file. Not always available.

              track-list/N/albumart
                     yes  if  this  is  a  video  track  that  consists  of  a single picture, no or unavailable
                     otherwise. This is used for video tracks that are really attached pictures in audio files.

              track-list/N/default
                     yes if the track has the default flag set in the file, no otherwise.

              track-list/N/forced
                     yes if the track has the forced flag set in the file, no otherwise.

              track-list/N/codec
                     The codec name used by this track, for example h264. Unavailable in some rare cases.

              track-list/N/external
                     yes if the track is an external file, no otherwise.  This  is  set  for  separate  subtitle
                     files.

              track-list/N/external-filename
                     The filename if the track is from an external file, unavailable otherwise.

              track-list/N/selected
                     yes if the track is currently decoded, no otherwise.

              track-list/N/ff-index
                     The stream index as usually used by the FFmpeg utilities. Note that this can be potentially
                     wrong if a demuxer other than libavformat (--demuxer=lavf) is  used.  For  mkv  files,  the
                     index  will  usually  match  even if the default (builtin) demuxer is used, but there is no
                     hard guarantee.

              track-list/N/decoder-desc
                     If this track is being decoded, the human-readable decoder name,

              track-list/N/demux-w, track-list/N/demux-h
                     Video size hint as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

              track-list/N/demux-channel-count
                     Number of audio channels  as  indicated  by  the  container.  (Not  always  accurate  -  in
                     particular, the track could be decoded as a different number of channels.)

              track-list/N/demux-channels
                     Channel layout as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

              track-list/N/demux-samplerate
                     Audio sample rate as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

              track-list/N/demux-fps
                     Video FPS as indicated by the container. (Not always accurate.)

              track-list/N/audio-channels (deprecated)
                     Deprecated alias for track-list/N/demux-channel-count.

              track-list/N/replaygain-track-peak, track-list/N/replaygain-track-gain
                     Per-track replaygain values. Only available for audio tracks with corresponding information
                     stored in the source file.

              track-list/N/replaygain-album-peak, track-list/N/replaygain-album-gain
                     Per-album replaygain values. If the file has per-track but no  per-album  information,  the
                     per-album  values  will  be  copied from the per-track values currently. It's possible that
                     future mpv versions will make these properties unavailable instead in this case.

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each track)
                         "id"                MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "type"              MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "src-id"            MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "title"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "lang"              MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "albumart"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "default"           MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "forced"            MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "selected"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "external"          MPV_FORMAT_FLAG
                         "external-filename" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "codec"             MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "ff-index"          MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "decoder-desc"      MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "demux-w"           MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-h"           MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-channel-count" MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-channels"    MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "demux-samplerate"  MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "demux-fps"         MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "audio-channels"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "replaygain-track-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-track-gain" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-album-peak" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE
                         "replaygain-album-gain" MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

       chapter-list
              List of chapters, current entry marked. Currently, the raw property value is useless.

              This has a number of sub-properties. Replace N with the 0-based chapter index.

              chapter-list/count
                     Number of chapters.

              chapter-list/N/title
                     Chapter title as stored in the file. Not always available.

              chapter-list/N/time
                     Chapter start time in seconds as float.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each chapter)
                         "title" MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "time"  MPV_FORMAT_DOUBLE

       af, vf (RW)
              See --vf/--af and the vf/af command.

              When  querying  the  property  with  the  client  API   using   MPV_FORMAT_NODE,   or   with   Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each filter entry)
                         "name"      MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "label"     MPV_FORMAT_STRING [optional]
                         "enabled"   MPV_FORMAT_FLAG [optional]
                         "params"    MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP [optional]
                             "key"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                             "value" MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              It's also possible to write the property using this format.

       seekable
              Return whether it's generally possible to seek in the current file.

       partially-seekable
              Return  yes if the current file is considered seekable, but only because the cache is active. This
              means small relative seeks may be fine, but larger seeks may fail  anyway.  Whether  a  seek  will
              succeed or not is generally not known in advance.

              If this property returns true, seekable will also return true.

       playback-abort
              Return  whether playback is stopped or is to be stopped. (Useful in obscure situations like during
              on_load hook processing, when the user can stop playback, but the script  has  to  explicitly  end
              processing.)

       cursor-autohide (RW)
              See  --cursor-autohide.  Setting  this to a new value will always update the cursor, and reset the
              internal timer.

       osd-sym-cc
              Inserts the current OSD symbol as opaque OSD control code (cc). This makes  sense  only  with  the
              show-text  command or options which set OSD messages.  The control code is implementation specific
              and is useless for anything else.

       osd-ass-cc
              ${osd-ass-cc/0} disables escaping ASS sequences of text in OSD, ${osd-ass-cc/1} enables it  again.
              By  default,  ASS  sequences  are  escaped  to  avoid accidental formatting, and this property can
              disable this behavior. Note that the properties return an opaque  OSD  control  code,  which  only
              makes sense for the show-text command or options which set OSD messages.

                 Example

                 • --osd-status-msg='This is ${osd-ass-cc/0}{\\b1}bold text'show-text "This is ${osd-ass-cc/0}{\b1}bold text"

              Any ASS override tags as understood by libass can be used.

              Note  that  you  need  to  escape  the  \  character, because the string is processed for C escape
              sequences before passing it to the OSD code.

              A list of tags can be found here: http://docs.aegisub.org/latest/ASS_Tags/

       vo-configured
              Return whether the VO is configured right now. Usually  this  corresponds  to  whether  the  video
              window is visible. If the --force-window option is used, this is usually always returns yes.

       vo-passes
              Contains  introspection  about  the  VO's  active  render  passes  and  their execution times. Not
              implemented by all VOs.

              This is further subdivided into two frame types, vo-passes/fresh for fresh frames (which  have  to
              be  uploaded,  scaled,  etc.)  and  vo-passes/redraw  for  redrawn  frames  (which only have to be
              re-painted).  The number of passes for any given subtype can  change  from  frame  to  frame,  and
              should not be relied upon.

              Each  frame  type has a number of further sub-properties. Replace TYPE with the frame type, N with
              the 0-based pass index, and M with the 0-based sample index.

              vo-passes/TYPE/count
                     Number of passes.

              vo-passes/TYPE/N/desc
                     Human-friendy description of the pass.

              vo-passes/TYPE/N/last
                     Last measured execution time, in nanoseconds.

              vo-passes/TYPE/N/avg
                     Average execution time of this pass, in nanoseconds. The exact  timeframe  varies,  but  it
                     should generally be a handful of seconds.

              vo-passes/TYPE/N/peak
                     The peak execution time (highest value) within this averaging range, in nanoseconds.

              vo-passes/TYPE/N/count
                     The number of samples for this pass.

              vo-passes/TYPE/N/samples/M
                     The raw execution time of a specific sample for this pass, in nanoseconds.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
                 "TYPE" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP
                         "desc"    MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "last"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "avg"     MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "peak"    MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "count"   MPV_FORMAT_INT64
                         "samples" MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                              MP_FORMAT_INT64

              Note that directly accessing this structure via subkeys is  not  supported,  the  only  access  is
              through aforementioned MPV_FORMAT_NODE.

       video-bitrate, audio-bitrate, sub-bitrate
              Bitrate  values calculated on the packet level. This works by dividing the bit size of all packets
              between two keyframes by their presentation timestamp distance.  (This  uses  the  timestamps  are
              stored in the file, so e.g. playback speed does not influence the returned values.) In particular,
              the video bitrate will update only per keyframe, and show the "past" bitrate. To make the property
              more UI friendly, updates to these properties are throttled in a certain way.

              The  unit  is  bits  per  second.  OSD  formatting turns these values in kilobits (or megabits, if
              appropriate), which can be prevented by using the raw property value, e.g. with ${=video-bitrate}.

              Note that the accuracy of these properties is influenced by a  few  factors.   If  the  underlying
              demuxer  rewrites  the  packets  on  demuxing  (done  for some file formats), the bitrate might be
              slightly off. If timestamps are bad or jittery (like in Matroska), even constant  bitrate  streams
              might show fluctuating bitrate.

              How exactly these values are calculated might change in the future.

              In  earlier versions of mpv, these properties returned a static (but bad) guess using a completely
              different method.

       packet-video-bitrate, packet-audio-bitrate, packet-sub-bitrate
              Old and deprecated properties for video-bitrate, audio-bitrate, sub-bitrate. They  behave  exactly
              the  same,  but  return  a value in kilobits. Also, they don't have any OSD formatting, though the
              same can be achieved with e.g. ${=video-bitrate}.

              These properties shouldn't be used anymore.

       audio-device-list
              Return the list of discovered audio devices. This is mostly for  use  with  the  client  API,  and
              reflects what --audio-device=help with the command line player returns.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each device entry)
                         "name"          MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "description"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING

              The name is what is to be passed to the --audio-device option (and often a  rather  cryptic  audio
              API-specific  ID),  while  description is human readable free form text. The description is set to
              the device name (minus mpv-specific <driver>/ prefix)  if  no  description  is  available  or  the
              description would have been an empty string.

              The  special  entry  with  the  name  set  to auto selects the default audio output driver and the
              default device.

              The property can be watched with the property observation mechanism in the client API and  in  Lua
              scripts. (Technically, change notification is enabled the first time this property is read.)

       audio-device (RW)
              Set the audio device. This directly reads/writes the --audio-device option, but on write accesses,
              the audio output will be scheduled for reloading.

              Writing this property while no audio output is active will not automatically enable  audio.  (This
              is  also true in the case when audio was disabled due to reinitialization failure after a previous
              write access to audio-device.)

              This property also doesn't tell you which audio device is actually in use.

              How these details are handled may change in the future.

       current-vo
              Current video output driver (name as used with --vo).

       current-ao
              Current audio output driver (name as used with --ao).

       audio-out-detected-device
              Return the audio device selected by the AO driver (only implemented for  some  drivers:  currently
              only coreaudio).

       working-directory
              Return  the  working  directory  of the mpv process. Can be useful for JSON IPC users, because the
              command line player usually works with relative paths.

       protocol-list
              List of protocol prefixes potentially recognized by the player. They are returned without trailing
              ://  suffix  (which  is  still always required).  In some cases, the protocol will not actually be
              supported (consider https if ffmpeg is not compiled with TLS support).

       decoder-list
              List of decoders supported. This lists decoders which can be passed to --vd and --ad.

              family Decoder driver. Usually lavc for libavcodec.

              codec  Canonical codec name, which identifies the format the decoder can handle.

              driver The name of the decoder itself. Often, this is the same as  codec.   Sometimes  it  can  be
                     different. It is used to distinguish multiple decoders for the same codec.

              description
                     Human readable description of the decoder and codec.

              When   querying   the   property   with   the  client  API  using  MPV_FORMAT_NODE,  or  with  Lua
              mp.get_property_native, this will return a mpv_node with the following contents:

                 MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY
                     MPV_FORMAT_NODE_MAP (for each decoder entry)
                         "family"        MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "codec"         MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "driver"        MPV_FORMAT_STRING
                         "description"   MPV_FORMAT_STRING

       encoder-list
              List of libavcodec encoders. This has the same format as decoder-list.  The encoder names  (driver
              entries) can be passed to --ovc and --oac (without the lavc: prefix required by --vd and --ad).

       mpv-version
              Return  the  mpv version/copyright string. Depending on how the binary was built, it might contain
              either a release version, or just a git hash.

       mpv-configuration
              Return the configuration arguments which were passed to the build system (typically the way  ./waf
              configure ... was invoked).

       ffmpeg-version
              Return the contents of the av_version_info() API call. This is a string which identifies the build
              in some way, either through a release version number, or a git hash. This applies to Libav as well
              (the  property  is  still  named  the same.) This property is unavailable if mpv is linked against
              older FFmpeg and Libav versions.

       options/<name> (RW)
              Read-only access to value of option --<name>. Most options can be changed at runtime by writing to
              this  property.  Note  that many options require reloading the file for changes to take effect. If
              there is an equivalent property, prefer setting the property instead.

              There shouldn't be any reason to access options/<name> instead of <name>, except in situations  in
              which the properties have different behavior or conflicting semantics.

       file-local-options/<name>
              Similar  to  options/<name>, but when setting an option through this property, the option is reset
              to its old value once the current file has stopped playing. Trying to write  an  option  while  no
              file is playing (or is being loaded) results in an error.

              (Note  that  if  an option is marked as file-local, even options/ will access the local value, and
              the old value, which will be restored on end of playback, cannot be read or written until  end  of
              playback.)

       option-info/<name>
              Additional per-option information.

              This  has  a  number  of  sub-properties.  Replace  <name> with the name of a top-level option. No
              guarantee of stability is given to any of these sub-properties - they may change radically in  the
              feature.

              option-info/<name>/name
                     Returns the name of the option.

              option-info/<name>/type
                     Return  the  name of the option type, like String or Integer.  For many complex types, this
                     isn't very accurate.

              option-info/<name>/set-from-commandline
                     Return yes if the option was set from the mpv command line, no otherwise. What this is  set
                     to  if  the option is e.g. changed at runtime is left undefined (meaning it could change in
                     the future).

              option-info/<name>/set-locally
                     Return yes if the option was set per-file. This  is  the  case  with  automatically  loaded
                     profiles,  file-dir configs, and other cases. It means the option value will be restored to
                     the value before playback start when playback ends.

              option-info/<name>/default-value
                     The default value of the option. May not always be available.

              option-info/<name>/min, option-info/<name>/max
                     Integer minimum and maximum values allowed for the option. Only available  if  the  options
                     are  numeric, and the minimum/maximum has been set internally. It's also possible that only
                     one of these is set.

              option-info/<name>/choices
                     If the option is a choice option, the possible choices. Choices that are  integers  may  or
                     may  not  be  included (they can be implied by min and max). Note that options which behave
                     like choice options, but are not actual choice options internally, may not have  this  info
                     available.

       property-list
              Return the list of top-level properties.

       profile-list
              Return  the  list  of profiles and their contents. This is highly implementation-specific, and may
              change any time. Currently, it returns an array of options for each profile.  Each  option  has  a
              name  and  a value, with the value currently always being a string. Note that the options array is
              not a map, as order matters and  duplicate  entries  are  possible.  Recursive  profiles  are  not
              expanded, and show up as special profile options.

   Inconsistencies between options and properties
       You  can  access  (almost)  all options as properties, though there are some caveats with some properties
       (due to historical reasons):

       vid, aid, sid
              While playback is active, you can set existing tracks only. (The option allows setting  any  track
              ID, and which tracks to enable is chosen at loading time.)

              Option changes at runtime are affected by this as well.

       video-aspect
              While  video  is  active, always returns the effective aspect ratio. Setting a special value (like
              no, values <= 0) will make the property set this as option, and return whatever actual aspect  was
              derived from the option setting.

       display-fps
              If  a  VO is created, this will return either the actual display FPS, or an invalid value, instead
              of the option value.

       vf, af If you set the properties during playback, and the filter chain fails  to  reinitialize,  the  new
              value will be rejected. Setting the option or setting the property outside of playback will always
              succeed/fail in the same way. Also, there are no vf-add etc. properties, but you can use the vf/af
              group of commands to achieve the same.

              Option changes at runtime are affected by this as well.

       edition
              While  a  file  is  loaded, the property will always return the effective edition, and setting the
              auto value will show somewhat strange behavior (the property eventually switching to  whatever  is
              the default edition).

       playlist
              The  property  is  read-only  and returns the current internal playlist. The option is for loading
              playlist during command line parsing. For client API uses, you should  use  the  loadlist  command
              instead.

       window-scale
              Might verify the set value when setting while a window is created.

       audio-file, sub-file, external-file
              These  options/properties  are  actually  lists  of  filenames. To make the command-line interface
              easier, each --audio-file=... option appends the full string to the internal list.  However,  when
              used as properties, every time you set the property as a string the internal list will be replaced
              with a single entry containing the string you set. , or other separators are never used. You  have
              to  use MPV_FORMAT_NODE_ARRAY (or corresponding API, e.g. mp.set_property_native() with a table in
              Lua) to set multiple entries.

              Strictly speaking, option access via API (e.g. mpv_set_option_string()) has the same problem,  and
              it's only a difference between CLI/API.

       playlist-pos, chapter
              These properties behave different from the deprecated options with the same names.

       profile, include
              These  are  write-only,  and  will perform actions as they are written to, exactly as if they were
              used on the mpv CLI commandline. Their only use is  when  using  libmpv  before  mpv_initialize(),
              which  in  turn  is  probably  only  useful in encoding mode. Normal libmpv users should use other
              mechanisms, such as the apply-profile command, and the mpv_load_config_file  API  function.  Avoid
              these properties.

   Property Expansion
       All  string  arguments to input commands as well as certain options (like --term-playing-msg) are subject
       to property expansion. Note that property expansion does not work in places where e.g. numeric parameters
       are  expected.   (For  example,  the  add  command  does not do property expansion. The set command is an
       exception and not a general rule.)

          Example for input.conf

          i show-text Filename: ${filename}
                 shows the filename of the current file when pressing the i key

       Within input.conf, property expansion can be inhibited by putting the raw prefix in front of commands.

       The following expansions are supported:

       ${NAME}
              Expands to the value of the property NAME. If retrieving the property fails, expand  to  an  error
              string.  (Use  ${NAME:}  with  a  trailing  :  to  expand to an empty string instead.)  If NAME is
              prefixed with =, expand to the raw value of the property (see section below).

       ${NAME:STR}
              Expands to the value of the property NAME, or STR if the property  cannot  be  retrieved.  STR  is
              expanded recursively.

       ${?NAME:STR}
              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME is available.

       ${!NAME:STR}
              Expands to STR (recursively) if the property NAME cannot be retrieved.

       ${?NAME==VALUE:STR}
              Expands  to  STR  (recursively)  if  the property NAME expands to a string equal to VALUE. You can
              prefix NAME with = in order to compare the raw value of a property (see  section  below).  If  the
              property  is unavailable, or other errors happen when retrieving it, the value is never considered
              equal.  Note that VALUE can't contain any of the characters : or }.  Also,  it  is  possible  that
              escaping with " or % might be added in the future, should the need arise.

       ${!NAME==VALUE:STR}
              Same  as  with  the  ?  variant,  but  STR  is expanded if the value is not equal. (Using the same
              semantics as with ?.)

       $$     Expands to $.

       $}     Expands to }. (To produce this character inside recursive expansion.)

       $>     Disable property expansion and special handling of $ for the rest of the string.

       In places where property expansion is allowed, C-style escapes are often accepted as well. Example:

          • \n becomes a newline character

          • \\ expands to \

   Raw and Formatted Properties
       Normally, properties are formatted as human-readable text, meant  to  be  displayed  on  OSD  or  on  the
       terminal.  It  is  possible  to retrieve an unformatted (raw) value from a property by prefixing its name
       with =. These raw values can be parsed by other programs and follow the same conventions as  the  options
       associated with the properties.

          Examples

          • ${time-pos} expands to 00:14:23 (if playback position is at 14 minutes 23 seconds)

          • ${=time-pos}  expands  to  863.4  (same  time, plus 400 milliseconds - milliseconds are normally not
            shown in the formatted case)

       Sometimes, the difference in amount of information carried by raw and formatted property  values  can  be
       rather  big.  In  some  cases,  raw values have more information, like higher precision than seconds with
       time-pos. Sometimes it is the other way around, e.g. aid shows track title and language in the  formatted
       case, but only the track number if it is raw.

ON SCREEN CONTROLLER

       The   On  Screen  Controller  (short:  OSC)  is  a  minimal  GUI  integrated  with  mpv  to  offer  basic
       mouse-controllability. It is intended to make interaction easier for new users and to enable precise  and
       direct seeking.

       The OSC is enabled by default if mpv was compiled with Lua support. It can be disabled entirely using the
       --osc=no option.

   Using the OSC
       By default, the OSC will show up whenever the mouse is moved inside the player window and  will  hide  if
       the mouse is not moved outside the OSC for 0.5 seconds or if the mouse leaves the window.

   The Interface
          +---------+----------+------------------------------------------+----------+
          | pl prev | pl next  |  title                                   |    cache |
          +------+--+---+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+
          | play | skip | skip | time    |  seekbar  | time | audio | sub | vol | fs |
          |      | back | frwd | elapsed |           | left |       |     |     |    |
          +------+------+------+---------+-----------+------+-------+-----+-----+----+

       pl prev

                                       ┌──────────────┬────────────────────────────────┐
                                       │left-click    │ play previous file in playlist │
                                       ├──────────────┼────────────────────────────────┤
                                       │right-click   │ show playlist                  │
                                       ├──────────────┼────────────────────────────────┤
                                       │shift+L-click │ show playlist                  │
                                       └──────────────┴────────────────────────────────┘

       pl next

                                         ┌──────────────┬────────────────────────────┐
                                         │left-click    │ play next file in playlist │
                                         ├──────────────┼────────────────────────────┤
                                         │right-click   │ show playlist              │
                                         ├──────────────┼────────────────────────────┤
                                         │shift+L-click │ show playlist              │
                                         └──────────────┴────────────────────────────┘

       title
              Displays current media-title, filename, or custom title

                                    ┌────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                    │left-click  │ show playlist position and length and │
                                    │            │ full title                            │
                                    ├────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                    │right-click │ show filename                         │
                                    └────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

       cache
              Shows current cache fill status

       play

                                               ┌───────────┬───────────────────┐
                                               │left-click │ toggle play/pause │
                                               └───────────┴───────────────────┘

       skip back

                                   ┌──────────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                   │left-click    │ go to beginning of chapter / previous │
                                   │              │ chapter                               │
                                   ├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │right-click   │ show chapters                         │
                                   ├──────────────┼───────────────────────────────────────┤
                                   │shift+L-click │ show chapters                         │
                                   └──────────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

       skip frwd

                                             ┌──────────────┬────────────────────┐
                                             │left-click    │ go to next chapter │
                                             ├──────────────┼────────────────────┤
                                             │right-click   │ show chapters      │
                                             ├──────────────┼────────────────────┤
                                             │shift+L-click │ show chapters      │
                                             └──────────────┴────────────────────┘

       time elapsed
              Shows current playback position timestamp

                                     ┌───────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                     │left-click │ toggle   displaying   timecodes  with │
                                     │           │ milliseconds                          │
                                     └───────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

       seekbar
              Indicates current playback position and position of chapters

                                               ┌───────────┬──────────────────┐
                                               │left-click │ seek to position │
                                               └───────────┴──────────────────┘

       time left
              Shows remaining playback time timestamp

                                     ┌───────────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                     │left-click │ toggle between  total  and  remaining │
                                     │           │ time                                  │
                                     └───────────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

       audio and sub
              Displays selected track and amount of available tracks

                                      ┌──────────────┬──────────────────────────────────┐
                                      │left-click    │ cycle audio/sub tracks forward   │
                                      ├──────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                                      │right-click   │ cycle audio/sub tracks backwards │
                                      ├──────────────┼──────────────────────────────────┤
                                      │shift+L-click │ show available audio/sub tracks  │
                                      └──────────────┴──────────────────────────────────┘

       vol

                                                ┌────────────┬────────────────┐
                                                │left-click  │ toggle mute    │
                                                ├────────────┼────────────────┤
                                                │mouse wheel │ volume up/down │
                                                └────────────┴────────────────┘

       fs

                                               ┌───────────┬───────────────────┐
                                               │left-click │ toggle fullscreen │
                                               └───────────┴───────────────────┘

   Key Bindings
       These  key  bindings  are  active  by  default if nothing else is already bound to these keys. In case of
       collision, the function needs to be bound to a different key. See the Script Commands section.

                                     ┌────┬───────────────────────────────────────┐
                                     │del │ Cycles  visibility  between  never  / │
                                     │    │ auto (mouse-move) / always            │
                                     └────┴───────────────────────────────────────┘

   Configuration
       The OSC offers limited configuration through a config file lua-settings/osc.conf placed in mpv's user dir
       and through the --script-opts  command-line  option.  Options  provided  through  the  command-line  will
       override those from the config file.

   Config Syntax
       The config file must exactly follow the following syntax:

          # this is a comment
          optionA=value1
          optionB=value2

       # can only be used at the beginning of a line and there may be no spaces around the = or anywhere else.

   Command-line Syntax
       To avoid collisions with other scripts, all options need to be prefixed with osc-.

       Example:

          --script-opts=osc-optionA=value1,osc-optionB=value2

   Configurable Options
       layout Default: bottombar

              The  layout  for  the  OSC.  Currently  available are: box, slimbox, bottombar and topbar. Default
              pre-0.21.0 was 'box'.

       seekbarstyle
              Default: bar

              Sets the style of the seekbar, slider (diamond marker), knob (circle marker with  guide),  or  bar
              (fill).  Default pre-0.21.0 was 'slider'.

       deadzonesize
              Default: 0.5

              Size  of  the  deadzone. The deadzone is an area that makes the mouse act like leaving the window.
              Movement there won't make the OSC show up and it will hide immediately if the mouse enters it. The
              deadzone  starts  at  the  window border opposite to the OSC and the size controls how much of the
              window it will span. Values between 0.0 and 1.0, where 0 means the  OSC  will  always  popup  with
              mouse  movement  in  the  window,  and 1 means the OSC will only show up when the mouse hovers it.
              Default pre-0.21.0 was 0.

       minmousemove
              Default: 0

              Minimum amount of pixels the mouse has to move between ticks to make  the  OSC  show  up.  Default
              pre-0.21.0 was 3.

       showwindowed
              Default: yes

              Enable the OSC when windowed

       showfullscreen
              Default: yes

              Enable the OSC when fullscreen

       scalewindowed
              Default: 1.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when windowed.

       scalefullscreen
              Default: 1.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when fullscreen

       scaleforcedwindow
              Default: 2.0

              Scale factor of the OSC when rendered on a forced (dummy) window

       vidscale
              Default: yes

              Scale  the  OSC  with  the video no tries to keep the OSC size constant as much as the window size
              allows

       valign Default: 0.8

              Vertical alignment, -1 (top) to 1 (bottom)

       halign Default: 0.0

              Horizontal alignment, -1 (left) to 1 (right)

       barmargin
              Default: 0

              Margin from bottom (bottombar) or top (topbar), in pixels

       boxalpha
              Default: 80

              Alpha of the background box, 0 (opaque) to 255 (fully transparent)

       hidetimeout
              Default: 500

              Duration in ms until the OSC hides if no mouse movement, must not be negative

       fadeduration
              Default: 200

              Duration of fade out in ms, 0 = no fade

       title  Default: ${media-title}

              String that supports property expansion that will  be  displayed  as  OSC  title.   ASS  tags  are
              escaped, and newlines and trailing slashes are stripped.

       tooltipborder
              Default: 1

              Size of the tooltip outline when using bottombar or topbar layouts

       timetotal
              Default: no

              Show total time instead of time remaining

       timems Default: no

              Display timecodes with milliseconds

       visibility
              Default: auto (auto hide/show on mouse move)

              Also supports never and always

       boxmaxchars
              Default: 80

              Max  chars  for the osc title at the box layout. mpv does not measure the text width on screen and
              so it needs to limit it by number of chars. The default is conservative to allow wide fonts to  be
              used without overflow.  However, with many common fonts a bigger number can be used. YMMV.

   Script Commands
       The  OSC  script  listens  to certain script commands. These commands can bound in input.conf, or sent by
       other scripts.

       osc-message
              Show a message on screen using the OSC. First argument is the  message,  second  the  duration  in
              seconds.

       osc-visibility
              Controls visibility mode never / auto (on mouse move) / always and also cycle to cycle between the
              modes

       Example

       You could put this into input.conf to hide the OSC with the a key and to set auto mode (the default) with
       b:

          a script-message osc-visibility never
          b script-message osc-visibility auto

       osc-playlist, osc-chapterlist, osc-tracklist
              Shows  a  limited view of the respective type of list using the OSC. First argument is duration in
              seconds.

LUA SCRIPTING

       mpv can load Lua scripts. Scripts passed to the --script option, or found in the scripts subdirectory  of
       the  mpv  configuration  directory  (usually ~/.config/mpv/scripts/) will be loaded on program start. mpv
       also appends the scripts subdirectory to the end of Lua's path so you can import scripts from there  too.
       Since it's added to the end, don't name scripts you want to import the same as Lua libraries because they
       will be overshadowed by them.

       mpv provides the built-in module mp, which contains functions to send commands to the  mpv  core  and  to
       retrieve information about playback state, user settings, file information, and so on.

       These  scripts can be used to control mpv in a similar way to slave mode.  Technically, the Lua code uses
       the client API internally.

   Example
       A script which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:

          function on_pause_change(name, value)
              if value == true then
                  mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no")
              end
          end
          mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change)

   Details on the script initialization and lifecycle
       Your script will be loaded by the player at program start from the scripts configuration subdirectory, or
       from  a  path  specified  with the --script option. Some scripts are loaded internally (like --osc). Each
       script runs in its own thread. Your script is first run "as is", and once that is done, the event loop is
       entered.  This event loop will dispatch events received by mpv and call your own event handlers which you
       have registered with mp.register_event, or timers added with mp.add_timeout or similar.

       When the player quits, all scripts will be asked to terminate. This happens via a shutdown  event,  which
       by  default  will  make the event loop return. If your script got into an endless loop, mpv will probably
       behave fine during playback, but it won't terminate when quitting, because it's waiting on your script.

       Internally, the C code will call the Lua function mp_event_loop after loading a Lua script. This function
       is  normally defined by the default prelude loaded before your script (see player/lua/defaults.lua in the
       mpv sources).  The event loop will wait for events and dispatch events registered with mp.register_event.
       It will also handle timers added with mp.add_timeout and similar (by waiting with a timeout).

       Since  mpv  0.6.0,  the  player  will  wait  until  the  script  is fully loaded before continuing normal
       operation. The player considers a script as fully loaded as soon as it starts waiting for mpv events  (or
       it  exits).  In  practice  this means the player will more or less hang until the script returns from the
       main chunk (and mp_event_loop is  called),  or  the  script  calls  mp_event_loop  or  mp.dispatch_events
       directly.  This  is  done  to  make  it  possible  for a script to fully setup event handlers etc. before
       playback actually starts. In older mpv versions, this happened asynchronously.

   mp functions
       The mp module is preloaded, although it can be loaded manually with require 'mp'. It  provides  the  core
       client API.

       mp.command(string)
              Run  the  given  command.  This  is similar to the commands used in input.conf.  See List of Input
              Commands.

              By default, this will show something on the OSD (depending on the command), as if it was  used  in
              input.conf. See Input Command Prefixes how to influence OSD usage per command.

              Returns true on success, or nil, error on error.

       mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...)
              Similar  to  mp.command,  but  pass  each  command  argument  as  separate parameter. This has the
              advantage that you don't have to care about quoting and escaping in some cases.

              Example:

                 mp.command("loadfile " .. filename .. " append")
                 mp.commandv("loadfile", filename, "append")

              These two commands are equivalent, except that the first version breaks if the  filename  contains
              spaces or certain special characters.

              Note  that  properties  are  not  expanded.   You can use either mp.command, the expand-properties
              prefix, or the mp.get_property family of functions.

              Unlike mp.command, this will  not  use  OSD  by  default  either  (except  for  some  OSD-specific
              commands).

       mp.command_native(table [,def])
              Similar  to  mp.commandv,  but  pass the argument list as table. This has the advantage that in at
              least some cases, arguments can be passed as native types.

              Returns a result table on success (usually empty), or def, error  on  error.  def  is  the  second
              parameter provided to the function, and is nil if it's missing.

       mp.get_property(name [,def])
              Return  the  value  of  the  given  property  as  string. These are the same properties as used in
              input.conf. See Properties for a list of properties. The returned string is formatted  similar  to
              ${=name} (see Property Expansion).

              Returns the string on success, or def, error on error. def is the second parameter provided to the
              function, and is nil if it's missing.

       mp.get_property_osd(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value formatted for  OSD.  This  is  the  same
              string as printed with ${name} when used in input.conf.

              Returns the string on success, or def, error on error. def is the second parameter provided to the
              function, and is an empty string if it's missing.  Unlike  get_property(),  assigning  the  return
              value to a variable will always result in a string.

       mp.get_property_bool(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value as Boolean.

              Returns a Boolean on success, or def, error on error.

       mp.get_property_number(name [,def])
              Similar to mp.get_property, but return the property value as number.

              Note  that  while  Lua  does  not  distinguish between integers and floats, mpv internals do. This
              function simply request a double float from mpv, and mpv will  usually  convert  integer  property
              values to float.

              Returns a number on success, or def, error on error.

       mp.get_property_native(name [,def])
              Similar  to  mp.get_property,  but  return  the  property  value  using  the best Lua type for the
              property. Most time, this will return a string, Boolean, or number. Some properties  (for  example
              chapter-list) are returned as tables.

              Returns a value on success, or def, error on error. Note that nil might be a possible, valid value
              too in some corner cases.

       mp.set_property(name, value)
              Set the given property to the given string value. See  mp.get_property  and  Properties  for  more
              information about properties.

              Returns true on success, or nil, error on error.

       mp.set_property_bool(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property to the given Boolean value.

       mp.set_property_number(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property to the given numeric value.

              Note  that  while  Lua  does  not  distinguish between integers and floats, mpv internals do. This
              function will test whether the number can be represented as integer, and if so, it  will  pass  an
              integer value to mpv, otherwise a double float.

       mp.set_property_native(name, value)
              Similar to mp.set_property, but set the given property using its native type.

              Since there are several data types which cannot represented natively in Lua, this might not always
              work as expected. For example, while the Lua wrapper can do some guesswork to decide whether a Lua
              table is an array or a map, this would fail with empty tables. Also, there are not many properties
              for  which  it  makes  sense  to   use   this,   instead   of   set_property,   set_property_bool,
              set_property_number.   For these reasons, this function should probably be avoided for now, except
              for properties that use tables natively.

       mp.get_time()
              Return the current mpv internal time in seconds as a number. This is basically  the  system  time,
              with an arbitrary offset.

       mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])
              Register  callback  to be run on a key binding. The binding will be mapped to the given key, which
              is a string describing the physical key. This uses the same key names as in input.conf,  and  also
              allows  combinations (e.g. ctrl+a). If the key is empty or nil, no physical key is registered, but
              the user still can create own bindings (see below).

              After calling this function, key presses will cause the function fn to be called (unless the  user
              remapped the key with another binding).

              The  name  argument should be a short symbolic string. It allows the user to remap the key binding
              via input.conf using the script-message command, and the name of the key binding (see below for an
              example).  The  name  should  be  unique  across  other  bindings in the same script - if not, the
              previous binding with the same name will be overwritten. You can omit the name, in  which  case  a
              random name is generated internally.

              The  last  argument  is  used  for  optional  flags. This is a table, which can have the following
              entries:

                 repeatable
                        If set to true, enables key repeat for this specific binding.

                 complex
                        If set to true, then fn is called on both key up and down events (as well as key repeat,
                        if enabled), with the first argument being a table. This table has an event entry, which
                        is set to one of the strings down, repeat, up or press (the latter if key up/down  can't
                        be  tracked). It further has an is_mouse entry, which tells whether the event was caused
                        by a mouse button.

              Internally, key bindings are dispatched via the script-message-to or script-binding input commands
              and mp.register_script_message.

              Trying to map multiple commands to a key will essentially prefer a random binding, while the other
              bindings are not called. It is guaranteed that user defined bindings in the central input.conf are
              preferred over bindings added with this function (but see mp.add_forced_key_binding).

              Example:

                 function something_handler()
                     print("the key was pressed")
                 end
                 mp.add_key_binding("x", "something", something_handler)

              This will print the message the key was pressed when x was pressed.

              The  user  can  remap  these  key  bindings.  Then  the  user  has to put the following into their
              input.conf to remap the command to the y key:

                 y script-binding something

              This will print the message when the key y is pressed. (x will still work, unless the user  remaps
              it.)

              You  can  also explicitly send a message to a named script only. Assume the above script was using
              the filename fooscript.lua:

                 y script-binding fooscript/something

       mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)
              This works almost the same as mp.add_key_binding, but registers the key binding in a way that will
              overwrite  the  user's custom bindings in their input.conf. (mp.add_key_binding overwrites default
              key bindings only, but not those by the user's input.conf.)

       mp.remove_key_binding(name)
              Remove a key binding added with mp.add_key_binding or mp.add_forced_key_binding. Use the same name
              as  you  used when adding the bindings. It's not possible to remove bindings for which you omitted
              the name.

       mp.register_event(name, fn)
              Call a specific function when an event happens. The event name is a string, and the function fn is
              a Lua function value.

              Some  events  have associated data. This is put into a Lua table and passed as argument to fn. The
              Lua table by default contains a name field, which is a string containing the event  name.  If  the
              event has an error associated, the error field is set to a string describing the error, on success
              it's not set.

              If multiple functions are registered for the same event, they are run in registration order, which
              the first registered function running before all the other ones.

              Returns true if such an event exists, false otherwise.

              See Events and List of events for details.

       mp.unregister_event(fn)
              Undo  mp.register_event(...,  fn).  This  removes  all  event  handlers  that  are equal to the fn
              parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so be careful when dealing with closures.

       mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)
              Watch a property for changes. If the property name is changed, then the function fn(name) will  be
              called.  type  can be nil, or be set to one of none, native, bool, string, or number.  none is the
              same as nil. For all other values, the new value of the property will be passed as second argument
              to  fn,  using mp.get_property_<type> to retrieve it. This means if type is for example string, fn
              is roughly called as in fn(name, mp.get_property_string(name)).

              If possible, change events are coalesced. If a property is changed a bunch of times in a row, only
              the  last  change  triggers  the  change function. (The exact behavior depends on timing and other
              things.)

              In some cases the function is not called even if the property changes.  Whether  this  can  happen
              depends on the property.

              If  the  type  is none or nil, sporadic property change events are possible. This means the change
              function fn can be called even if the property doesn't actually change.

       mp.unobserve_property(fn)
              Undo mp.observe_property(..., fn). This removes all property handlers that are  equal  to  the  fn
              parameter. This uses normal Lua == comparison, so be careful when dealing with closures.

       mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)
              Call  the given function fn when the given number of seconds has elapsed.  Note that the number of
              seconds can be fractional. For now, the timer's resolution may be as low as 50 ms,  although  this
              will be improved in the future.

              This is a one-shot timer: it will be removed when it's fired.

              Returns a timer object. See mp.add_periodic_timer for details.

       mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)
              Call the given function periodically. This is like mp.add_timeout, but the timer is re-added after
              the function fn is run.

              Returns a timer object. The timer object provides the following methods:

                     stop() Disable the timer. Does nothing  if  the  timer  is  already  disabled.   This  will
                            remember  the  current  elapsed  time  when  stopping,  so that resume() essentially
                            unpauses the timer.

                     kill() Disable the timer. Resets the elapsed time. resume() will restart the timer.

                     resume()
                            Restart the timer. If the timer was disabled with stop(), this will  resume  at  the
                            time  it was stopped. If the timer was disabled with kill(), or if it's a previously
                            fired one-shot timer (added with add_timeout()), this  starts  the  timer  from  the
                            beginning, using the initially configured timeout.

                     is_enabled()
                            Whether the timer is currently enabled or was previously disabled (e.g. by stop() or
                            kill()).

                     timeout (RW)
                            This field contains the current timeout period. This value is not  updated  as  time
                            progresses.  It's  only  used  to calculate when the timer should fire next when the
                            timer expires.

                            If you write this, you can call t:kill() ; t:resume() to reset the  current  timeout
                            to the new one. (t:stop() won't use the new timeout.)

                     oneshot (RW)
                            Whether  the timer is periodic (false) or fires just once (true). This value is used
                            when the timer expires (but before the timer callback function fn is run).

              Note that these are  method,  and  you  have  to  call  them  using  :  instead  of  .  (Refer  to
              http://www.lua.org/manual/5.2/manual.html#3.4.9 .)

              Example:

                 seconds = 0
                 timer = mp.add_periodic_timer(1, function()
                     print("called every second")
                     # stop it after 10 seconds
                     seconds = seconds + 1
                     if seconds >= 10 then
                         timer:kill()
                     end
                 end)

       mp.get_opt(key)
              Return  a  setting  from  the  --script-opts  option.  It's up to the user and the script how this
              mechanism is used. Currently, all scripts can access this equally, so you should be careful  about
              collisions.

       mp.get_script_name()
              Return  the  name  of  the current script. The name is usually made of the filename of the script,
              with directory and file extension removed. If there are several scripts which would have the  same
              name, it's made unique by appending a number.

                 Example

                        The script /path/to/fooscript.lua becomes fooscript.

       mp.osd_message(text [,duration])
              Show an OSD message on the screen. duration is in seconds, and is optional (uses --osd-duration by
              default).

   Advanced mp functions
       These also live in the mp module, but are documented separately  as  they  are  useful  only  in  special
       situations.

       mp.suspend()
              This  function  has  been  deprecated  in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting with mpv 0.23.0 (no
              replacement).

       mp.resume()
              This function has been deprecated in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing  starting  with  mpv  0.23.0  (no
              replacement).

       mp.resume_all()
              This  function  has  been  deprecated  in mpv 0.21.0 and does nothing starting with mpv 0.23.0 (no
              replacement).

       mp.get_wakeup_pipe()
              Calls mpv_get_wakeup_pipe() and returns the read  end  of  the  wakeup  pipe.  (See  client.h  for
              details.)

       mp.get_next_timeout()
              Return  the  relative time in seconds when the next timer (mp.add_timeout and similar) expires. If
              there is no timer, return nil.

       mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait])
              This can be used to run custom event loops. If you want to have direct control what the Lua script
              does  (instead  of  being  called  by  the  default  event  loop), you can set the global variable
              mp_event_loop to your own function running the event loop. From your event loop, you  should  call
              mp.dispatch_events() to dequeue and dispatch mpv events.

              If  the  allow_wait  parameter  is  set  to  true, the function will block until the next event is
              received or the next timer expires. Otherwise (and this is the default behavior),  it  returns  as
              soon  as  the  event  loop  is emptied. It's strongly recommended to use mp.get_next_timeout() and
              mp.get_wakeup_pipe() if you're interested in properly  working  notification  of  new  events  and
              working timers.

       mp.register_idle(fn)
              Register  an  event  loop  idle  handler. Idle handlers are called before the script goes to sleep
              after handling all new events. This can be used for example to delay processing of property change
              events:  if  you're  observing  multiple  properties  at  once,  you might not want to act on each
              property change, but only when all change notifications have been received.

       mp.unregister_idle(fn)
              Undo mp.register_idle(fn). This removes all idle handlers that are equal to the fn parameter. This
              uses normal Lua == comparison, so be careful when dealing with closures.

       mp.enable_messages(level)
              Set  the  minimum  log  level  of which mpv message output to receive. These messages are normally
              printed to the terminal. By calling this function, you can set the minimum log level  of  messages
              which  should  be  received  with  the  log-message  event.  See the description of this event for
              details.  The level is a string, see msg.log for allowed log levels.

       mp.register_script_message(name, fn)
              This is a helper to dispatch script-message or script-message-to invocations to Lua functions.  fn
              is  called  if  script-message  or script-message-to (with this script as destination) is run with
              name as first parameter. The other parameters are passed to fn.  If a message with the given  name
              is already registered, it's overwritten.

              Used by mp.add_key_binding, so be careful about name collisions.

       mp.unregister_script_message(name)
              Undo  a  previous  registration  with  mp.register_script_message. Does nothing if the name wasn't
              registered.

   mp.msg functions
       This module allows outputting messages to the terminal, and can be loaded with require 'mp.msg'.

       msg.log(level, ...)
              The level parameter is the message priority. It's a string and one of fatal, error, warn, info, v,
              debug.  The  user's settings will determine which of these messages will be visible. Normally, all
              messages are visible, except v and debug.

              The parameters after that are all converted to strings. Spaces are inserted to  separate  multiple
              parameters.

              You don't need to add newlines.

       msg.fatal(...), msg.error(...), msg.warn(...), msg.info(...), msg.verbose(...), msg.debug(...)
              All of these are shortcuts and equivalent to the corresponding msg.log(level, ...) call.

   mp.options functions
       mpv  comes  with a built-in module to manage options from config-files and the command-line. All you have
       to do is to supply a table with default options to the read_options function. The function will overwrite
       the default values with values found in the config-file and the command-line (in that order).

       options.read_options(table [, identifier])
              A  table  with  key-value  pairs.  The  type of the default values is important for converting the
              values read from the config file or command-line back. Do not use nil as a default value!

              The identifier is used to identify the config-file and the command-line options.  These  needs  to
              unique to avoid collisions with other scripts.  Defaults to mp.get_script_name().

       Example implementation:

          require 'mp.options'
          local options = {
              optionA = "defaultvalueA",
              optionB = -0.5,
              optionC = true,
          }
          read_options(options, "myscript")
          print(options.optionA)

       The config file will be stored in lua-settings/identifier.conf in mpv's user folder. Comment lines can be
       started with # and stray spaces are not removed.  Boolean values will be represented with yes/no.

       Example config:

          # comment
          optionA=Hello World
          optionB=9999
          optionC=no

       Command-line options are read from the --script-opts parameter. To avoid collisions, all keys have to  be
       prefixed with identifier-.

       Example command-line:

          --script-opts=myscript-optionA=TEST,myscript-optionB=0,myscript-optionC=yes

   mp.utils functions
       This  built-in module provides generic helper functions for Lua, and have strictly speaking nothing to do
       with mpv or video/audio playback. They are provided for convenience. Most  compensate  for  Lua's  scarce
       standard library.

       Be  warned  that  any  of  these  functions  might  disappear any time. They are not strictly part of the
       guaranteed API.

       utils.getcwd()
              Returns the directory that mpv was launched from. On error, nil, error is returned.

       utils.readdir(path [, filter])
              Enumerate all entries at the given path on the filesystem, and return them as array. Each entry is
              a  directory  entry  (without  the  path).   The list is unsorted (in whatever order the operating
              system returns it).

              If the filter argument is given, it must be one of the following strings:

                 files  List regular files only. This excludes directories,  special  files  (like  UNIX  device
                        files or FIFOs), and dead symlinks. It includes UNIX symlinks to regular files.

                 dirs   List directories only, or symlinks to directories. . and ..  are not included.

                 normal Include the results of both files and dirs. (This is the default.)

                 all    List all entries, even device files, dead symlinks, FIFOs, and the . and .. entries.

              On error, nil, error is returned.

       utils.split_path(path)
              Split  a  path  into directory component and filename component, and return them. The first return
              value is always the directory. The second return value is the  trailing  part  of  the  path,  the
              directory entry.

       utils.join_path(p1, p2)
              Return  the  concatenation  of the 2 paths. Tries to be clever. For example, if `p2 is an absolute
              path, p2 is returned without change.

       utils.subprocess(t)
              Runs an external process and waits until it exits. Returns process status and the captured output.

              The parameter t is a table. The function reads the following entries:

                 args   Array of strings. The first array entry  is  the  executable.  This  can  be  either  an
                        absolute path, or a filename with no path components, in which case the PATH environment
                        variable is used to resolve the executable. The  other  array  elements  are  passed  as
                        command line arguments.

                 cancellable
                        Optional.  If set to true (default), then if the user stops playback or goes to the next
                        file while the process is running, the process will be killed.

                 max_size
                        Optional. The maximum size in bytes of the  data  that  can  be  captured  from  stdout.
                        (Default: 16 MB.)

              The function returns a table as result with the following entries:

                 status The raw exit status of the process. It will be negative on error.

                 stdout Captured output stream as string, limited to max_size.

                 error  nil  on  success. The string killed if the process was terminated in an unusual way. The
                        string init if the process could not be started.

                        On Windows, killed is only returned when the process has been killed by mpv as a  result
                        of cancellable being set to true.

                 killed_by_us
                        Set  to  true if the process has been killed by mpv as a result of cancellable being set
                        to true.

       utils.subprocess_detached(t)
              Runs an external process and detaches it from mpv's control.

              The parameter t is a table. The function reads the following entries:

                 args   Array of strings of the same semantics as the args used in the subprocess function.

              The function returns nil.

       utils.parse_json(str [, trail])
              Parses the given string argument as JSON, and returns it as a Lua table. On  error,  returns  nil,
              error.  (Currently,  error  is just a string reading error, because there is no fine-grained error
              reporting of any kind.)

              The returned value uses similar  conventions  as  mp.get_property_native()  to  distinguish  empty
              objects and arrays.

              If  the trail parameter is true (or any value equal to true), then trailing non-whitespace text is
              tolerated by the function, and the trailing text is returned as 3rd return value. (The 3rd  return
              value is always there, but with trail set, no error is raised.)

       utils.format_json(v)
              Format  the  given  Lua  table  (or  value) as a JSON string and return it. On error, returns nil,
              error. (Errors usually only happen on value types incompatible with JSON.)

              The argument value uses similar  conventions  as  mp.set_property_native()  to  distinguish  empty
              objects and arrays.

       utils.to_string(v)
              Turn  the  given  value into a string. Formats tables and their contents. This doesn't do anything
              special; it is only needed because Lua is terrible.

   Events
       Events are  notifications  from  player  core  to  scripts.  You  can  register  an  event  handler  with
       mp.register_event.

       Note  that  all scripts (and other parts of the player) receive events equally, and there's no such thing
       as blocking other scripts from receiving events.

       Example:

          function my_fn(event)
              print("start of playback!")
          end

          mp.register_event("file-loaded", my_fn)

   List of events
       start-file
              Happens right before a new file is loaded. When you receive this, the player is loading  the  file
              (or possibly already done with it).

       end-file
              Happens  after  a  file was unloaded. Typically, the player will load the next file right away, or
              quit if this was the last file.

              The event has the reason field, which takes one of these values:

              eof    The file has ended. This can (but doesn't have  to)  include  incomplete  files  or  broken
                     network connections under circumstances.

              stop   Playback was ended by a command.

              quit   Playback was ended by sending the quit command.

              error  An error happened. In this case, an error field is present with the error string.

              redirect
                     Happens with playlists and similar. Details see MPV_END_FILE_REASON_REDIRECT in the C API.

              unknown
                     Unknown.  Normally  doesn't  happen,  unless  the  Lua  API  is out of sync with the C API.
                     (Likewise, it could happen that your script gets reason strings that did not exist  yet  at
                     the time your script was written.)

       file-loaded
              Happens after a file was loaded and begins playback.

       seek   Happens  on seeking. (This might include cases when the player seeks internally, even without user
              interaction. This includes e.g. segment changes when playing ordered chapters Matroska files.)

       playback-restart
              Start of playback after seek or after file was loaded.

       idle   Idle mode is entered. This happens when playback ended, and the player was started with --idle  or
              --force-window. This mode is implicitly ended when the start-file or shutdown events happen.

       tick   Called  after  a  video  frame  was  displayed. This is a hack, and you should avoid using it. Use
              timers instead and maybe watch pausing/unpausing events to avoid wasting CPU when  the  player  is
              paused.

       shutdown
              Sent  when  the player quits, and the script should terminate. Normally handled automatically. See
              Details on the script initialization and lifecycle.

       log-message
              Receives messages enabled with mp.enable_messages. The message data  is  contained  in  the  table
              passed  as  first  parameter to the event handler.  The table contains, in addition to the default
              event fields, the following fields:

              prefix The module prefix, identifies the sender of the message. This is what the  terminal  player
                     puts  in  front of the message text when using the --v option, and is also what is used for
                     --msg-level.

              level  The log level as string. See msg.log  for  possible  log  level  names.   Note  that  later
                     versions of mpv might add new levels or remove (undocumented) existing ones.

              text   The  log  message.  The  text  will  end with a newline character. Sometimes it can contain
                     multiple lines.

              Keep in mind that these messages are meant to be hints for humans. You should not parse them,  and
              prefix/level/text of messages might change any time.

       get-property-reply
              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

       set-property-reply
              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

       command-reply
              Undocumented (not useful for Lua scripts).

       client-message
              Undocumented (used internally).

       video-reconfig
              Happens on video output or filter reconfig.

       audio-reconfig
              Happens on audio output or filter reconfig.

       The  following  events  also  happen, but are deprecated: tracks-changed, track-switched, pause, unpause,
       metadata-update, chapter-change. Use mp.observe_property() instead.

   Extras
       This documents experimental features, or features that are "too special" to guarantee a stable interface.

       mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)
              Add a hook callback for type (a string identifying a certain kind of hook). These hooks allow  the
              player  to  call script functions and wait for their result (normally, the Lua scripting interface
              is asynchronous from the point of view of the player core). priority is an arbitrary integer  that
              allows ordering among hooks of the same kind. Using the value 50 is recommended as neutral default
              value. fn is the function that will be called during execution of the hook.

              See Hooks for currently existing hooks and what they do -  only  the  hook  list  is  interesting;
              handling hook execution is done by the Lua script function automatically.

JAVASCRIPT

       JavaScript  support  in  mpv  is  near  identical  to  its  Lua support. Use this section as reference on
       differences and availability of APIs, but otherwise you should refer to the  Lua  documentation  for  API
       details and general scripting in mpv.

   Example
       JavaScript code which leaves fullscreen mode when the player is paused:

          function on_pause_change(name, value) {
              if (value == true)
                  mp.set_property("fullscreen", "no");
          }
          mp.observe_property("pause", "bool", on_pause_change);

   Similarities with Lua
       mpv  tries  to  load a script file as JavaScript if it has a .js extension, but otherwise, the documented
       Lua options, script directories, loading, etc apply to JavaScript files too.

       Script initialization and lifecycle is the same as with Lua, and most of the Lua functions at the modules
       mp,  mp.utils  and  mp.msg  are available to JavaScript with identical APIs - including running commands,
       getting/setting properties, registering events/key-bindings/property-changes/hooks, etc.

   Differences from Lua
       No need to load modules. mp, mp.utils and  mp.msg  are  preloaded,  and  you  can  use  e.g.  var  cwd  =
       mp.utils.getcwd(); without prior setup.  mp.options is currently not implemented, but mp.get_opt(...) is.

       Errors  are  slightly  different.  Where  the  Lua  APIs return nil for error, the JavaScript ones return
       undefined. Where Lua returns something, error  JavaScript  returns  only  something  -  and  makes  error
       available  via  mp.last_error().  Note that only some of the functions have this additional error value -
       typically the same ones which have it in Lua.

       Standard APIs are preferred. For instance setTimeout and JSON.stringify are available, but mp.add_timeout
       and mp.utils.format_json are not.

       No standard library. This means that interaction with anything outside of mpv is limited to the available
       APIs, typically via mp.utils. However, some file functions were added, and CommonJS require is  available
       too - where the loaded modules have the same privileges as normal scripts.

   Language features - ECMAScript 5
       The  scripting  backend which mpv currently uses is MuJS - a compatible minimal ES5 interpreter. As such,
       String.substring is implemented for instance, while the common but  non-standard  String.substr  is  not.
       Please consult the MuJS pages on language features and platform support - http://mujs.com .

   Unsupported Lua APIs and their JS alternatives
       mp.add_timeout(seconds, fn)  JS: id = setTimeout(fn, ms)

       mp.add_periodic_timer(seconds, fn)  JS: id = setInterval(fn, ms)

       mp.register_idle(fn)  JS: id = setTimeout(fn)

       mp.unregister_idle(fn)  JS:  clearTimeout(id)

       utils.parse_json(str [, trail])  JS: JSON.parse(str)

       utils.format_json(v)  JS: JSON.stringify(v)

       utils.to_string(v)  see dump below.

       mp.suspend() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.resume() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.resume_all() JS: none (deprecated).

       mp.get_next_timeout() see event loop below.

       mp.dispatch_events([allow_wait]) see event loop below.

       mp.options module is not implemented currently for JS.

   Scripting APIs - identical to Lua
       (LE)  -  Last-Error, indicates that mp.last_error() can be used after the call to test for success (empty
       string) or failure (non empty reason string).  Otherwise, where the Lua APIs  return  nil  on  error,  JS
       returns undefined.

       mp.command(string) (LE)

       mp.commandv(arg1, arg2, ...) (LE)

       mp.command_native(table [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_osd(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_bool(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_number(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.get_property_native(name [,def]) (LE)

       mp.set_property(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_bool(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_number(name, value) (LE)

       mp.set_property_native(name, value) (LE)

       mp.get_time()

       mp.add_key_binding(key, name|fn [,fn [,flags]])

       mp.add_forced_key_binding(...)

       mp.remove_key_binding(name)

       mp.register_event(name, fn)

       mp.unregister_event(fn)

       mp.observe_property(name, type, fn)

       mp.unobserve_property(fn)

       mp.get_opt(key)

       mp.get_script_name()

       mp.osd_message(text [,duration])

       mp.get_wakeup_pipe()

       mp.enable_messages(level)

       mp.register_script_message(name, fn)

       mp.unregister_script_message(name)

       mp.msg.log(level, ...)

       mp.msg.fatal(...)

       mp.msg.error(...)

       mp.msg.warn(...)

       mp.msg.info(...)

       mp.msg.verbose(...)

       mp.msg.debug(...)

       mp.utils.getcwd() (LE)

       mp.utils.readdir(path [, filter]) (LE)

       mp.utils.split_path(path)

       mp.utils.join_path(p1, p2)

       mp.utils.subprocess(t)

       mp.utils.subprocess_detached(t)

       mp.add_hook(type, priority, fn)

   Additional utilities
       mp.last_error()
              If  used  after  an  API  call  which  updates last error, returns an empty string if the API call
              succeeded, or a non-empty error reason string otherwise.

       Error.stack (string)
              When using try { ... } catch(e) { ... }, then e.stack is the stack trace of the error - if it  was
              created using the Error(...) constructor.

       print (global)
              A convenient alias to mp.msg.info.

       dump (global)
              Like print but also expands objects and arrays recursively.

       mp.utils.getenv(name)
              Returns  the  value  of  the  host  environment variable name, or undefined if the variable is not
              defined.

       mp.utils.get_user_path(path)
              Expands (mpv) meta paths like ~/x, ~~/y,  ~~desktop/z  etc.   read_file,  write_file  and  require
              already use this internaly.

       mp.utils.read_file(fname [,max])
              Returns  the  content of file fname as string. If max is provided and not negative, limit the read
              to max bytes.

       mp.utils.write_file(fname, str)
              (Over)write file fname with text content str. fname  must  be  prefixed  with  file://  as  simple
              protection  against  accidental  arguments  switch,  e.g.  mp.utils.write_file("file://~/abc.txt",
              "hello world").

       Note: read_file and write_file throw on errors, allow text content only.

       mp.get_time_ms()
              Same as mp.get_time() but in ms instead of seconds.

       mp.get_script_file()
              Returns the file name of the current script.

       exit() (global)
              Make the script exit at the end of the current event loop iteration.  Note:  please  reomve  added
              key bindings before calling exit().

       mp.utils.compile_js(fname, content_str)
              Compiles  the  JS  code  content_str  as  file  name  fname  (without  loading  anything  from the
              filesystem), and returns it as a function. Very similar to a Function constructor,  but  shows  at
              stack traces as fname.

   Timers (global)
       The standard HTML/node.js timers are available:

       id = setTimeout(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])

       id = setTimeout(code_string [,duration])

       clearTimeout(id)

       id = setInterval(fn [,duration [,arg1 [,arg2...]]])

       id = setInterval(code_string [,duration])

       clearInterval(id)

       setTimeout  and  setInterval  return  id,  and  later call fn (or execute code_string) after duration ms.
       Interval also repeat every duration.

       duration has a minimum and default value of 0, code_string is a plain string which  is  evaluated  as  JS
       code, and [,arg1 [,arg2..]] are used as arguments (if provided) when calling back fn.

       The clear...(id) functions cancel timer id, and are irreversible.

       Note: timers always call back asynchronously, e.g. setTimeout(fn) will never call fn before returning. fn
       will be called either at the end of this event loop iteration or at a later event loop iteration. This is
       true also for intervals - which also never call back twice at the same event loop iteration.

       Additionally,  timers  are  processed after the event queue is empty, so it's valid to use setTimeout(fn)
       instead of Lua's mp.register_idle(fn).

   CommonJS modules and require(id)
       CommonJS Modules are a standard system where scripts  can  export  common  functions  for  use  by  other
       scripts.  A  module  is  a script which adds properties (functions, etc) to its invisible exports object,
       which another script can access by loading it  with  require(module-id)  -  which  returns  that  exports
       object.

       Modules  and  require  are supported, standard compliant, and generally similar to node.js. However, most
       node.js modules won't run due to missing modules such as fs, process, etc, but some node.js modules  with
       minimal dependencies do work. In general, this is for mpv modules and not a node.js replacement.

       A  .js file extension is always added to id, e.g. require("./foo") will load the file ./foo.js and return
       its exports object.

       An id is relative (to the script which require'd it) if  it  starts  with  ./  or  ../.  Otherwise,  it's
       considered a "top-level id" (CommonJS term).

       Top  level  id  is  evaluated as absolute filesystem path if possible (e.g. /x/y or ~/x). Otherwise, it's
       searched at scripts/modules.js/ in mpv config dirs - in normal config search order. E.g. require("x")  is
       searched as file x.js at those dirs, and id foo/x is searched as file foo/x.js.

       No  global  variable,  but a module's this at its top lexical scope is the global object - also in strict
       mode. If you have a module which needs global as the global object, you  could  do  this.global  =  this;
       before require.

       Functions and variables declared at a module don't pollute the global object.

   The event loop
       The  event  loop  poll/dispatch  mpv events as long as the queue is not empty, then processes the timers,
       then waits for the next event, and repeats this forever.

       You could put this code at your script to replace the built-in event loop, and  also  print  every  event
       which mpv sends to your script:

          function mp_event_loop() {
              var wait = 0;
              do {
                  var e = mp.wait_event(wait);
                  dump(e);  // there could be a lot of prints...
                  if (e.event != "none") {
                      mp.dispatch_event(e);
                      wait = 0;
                  } else {
                      wait = mp.process_timers() / 1000;
                  }
              } while (mp.keep_running);
          }

       mp_event_loop  is  a name which mpv tries to call after the script loads.  The internal implementation is
       similar to this (without dump though..).

       e = mp.wait_event(wait) returns when the next mpv event arrives, or after wait seconds if positive and no
       mpv events arrived. wait value of 0 returns immediately (with e.event == "none" if the queue is empty).

       mp.dispatch_event(e)  calls  back the handlers registered for e.event, if there are such (event handlers,
       property observers, script messages, etc).

       mp.process_timers() calls back the already-added, non-canceled due timers, and returns the duration in ms
       till  the  next  due  timer  (possibly  0),  or  -1  if  there  are no pending timers. Must not be called
       recursively.

       Note:  exit()  is  also  registered  for  the  shutdown  event,  and  its  implementation  is  a   simple
       mp.keep_running = false.

JSON IPC

       mpv  can  be  controlled  by  external  programs using the JSON-based IPC protocol.  It can be enabled by
       specifying the path to a unix socket or a named pipe using the  option  --input-ipc-server.  Clients  can
       connect to this socket and send commands to the player or receive events from it.

       WARNING:
          This  is  not  intended  to  be  a  secure  network  protocol.  It is explicitly insecure: there is no
          authentication, no encryption, and the commands themselves are insecure  too.  For  example,  the  run
          command  is  exposed,  which can run arbitrary system commands. The use-case is controlling the player
          locally. This is not different from the MPlayer slave protocol.

   Socat example
       You can use the socat tool to send commands (and receive  replies)  from  the  shell.  Assuming  mpv  was
       started with:

          mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=/tmp/mpvsocket

       Then you can control it using socat:

          > echo '{ "command": ["get_property", "playback-time"] }' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket
          {"data":190.482000,"error":"success"}

       In this case, socat copies data between stdin/stdout and the mpv socket connection.

       See the --idle option how to make mpv start without exiting immediately or playing a file.

       It's also possible to send input.conf style text-only commands:

          > echo 'show-text ${playback-time}' | socat - /tmp/mpvsocket

       But  you  won't  get  a  reply  over  the socket. (This particular command shows the playback time on the
       player's OSD.)

   Command Prompt example
       Unfortunately, it's not as easy to test the IPC protocol on Windows, since Windows  ports  of  socat  (in
       Cygwin  and MSYS2) don't understand named pipes. In the absence of a simple tool to send and receive from
       bidirectional pipes, the echo command can be used to send commands, but  not  receive  replies  from  the
       command prompt.

       Assuming mpv was started with:

          mpv file.mkv --input-ipc-server=\\.\pipe\mpvsocket

       You can send commands from a command prompt:

          echo show-text ${playback-time} >\\.\pipe\mpvsocket

       To  be able to simultaneously read and write from the IPC pipe, like on Linux, it's necessary to write an
       external program that uses overlapped file I/O (or some wrapper like .NET's NamedPipeClientStream.)

   Protocol
       Clients can execute commands on the player by sending JSON messages of the following form:

          { "command": ["command_name", "param1", "param2", ...] }

       where command_name is the name of the  command  to  be  executed,  followed  by  a  list  of  parameters.
       Parameters must be formatted as native JSON values (integers, strings, booleans, ...). Every message must
       be terminated with \n. Additionally, \n must not appear anywhere inside the  message.  In  practice  this
       means that messages should be minified before being sent to mpv.

       mpv will then send back a reply indicating whether the command was run correctly, and an additional field
       holding the command-specific return data (it can also be null).

          { "error": "success", "data": null }

       mpv will also send events to clients with JSON messages of the following form:

          { "event": "event_name" }

       where event_name is the name of the event. Additional event-specific fields can also be present. See List
       of events for a list of all supported events.

       Because  events can occur at any time, it may be difficult at times to determine which response goes with
       which command. Commands may optionally include a request_id which, if provided in  the  command  request,
       will be copied verbatim into the response. mpv does not intrepret the request_id in any way; it is solely
       for the use of the requester.

       For example, this request:

          { "command": ["get_property", "time-pos"], "request_id": 100 }

       Would generate this response:

          { "error": "success", "data": 1.468135, "request_id": 100 }

       All commands, replies, and events are separated from each other with a line break character (\n).

       If the first character (after skipping whitespace) is not {, the command will be interpreted as  non-JSON
       text  command,  as they are used in input.conf (or mpv_command_string() in the client API). Additionally,
       lines starting with # and empty lines are ignored.

       Currently, embedded 0 bytes terminate the current line, but you should not rely on this.

   Commands
       In addition to the commands described in List of Input Commands, a few extra commands can also be used as
       part of the protocol:

       client_name
              Return the name of the client as string. This is the string ipc-N with N being an integer number.

       get_time_us
              Return  the  current  mpv  internal time in microseconds as a number. This is basically the system
              time, with an arbitrary offset.

       get_property
              Return the value of the given property. The value will be sent in the data  field  of  the  replay
              message.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["get_property", "volume"] }
                 { "data": 50.0, "error": "success" }

       get_property_string
              Like get_property, but the resulting data will always be a string.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["get_property_string", "volume"] }
                 { "data": "50.000000", "error": "success" }

       set_property
              Set the given property to the given value. See Properties for more information about properties.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["set_property", "pause", true] }
                 { "error": "success" }

       set_property_string
              Like set_property, but the argument value must be passed as string.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["set_property_string", "pause", "yes"] }
                 { "error": "success" }

       observe_property
              Watch  a  property  for  changes.  If  the  given  property  is  changed,  then  an  event of type
              property-change will be generated

              Example:

                 { "command": ["observe_property", 1, "volume"] }
                 { "error": "success" }
                 { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": 52.0, "name": "volume" }

              WARNING:
                 If the connection is  closed,  the  IPC  client  is  destroyed  internally,  and  the  observed
                 properties  are  unregistered.  This happens for example when sending commands to a socket with
                 separate socat invocations.  This can make it seem like property observation does not work. You
                 must keep the IPC connection open to make it work.

       observe_property_string
              Like observe_property, but the resulting data will always be a string.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["observe_property_string", 1, "volume"] }
                 { "error": "success" }
                 { "event": "property-change", "id": 1, "data": "52.000000", "name": "volume" }

       unobserve_property
              Undo  observe_property  or  observe_property_string.  This  requires  the numeric id passed to the
              observed command as argument.

              Example:

                 { "command": ["unobserve_property", 1] }
                 { "error": "success" }

       request_log_messages
              Enable output of mpv log messages. They will be received as events. The parameter to this  command
              is the log-level (see mpv_request_log_messages C API function).

              Log  message  output  is  meant  for  humans  only (mostly for debugging).  Attempting to retrieve
              information by parsing these messages will just  lead  to  breakages  with  future  mpv  releases.
              Instead, make a feature request, and ask for a proper event that returns the information you need.

       enable_event, disable_event
              Enables  or  disables the named event. Mirrors the mpv_request_event C API function. If the string
              all is used instead of an event name, all events are enabled or disabled.

              By default, most events are enabled, and there is not much use for this command.

       get_version
              Returns the client API version the C API of the remote mpv instance provides.

              See also: DOCS/client-api-changes.rst.

   UTF-8
       Normally, all strings are in UTF-8. Sometimes it can happen that strings  are  in  some  broken  encoding
       (often  happens  with  file  tags  and such, and filenames on many Unixes are not required to be in UTF-8
       either). This means that mpv sometimes  sends  invalid  JSON.  If  that  is  a  problem  for  the  client
       application's  parser,  it should filter the raw data for invalid UTF-8 sequences and perform the desired
       replacement, before feeding the data to its JSON parser.

       mpv will not attempt to construct invalid UTF-8 with broken escape sequences.

CHANGELOG

       There is no real changelog, but you can look at the following things:

       • The release changelog, which should contain most user-visible changes, including new features  and  bug
         fixes:

         https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/releases

       • The git log, which is the "real" changelog

       • The  files  client-api-changes.rst  and  interface-changes.rst  in  the  DOCS  sub  directoryon the git
         repository, which document API and user  interface  changes  (the  latter  usually  documents  breaking
         changes only, rather than additions).

       • The file mplayer-changes.rst in the DOCS sub directory on the git repository, which used to be in place
         of this section. It documents some changes that  happened  since  mplayer2  forked  off  MPlayer.  (Not
         updated anymore.)

EMBEDDING INTO OTHER PROGRAMS (LIBMPV)

       mpv  can be embedded into other programs as video/audio playback backend. The recommended way to do so is
       using libmpv. See libmpv/client.h in the mpv source code repository. This provides a C API. Bindings  for
       other languages might be available (see wiki).

       Since libmpv merely allows access to underlying mechanisms that can control mpv, further documentation is
       spread over a few places:

       • https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv/blob/master/libmpv/client.hhttp://mpv.io/manual/master/#optionshttp://mpv.io/manual/master/#list-of-input-commandshttp://mpv.io/manual/master/#propertieshttps://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/libmpv

C PLUGINS

       You can write C plugins for mpv. These use the libmpv API, although they do not use  the  libmpv  library
       itself.

       Currently,  they  must  be explicitly enabled at build time with --enable-cplugins. They are available on
       Linux/BSD platforms only.

   C plugins location
       C plugins are put into the mpv scripts directory in its config  directory  (see  the  FILES  section  for
       details).  They  must  have  a  .so file extension.  They can also be explicitly loaded with the --script
       option.

   API
       A C plugin must export the following function:

          int mpv_open_cplugin(mpv_handle *handle)

       The plugin function will be called on loading time. This function does not return as long as your  plugin
       is  loaded  (it  runs  in  its own thread). The handle will be deallocated as soon as the plugin function
       returns.

       The return value is interpreted as error status. A value of 0 is interpreted as success, while -1 signals
       an error. In the latter case, the player prints an uninformative error message that loading failed.

       Return values other than 0 and -1 are reserved, and trigger undefined behavior.

       Within   the   plugin   function,   you  can  call  libmpv  API  functions.  The  handle  is  created  by
       mpv_create_client()  (or  actually  an  internal  equivalent),  and  belongs  to  you.   You   can   call
       mpv_wait_event() to wait for things happening, and so on.

       Note  that the player might block until your plugin calls mpv_wait_event() for the first time. This gives
       you a chance to install initial hooks etc.  before playback begins.

       The details are quite similar to Lua scripts.

   Linkage to libmpv
       The current implementation requires that your plugins are not linked against libmpv.  What  your  plugins
       uses are not symbols from a libmpv binary, but symbols from the mpv host binary.

   Examples
       See:

       • https://github.com/mpv-player/mpv-examples/tree/master/cplugins

ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

       There are a number of environment variables that can be used to control the behavior of mpv.

       HOME, XDG_CONFIG_HOME
              Used to determine mpv config directory. If XDG_CONFIG_HOME is not set, $HOME/.config/mpv is used.

              $HOME/.mpv is always added to the list of config search paths with a lower priority.

       XDG_CONFIG_DIRS
              If  set,  XDG-style  system  configuration  directories  are  used. Otherwise, the UNIX convention
              (PREFIX/etc/mpv/) is used.

       MPV_HOME
              Directory where mpv looks for user settings. Overrides HOME, and mpv will try to load  the  config
              file as $MPV_HOME/mpv.conf.

       MPV_VERBOSE (see also -v and --msg-level)
              Set  the initial verbosity level across all message modules (default: 0).  This is an integer, and
              the resulting verbosity corresponds to the number of --v options passed to the command line.

       MPV_LEAK_REPORT
              If set to 1, enable internal talloc leak reporting.

       LADSPA_PATH
              Specifies the search path for LADSPA plugins. If it is unset, fully qualified path names  must  be
              used.

       DISPLAY
              Standard X11 display name to use.

       FFmpeg/Libav:
              This  library  accesses various environment variables. However, they are not centrally documented,
              and documenting them is not our job. Therefore, this list is incomplete.

              Notable environment variables:

              http_proxy
                     URL to proxy for http:// and https:// URLs.

              no_proxy
                     List of domain patterns for which no proxy should be used.  List entries are  separated  by
                     ,. Patterns can include *.

       libdvdcss:

              DVDCSS_CACHE
                     Specify  a directory in which to store title key values. This will speed up descrambling of
                     DVDs which are in the cache. The DVDCSS_CACHE directory is created if it  does  not  exist,
                     and  a  subdirectory  is  created  named  after  the  DVD's title or manufacturing date. If
                     DVDCSS_CACHE is not set or is  empty,  libdvdcss  will  use  the  default  value  which  is
                     ${HOME}/.dvdcss/  under  Unix  and the roaming application data directory (%APPDATA%) under
                     Windows. The special value "off" disables caching.

              DVDCSS_METHOD
                     Sets the authentication and decryption method that libdvdcss will  use  to  read  scrambled
                     discs. Can be one of title, key or disc.

                     key    is  the default method. libdvdcss will use a set of calculated player keys to try to
                            get the disc key. This can fail if the drive does not recognize any  of  the  player
                            keys.

                     disc   is  a  fallback  method when key has failed. Instead of using player keys, libdvdcss
                            will crack the disc key using a brute force algorithm. This process is CPU intensive
                            and requires 64 MB of memory to store temporary data.

                     title  is  the  fallback  when  all  other  methods  have failed. It does not rely on a key
                            exchange with the DVD drive, but rather uses a crypto attack to guess the title key.
                            On  rare  cases this may fail because there is not enough encrypted data on the disc
                            to perform a statistical attack, but on the other hand it is the only way to decrypt
                            a DVD stored on a hard disc, or a DVD with the wrong region on an RPC2 drive.

              DVDCSS_RAW_DEVICE
                     Specify  the raw device to use. Exact usage will depend on your operating system, the Linux
                     utility to set up raw devices is raw(8) for instance. Please note that  on  most  operating
                     systems,  using  a  raw device requires highly aligned buffers: Linux requires a 2048 bytes
                     alignment (which is the size of a DVD sector).

              DVDCSS_VERBOSE
                     Sets the libdvdcss verbosity level.

                     0      Outputs no messages at all.

                     1      Outputs error messages to stderr.

                     2      Outputs error messages and debug messages to stderr.

              DVDREAD_NOKEYS
                     Skip retrieving all keys on startup. Currently disabled.

              HOME   FIXME: Document this.

EXIT CODES

       Normally mpv returns 0 as exit code  after  finishing  playback  successfully.   If  errors  happen,  the
       following exit codes can be returned:

          1      Error initializing mpv. This is also returned if unknown options are passed to mpv.

          2      The  file  passed  to  mpv couldn't be played. This is somewhat fuzzy: currently, playback of a
                 file is considered to be successful if initialization was mostly successful, even  if  playback
                 fails immediately after initialization.

          3      There were some files that could be played, and some files which couldn't (using the definition
                 of success from above).

          4      Quit due to a signal, Ctrl+c in a VO window (by default), or from the default quit key bindings
                 in encoding mode.

       Note  that  quitting  the  player manually will always lead to exit code 0, overriding the exit code that
       would be returned normally. Also, the quit input command can take an exit code: in this case,  that  exit
       code is returned.

FILES

       For Windows-specifics, see FILES ON WINDOWS section.

       /etc/mpv/mpv.conf
              mpv  system-wide  settings (depends on --prefix passed to configure - mpv in default configuration
              will use /usr/local/etc/mpv/ as config directory, while most Linux distributions will  set  it  to
              /etc/mpv/).

       ~/.config/mpv/mpv.conf
              mpv user settings (see CONFIGURATION FILES section)

       ~/.config/mpv/input.conf
              key bindings (see INPUT.CONF section)

       ~/.config/mpv/fonts.conf
              Fontconfig  fonts.conf  that  is  customized for mpv. You should include system fonts.conf in this
              file or mpv would not know about fonts that you already have in the system.

              Only available when libass is built with fontconfig.

       ~/.config/mpv/subfont.ttf
              fallback subtitle font

       ~/.config/mpv/fonts/
              Font files in this directory are used by mpv/libass for subtitles. Useful if you do  not  want  to
              install  fonts  to  your  system.  Note that files in this directory are loaded into memory before
              being used by mpv. If you have a lot of fonts, consider using fonts.conf (see  above)  to  include
              additional fonts, which is more memory-efficient.

       ~/.config/mpv/scripts/
              All  files  in  this  directory are loaded as if they were passed to the --script option. They are
              loaded in alphabetical order, and sub-directories and files with no .lua  extension  are  ignored.
              The --load-scripts=no option disables loading these files.

       ~/.config/mpv/watch_later/
              Contains  temporary  config  files  needed  for  resuming  playback  of files with the watch later
              feature. See for example the Q key binding, or the quit-watch-later input command.

              Each file is a small config file which is loaded if the corresponding media  file  is  loaded.  It
              contains  the  playback  position and some (not necessarily all) settings that were changed during
              playback. The filenames are hashed from the full paths of the media files.  It's  in  general  not
              possible   to   extract   the   media   filename   from  this  hash.  However,  you  can  set  the
              --write-filename-in-watch-later-config option, and the player will add the media filename  to  the
              contents of the resume config file.

       ~/.config/mpv/lua-settings/osc.conf
              This is loaded by the OSC script. See the ON SCREEN CONTROLLER docs for details.

              Other  files in this directory are specific to the corresponding scripts as well, and the mpv core
              doesn't touch them.

       Note that the environment variables $XDG_CONFIG_HOME and $MPV_HOME can override  the  standard  directory
       ~/.config/mpv/.

       Also, the old config location at ~/.mpv/ is still read, and if the XDG variant does not exist, will still
       be preferred.

FILES ON WINDOWS

       On win32 (if compiled with MinGW, but not Cygwin), the default config file locations are different.  They
       are generally located under %APPDATA%/mpv/.  For example, the path to mpv.conf is %APPDATA%/mpv/mpv.conf,
       which maps to a system and user-specific path, for example
          C:\users\USERNAME\AppData\Roaming\mpv\mpv.conf

       You can find the exact path by running echo %APPDATA%\mpv\mpv.conf in cmd.exe.

       Other config files (such as input.conf) are in the same directory. See the FILES section above.

       The environment variable $MPV_HOME completely overrides these, like on UNIX.

       If a directory named portable_config next to the mpv.exe exists, all config  will  be  loaded  from  this
       directory  only.  Watch later config files are written to this directory as well. (This exists on Windows
       only and is redundant with $MPV_HOME. However, since Windows is  very  scripting  unfriendly,  a  wrapper
       script  just  setting  $MPV_HOME,  like  you could do it on other systems, won't work. portable_config is
       provided for convenience to get around this restriction.)

       Config files located in the same directory as mpv.exe are loaded with lower priority. Some  config  files
       are loaded only once, which means that e.g. of 2 input.conf files located in two config directories, only
       the one from the directory with higher priority will be loaded.

       A third config directory with the lowest priority is the directory named mpv in  the  same  directory  as
       mpv.exe. This used to be the directory with the highest priority, but is now discouraged to use and might
       be removed in the future.

       Note that mpv likes to mix / and \ path  separators  for  simplicity.   kernel32.dll  accepts  this,  but
       cmd.exe does not.

COPYRIGHT

       GPLv2+

                                                                                                          MPV(1)